Directional Control Valves Guide

E
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVES
Maximum Flow
Valve Type
Maximum
Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
25 (3630)
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated

Directional Valves
Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Controlled

Pilot Operated Directional Valves
Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
.3
1
.5
10
10
20
20
50
50
100
200
100 200
U.S.GPM
500 1000
Pub. EC-0402
31.5 (4570) DSG-01

DSG-03
21 (3050)
DSHG-01
25 (3630)
DSHG-03
Pub. EC-0403
Pub. EC-0404
31.5 (4570) DSHG

21 (3050)
DSHF
25 (3630)
G-DSG
G-DSHG
04 06
10 16
01
10
24
32 (Rated Flow)
03
Pub. EC-0405
04 06
31.5 (4570) DSLG-01
Pub. EC-0407
DSLHG
Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-way Valves
14 (2030)
CDS-03
25 (3630)
DSPC /DSPG
04
21 (3050)
Pub. EC-0409
01
Pub. EC-0410
03
04 06
7 (1020)
Rotary type (DRTG)
25 (3630)
Cam Operated (DCTG)
Check Valves
25 (3630)
Pilot Controlled Check Valves
25 (3630)
03
Threaded connection (DMT)
31.5 (4570) Sub-plate mounting (DMG)

Mechanically Operated Directional Valves
Pub. EC-0408
06 10
31.5 (4570) DHG
Manually Operated Directional Valves
Catalogue No.
500 1000 2000 5000

L /min
Pub. EC-0401
25 (3630)
DSG-005
Multi Purpose Control Valves
Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
01
03
Pub. EC-0404
06 10
04
06
10
02
Pub. EC-0406
01
03
02 03
06
In-Line (CIT)
03
06
Right Angle (CRT /CRG)
Right Angle, Flanged connection (CRF)
Threaded connection (CP T)
Sub-plate mounting (CP G)
10
Flanged connection (CPF)
03
06
10
10
10
10
10
(Rated Flow)
(Rated Flow)
16
24 (Rated Flow)
(Rated Flow)
16 (Rated Flow)
Pub. EC-0411
Pub. EC-0412
Pub. EC-0401
SOLENOID OPERATED
DIRECTIONAL VALVES
DSG-005---30/3090
Sub-plate Mounting
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Up to 25 MPa (3630 PSI), 10 L/min (2.6 U.S.GPM)
These DSG-005 series solenoid operated directional valves are the products
newly developed as a "Mini-series". Compared with DSG-01 series, the
valves are much more compactly manufactured but enjoy a maximum
operating pressure of 25 MPa (3630 PSI) and a maximum flow rate of
10 L/min (2.6 U.S.GPM), while contributing further to a space saving
requirement. Moreover, using wet armature solenoids, the valves ensure the
long life.
E
Specifications
Max. Flow Max. Operating Pressure Max. Tank-Line Back Pressure Max. Changeover Frequency
L /min
min-1 (Cycles /min)
MPa (PSI)
MPa (PSI)
(U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
DSG-005-3C--30/3090
DSG-005-2B--30/3090
10
(2.6)
25 (3630)
7 (1020)
Approx.
Mass
kg (1bs.)
0.5 (1.1)
0.4 ( .9)
120
The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation (changeover) of the valve. The maximum flow differs
according to the spool type and operating conditions. For details, please refer to the "List of Standard Models and Maximum Flow" on pages 3 and
4.
Solenoid Ratings
Electric Source
Coil Type
Frequency
(Hz)
A100
AC
A200
50
60
50
60
Source Rating
Current & Power at Rated Voltage
Serviceable
80 - 110
90 - 120
160 - 220
180 - 240
10.8 - 13.2
21.6 - 26.4
100
200
D12
D24
DC
Voltage (V)
12
24
Inrush
(A)
0.29
0.26
0.15
0.13
Holding
(A)
0.15
0.11
0.08
0.06
1.2
0.6
Power
(W)
15
Inrush current in the above table shows rms values at maximum stroke.
Model Number Designation
F-
DSG
-005
-3
-D24
-30
Special Seals
Series Number
Valve Size
Number of
Valve Position
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
Spool Type
Coil Type
Design
Number
Design
Standard
F:
Special seals for
phosphate ester
type fluids
(Omit if not
required)
DSG:
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
C: Spring Centred
2, 3
40
30
B: Spring Offset
2, 3
AC
A100, A200
DC
D12, D24
Design Standards:
005
Refer to
None......... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard

90 . . . . ......... N. American Design Standard
No.1

DSG-005
Sub-plates / Mtg. Bolts / Hydraulic Fluids / Instructions
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Sub-plates
Japanese Standard "JIS"
European Design Standard
N. American Design Standard
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
1/8
DSGM-005X-10
Rc 1/8
DSGM-005X-1080
1/8 BSP.F
DSGM-005X-1090
1/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
1/4
DSGM-005Y-10
Rc 1/4
DSGM-005Y-1080
1/4 BSP.F
DSGM-005Y-1090
1/4 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
Piping
Size
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have
a good machined finish.
Mounting Bolts
Four socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Descriptions
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw (4 Pcs.)

Tightening Torque
M4 35 Lg.
2.5 - 3.5 Nm (22.1 - 31.0 in.1bs.)
No. 8-32 UNC 1.38 Lg.
Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Any type of hydraulic fluid listed in the table below can be used.
Petroleum base oils
Use fluids equivalent to ISO VG 32 or VG46.
Synthetic fluids
Use phosphate ester or polyol ester fluid. When phosphate ester fluid is used, prefix "F-" to the model
number because the special seals (fluororubber) are required to be used.
Water containing fluids
Use water-glycol fluids or W/O emulsion type fluids.
Note: For use with hydraulic fluids other than those listed above, please consult your Yuken representatives in advance.
Recommended Viscosity and Oil Temperatures

Always be sure to use hydraulic fluids within the stipulated conditions shown below:
Viscosity: 20-200 mm2/s (100-930 SSU), Temperature: -15 to+60C (5 to 140F).
Control of Contamination
Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over contamination of the hydraulic fluids which may otherwise lead
to breakdowns and shorten the life of the valve. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS 1638-Grade
11. Use 20 m or finer line filter.
Instructions
Mounting Posture
For any model, there are no restrictions regarding the
mounting posture.
Solenoid Energisation
When energising one solenoid, be sure to de-energise
another solenoid beforehand.
Tank Port
Do not connect the tank port to any pipe line having a surge
pressure in it. Be sure to keep the end of the tank line pipe
below the oil level. As the solenoids are of wet type
structure, it is necessary to make piping in such condition
that the inside of the valve is always filled with the fluid.
No.2
Operating Force for Manual Override Push Pin

Please note that as the back pressure of the tank line rises,
the manual override push pin turns hard to operate. (see the graph below).
Operating Force
Solenoids
As the solenoids have no surge absorbers, please pay
cautious attention to a surge voltage.
1bf.
15
N
75
10
50
25
0
0
0
1
100
2
200
300
3
400
4 MPa
500
Tank Line Back Pressure
PSI

DSG-005
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
List of Standard Models

List of Standard Models and The Maximum Flow
Models with AC Solenoids : DSG-005--A-30/3090
Max. Flow L /min
Model
Numbers
Graphic
Symbols
A
B
B
A
Working Pressure
MPa
[ Port "B" Blocked ]
Working Pressure
MPa
16
25
10
10
10
10
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
2.5(2)
2(2)
10
10(2.5)
5(1)
4.5(1)
1(0.5)
0.5
10
10
10
10
10
2.5
10
10
10
10
10
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
10
[ Port "A" Blocked ]
Working Pressure
10
P T
5
10(10)
10(9)
5
A B
DSG-005-3C2
10
16
25
5
10(2.5)
4(1) 1.5(0.5) 10(10)
6(2) 1.5(0.5) 0.5(0.5) 10(9)
MPa
10
16
25
10(2.5)
4(1) 1.5(0.5)
6(2) 1.5(0.5) 0.5(0.5)
A B
DSG-005-3C3
10
10
10(2.5)
5(1)
10(2)
4.5(2)
10(9)
10(8.5)
4.5(1)
1(0.5)
2.5(1)
1(1)
10(4)
7(3.5)
10
P T
A B
DSG-005-3C40
a
P T
A B
DSG-005-2B2
P T
A B
DSG-005-2B3
P T
0.5
1(0.5)
0.5(0.5)
6.5(1)
4(1)
Notes : 1.The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
( Example )
50 Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

(80% of rated voltage)
50 Hz, At rated voltage
The maximum flow rate is constant

regardless of 50 Hz or 60 Hz and of
any voltage variants within the
serviceable voltage
2.For the maximum flow rate in P T of the valves with a
10 (
10 (9)
10

mark, please see page 5.
Models with DC Solenoids : DSG-005--D-30/3090

Max. Flow L /min
Model
Numbers
Graphic
Symbols
A
B
B
A
Working Pressure
MPa
10
16
25
10
10
10
10
10
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
10
10
7
3.5
10
10
10
10
Working Pressure
Working Pressure
16
3
2.5
25
2.5
2
10
10
10
10
3.5
3
10
6.5
5
3.5
3.5
3
10
10
2.5
10
10
4.5
4.5
P T
MPa
10
4.5
3.5
A B
DSG-005-3C2
MPa
10
4.5
3.5
16
3
2.5
25
2.5
2
10
10
10
10
3
2.5
10
6.5
2.5
10
5
3.5
5.5
3.5
4.5
4.5
10
3.5
3
4
3
10
7
3
2.5
3.5
3
8
6
10
A B
DSG-005-3C3
a
P T
A B
DSG-005-3C40
a
P T
A B
DSG-005-2B2
P T
A B
DSG-005-2B3
P T
10
Notes : 1.The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
( Example )
regardless of any voltage variants
within the serviceable voltage
10
4.5
3.5
At rated voltage
[after temperature rise and saturated]
At minimum serviceable voltage
No.3

DSG-005
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS

Models with AC Solenoids : DSG-005--A-30/3090
Max. Flow U.S.GPM
Model
Numbers
Graphic
Symbols
A
B
B
A
Working Pressure
PSI
730
1450
2320
3630
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
.7(.5)
.5(.5)
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
Working Pressure
PSI
Working Pressure
730
1450
2.6(2.6) 2.6(.7)
2.6(2.4) 1.6(.5)
3630
.4(.1)
.1(.1)
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6(.7)
1.3(.3)
1.2(.3)
.3(.1)
.1
2.6
2.6
.5
.5
.5
.7
2.6
2.6
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
2.6
P T
730
1450
2.6(2.6) 2.6(.7)
2.6(2.4) 1.6(.5)
2320
1.1(.3)
.4(.1)
A B
DSG-005-3C2
PSI
2320
1.1(.3)
.4(.1)
3630
.4(.1)
.1(.1)
2.6
2.6
A B
DSG-005-3C3
2.6
P T
A B
DSG-005-3C40
a
P T
2.6(.7) 1.2(.3)
.1
1.3(.3) .3(.1)
2.6(.5) .7(.3)
.3(.1)
1.2(.5) .3(.3)
.1(.1)
2.6(2.4) 2.6(1.1) 1.7(.3)
2.6(2.2) 1.8(.9) 1.1(.3)
A B
DSG-005-2B2
P T
A B
DSG-005-2B3
P T
Notes : 1.The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
( Example )


regardless of 50 Hz or 60 Hz and of
any voltage variants within the
serviceable voltage
2.6 (2.6)
2.6 (2.4)
2.6

Models with DC Solenoids : DSG-005--D-30/3090

Max. Flow U.S.GPM
Model
Numbers
Graphic
Symbols
A
B
B
A
Working Pressure
PSI
730
1450
2320
3630
730
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.6
2.6
1.8
.9
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
Working Pressure
PSI
2320
.8
.7
3630
.7
.5
730
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
.9
.8
2.6
1.7
1.3
.9
.9
.8
2.6
2.6
.5
.7
2.6
2.6
1.2
1.2
P T
Working Pressure
1450
1.2
.9
A B
DSG-005-3C2
PSI
1450
1.2
.9
2320
.8
.7
3630
.7
.5
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
.8
.7
2.6
1.7
.7
.8
2.6
1.3
.9
1.5
.9
1.2
1.2
2.6
.9
.8
1.1
.8
2.6
1.8
.8
.7
.9
.8
2.1
1.6
2.6
A B
DSG-005-3C3
a
P T
A B
DSG-005-3C40
a
P T
A B
DSG-005-2B2
P T
A B
DSG-005-2B3
P T
2.6
Notes : 1.The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
( Example )
regardless of any voltage variants
within the serviceable voltage
No.4
2.6
1.2
.9
mark, please see page 5
At rated voltage

DSG-005
Max. Flow of Centre By-pass / Changeover Time / Pres. Drop
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Maximum Flow of Centre By-Pass

In valve type 3C3, in case where the actuator is put on in between the cylinder ports A and B as illustrated below and
where the actuator moves and suspended at its stroke end and where the valve is then shifted to the neutral position in
the suspended of the actuator, the maximum flow rates available are those as shown as the table below regardless of any
voltage in the range of serviceable voltage.
model Number
DSG-005-3C3
Max. Flow L /min(U.S.GPM)

5 MPa (730 PSI) 10 MPa (1450 PSI) 16 MPa (2320 PSI) 25 MPa (3630 PSI)
9.5 (2.5)
6 (1.6)
4.5 (1.2)
3 (.8)
Typical Changeover Time (Example)

Changeover time varies according to oil viscosity, spool type and hydraulic circuit.
[Test Conditions]
Pressure: 16 MPa (2320 PSI)
Flow Rate: 5 L /min (1.3 U.S.GPM)
Viscosity: 30 mm2 /s (141 SSU)
Voltage: Rated Voltage (After coil temperature rises and saturated)
ON
Solenoid
OFF
Spool Shift
OFF
0
Max.
T1
A
B
Direction of Flow : P
T2
B
A
[Result of Measurement]
Time ms
T1
T2
60
14
35
20
23
14
13
15
Model Numbers
DSG-005-3C2-A
DSG-005-3C2-D
DSG-005-2B2-A
DSG-005-2B2-D
Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm2/s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
PSI
Pressure Drop
250
MPa
1
1.6
2
200
Model Numbers
1.2
3
150
50
0
DSG-005-3C2
DSG-005-3C3
DSG-005-3C40
DSG-005-2B2
DSG-005-2B3
0.8
100
0.4
0
0
0
8
2
10
P A
Pressure Drop Curve Numbers

B T
PB
A T
P T
3
L /min
3 U.S.GPM
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
Flow Rate
Viscosity
mm2/s 15
Factor
SSU
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464

0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be
obtained from the formula below.
P' = P (G'/0.850)
No.5

DSG-005
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Spring Centred : DSG-005-3C--30/3090
128
(5.04)
25
(.98)
33
(1.30)
28
(1.10)
Pressure Port "P"

Space Needed to Remove
Solenoid-Each End.
32
(1.26)
50
(1.97)
6
(.24)
4
(.16)
4.3(.17) Dia. Through

8(.31) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
Cylinder Port "B"
Cylinder Port "A"

Tank Port "T"
Manual Actuator
4.8(.19) Dia.
SOL a
3
16
(.12) (.63)
34
(1.34)
Lead Wire
Approx.
270
(10.63)
29
(1.14)
40
(1.57)
SOL b
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
17
(.67)
2(.08) Dia.
Locating Pin
Spring Offset : DSG-005-2B--30/3090
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
SOL b
89
(3.50)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
"D" Thd. 7.5(.30) Deep

4 Places
No. 8-32 UNC

M4
No. 8-32 UNC
"C" Thd.
4 Places
12.5
(.49)
P
A
B
T
71
(2.80)
85
(3.35)
7
(.28)
3.4(.13) Dia.
4 Places
No.6
M4
11
(.43)
2.7(.11) Dia.
4(.16) Deep
16
(.63)
15
(.59)
"D" Thd.
58.5
(2.30)
35.5
(1.40)
32
(1.26)
63
(2.48)
48
(1.89)
25
(.98)
21.5
(.85)
12.5
(.49)
3.5
(.14)
7.5
(.30)
11.5
(.45)
7(.28) Dia. Through

2 Places
Rc 1/8
1/8 BSP.F
1/8 NPT
Rc 1/4
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 NPT
DSGM-005X-10
DSGM-005X-1080
DSGM-005X-1090
DSGM-005Y-10
DSGM-005Y-1080
DSGM-005Y-1090
Sub-plates : DSGM-005-10/1080/1090
28
21.5
(1.10) (.85)
20.75
(.82)
14
(.55)
7.25
(.29)
Piping Size
"C" Thd.
24
(.94)
37
(1.46)
For other dimensions, refer to "Spring Centred" type.

DSG-005
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List

Spring Offset Type 2B
12 5 6
SOL b
SOL a
13
3
9
10
3 1 10
2 11
4 14 8 15 16
Solenoid assembly is composed

of the parts marked with .
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
9
10
13
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P5
SO-NB-P14
Qty.
2B
3C
1
4
4
2
1
Remarks
Included in Solenoid Ass'y
Note: When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number "KS-DSG-005-30".
Solenoid Ass'y and Coil Ass'y No.

Valve Model Numbers
DSG-005--A100-30/3090
DSG-005--A200-30/3090
DSG-005--D12-30/3090
DSG-005--D24-30/3090
Solenoid Ass'y No.

SA05-100-30
SA05-200-30
SD05-12-30
SD05-24-30
8 Coil No.
C-SA05-100-30
C-SA05-200-30
C-SD05-12-30
C-SD05-24-30
CAUTION
When making replacement of seals or solenoid
assemblies, please do it carefully after reading through
the relevant instructions in the Operator's Manual.
WARNING
Before maintenance or removal, do the following. Failure to do these may cause components to move, causing
oil leakage or serious accidents.
Shut off the equipment's power supply, and be sure that all electric motors and engines have stopped.
Return pressure in all hydraulic systems to zero.
No.7
Pub. EC-0402
SOLENOID OPERATED
DIRECTIONAL VALVES
-DSG-01---60/6090
1/8, Sub-plate Mounting
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Up to 31.5 MPa (4570 PSI), 63 L /min (16.6 U.S.GPM)

Mounting Surface : ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A, CETOP-3, NFPA-D01
Terminal Box Type
Plug-in Connector Type
Features
These are Solenoid Operated Directional Valves of high pressure, high flow and low pressure drop, the features of which
can be materialized by employing a powerful wet type solenoid and the rational flow channel design.
Standard type..... Useable at high pressure: 31.5 MPa (4570 PSI) and high flow: 63 L/min. (16.6 U.S.GPM)
Shockless type.... A noise at spool changeover and a vibration in piping can be reduced to a minimum.
Stable operation
With a strong magnet and spring force, the valves are tough against contamination and thus ensure a stable operation.
Solenoids
Solenoid Connectors (DIN connector)
The solenoid connectors are conform to the international standard ISO 4400 (Fluid power systems and componentsThree-pin electrical plug connectors-Characteristics and requirements).
AC Solenoids
50 to 60 Hz common service solenoids do not require rewiring when the applied frequency is changed.
DC Solenoids (Reputable K-series)
These DC solenoids have surge absorbers for K-series functions. The three advantages of them are as mentioned below:
1. Since surge voltage can be controlled to a very low figure, electric control devices, such as a computer, can be used
without any interference like noise.
2. There being no spark between contacts, the life of the relay becomes longer.
3. Time lag for spool return after de-energisation of the solenoid is very short.
R Type Solenoids
These are rectifier and surge absorber incorporated direct current solenoids which can be used by connecting directly
to the AC power source. They have, like other DC solenoids, such advantages that the sound in on-off operation is quite
low and the coils are hardly burnt out even if the spool is stuck at the half way of its changeover for contaminant particles
etc. Moreover, they can be used almost permanently without being affected by a surge voltage from the outside. Thus,
they are the solenoids of high reliability and durability.
Insulation Class of Solenoid
Class H
The products approved by CSA (Canadian Standards Association) and
the products conforming to the Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC
(amended by 93/68/EEC) are also available. For the details, please consult
us or your Yuken distributors.
No.1

DSG-01/S-DSG-01
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Specifications/ Solenoid Ratings / Others

Specificatios
Model
Numbers
Valve
Type
Max. Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. T-Line
Back Pres.
MPa (PSI)
63 (16.6)
31.5 (4570)
Spool Type 60 Only
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
DSG-01-3C--60/6090
Standard
DSG-01-2D2--60/6090
Type
DSG-01-2B--60/6090
Shockless S-DSG-01-3C--60/6090
Type
S-DSG-01-2B2--60/6090
40 (10.6)
Max. Changeover Approx. Mass kg(1bs.)

Frequency
Type of Solenoid
min-1 (Cycles /Min)
AC
DC, R
300
R Type Sol. Only
120
1.9 (4.2)
2.2 (4.9)
1.45 (3.2)
1.6 (3.5)
2.2 (4.9)
120
1.6 (3.5)
The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation (changeover) of the valve. The maximum flow differs
according to the spool type and operating conditions. For details, please refer to the "List of Standard Models and Maximum Flow" on pages
5 to 9.
Solenoid Ratings
Valve Type
Coil
Type
Electric source
Frequency
(Hz)
50
A100
A120
Standard
Type
AC
A200
A240
Shockless
Type
DC (K Series)
AC DC Rectified (R)
D12
D24
D48
R100
R200
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50/60
Voltage (V)
Source Rating Serviceable Range Inrush (A) 2 Holding (A) Power (W)
0.51
2.42
80 - 110
100
0.37
2.14
100
90 - 120
0.44
2.35
110
0.42
2.02
96 - 132
120
0.31
1.78
108 - 144
0.25
1.21
160 - 220
200
0.19
1.07
200
180 - 240
0.22
1.18
220
0.21
1.01
192 - 264
240
0.15
0.89
216 - 288
2.45
10.8 - 13.2
12
1.23
21.6 - 26.4
24
29
0.61
43.2 - 52.8
48
0.33
90 - 110
100
29
0.16
180 - 220
200
1. AC solenoid is not available in shockless type.

R type models with built-in current rectifier is recommended for shockless operation with AC power.
2. Inrush current in the above table show rms values at maximum stroke.
3. There are more coil types other than the above. For details, please make inquiries.
The coil type numbers in the shaded column are handled as opotinal extras.
In case these coils are required to be chosen, please confirm the time of
delivery with us before ordering.
Sub-plate
Piping
Size

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
N.American Design Standard

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
1/8
DSGM-01-30
Rc 1/8
DSGM-01-3080
1/8 BSP.F
DSGM-01-3090
1/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
1/4
DSGM-01X-30
Rc 1/4
DSGM-01X-3080
1/4 BSP.F
DSGM-01X-3090
1/4 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
3/8
DSGM-01Y-30
Rc 3/8
DSGM-01Y-3090
3/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.
When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.
Mounting Bolts
For socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Descriptions
No.2
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw (4 pcs.)
Tightening Torque
M5 45 Lg.
5 - 7 Nm (43 - 60 in. 1bs.)

Applicable to working pressure more than
25 MPa (3630 PSI): 6 - 7 Nm (52 - 60 in. 1bs.)
No. 10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
S:
Shockless
Type
None:
Standard
Type
Shockless
Type
DSG:
Solenoid
Operated
Directional
Valve
Series
Number
01
Valve
Size
-01
C:
Spring
Centred
B:
Spring
Offset
2:
Two
Positions
2. N1 is not available for R type solenoids.
B:
Spring
Offset
3:
Three
Positions
2:
Two
Positions
C:
Spring
Centred
3:
Three
Positions
D:
No-Spring
Detented
Spool
Type
SpoolSpring
Arrangement
Number
of Valve
Positions
2
40
2, 3
8
2, 3
4, 40
60, 9
10, 11
12
-2
A
B
1
Omit if not
required
R:
(AC
DC)
R100
R200
DC:
D12
D24
D48
(AC
DC)
R100
R200
R:
D12
D24
D48
DC:
A100
A120
A200
A240
AC:
Coil
Type
-D24
C:
Push
Button
and
Lock Nut
(Option)
None:
Manual
Override
Pin
Manual
Override
-C
N1:
Plug-in
Connector
Type
with
Indicator
Light
(Option)
N:
Plug-in
Connector
Type
None:
Terminal
Box Type
Electrical
Conduit
Connection
60
90:
N. American
Design
Std.
None:
Japanese
Std. "JIS"
and
European
Design
Std.
90:
N.American
Design Std.
Design
Standard
Design
Number
None:
Japanese
Std. "JIS"
-L
Models with
Reverse Mtg. of
Solenoid
Omit if not
required
-60
In the table above, the symbols or numbers highlighted with shade represent the optional
extras. The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options,
therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with us before ordering.
Special Two
Position Valve
1. In case of the special two position valve, please refer to page 10 for details.
F:
For Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required
Special
Seals

FDSG
S-

DSG-01 / S-DSG-01
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
No.3

DSG-01/S-DSG-01
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Options / Hydraulic Fluids / Instructions

Options
Push Button with Lock Nut
Can be used for manual changeover of spool. The push button
can be locked in the pressed condition.
Lock Nut
SOL b
Push Button
Plug-in Connector with Solenoid Indicator Light

These are the indicator light incorporated plug-in connector type
solenoids. Energisation or de-energisation of the solenoid can
be easily identified with the incorporated indicator light.
Plug-in Connector
with Indicator Light
SOL b
Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Any type of hydraulic fluid, listed in the table below can be used.
Petroleum base oil
Use fluids equivalent to ISO VG32 or VG46.

Use phosphate ester or polyol ester fluid.When phosphate ester fluid is used, prefix "F-" to the model number
because the special seals (fluororubber) are required to be used.
Synthetic fluids
Use water-glycol fluids or W/O emulsion fluids.

Viscosity: 15 to 400 mm2/s (77 to 1800 SSU), Temperature: -15 to +70C (5 to 160F)
Instructions
SOL a
SOL b
L'
For double solenoid valves do not energise both at the same
time as it will result in coils burning out.
Valve Tank Port
Avoid connecting the valve tank port to a line with possible
surge pressure.
Piping end of tank line should be submerged in oil.
Shockless Type
In order to benefit from a shockless operation, it is necessary
to fill the tank line with operating oil.
Only after the tank line has been filled with operating oil, start
the operation of the valve on a regular basis.

Please note that as the back pressure of the tank line rises, the
manual override push pin turns hard to operate (see the graph
below).
30
N
150
20
120
10
50
0
1bf.
Operating
Force
Mounting Posture
In case No-spring detented type valves are used in the solenoid
de-energised state, install the valve in such a way that the axis
L-L' becomes horizontal to get the detent effect firmly. For the
valve types other than the above, there are no restrictions on
the mounting posture.
100
200
300
400
No.4
4 MPa
500
PSI

DSG-01--A
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS

Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-01--A
Spool-Spring Arrangement
No. of Valve Positions
Max. Flow L /min
Model
Numbers
B
A
A
B
P
Graphic
Symbols
A
P
A B
DSG-01-3C2
P
A
[Port "B" Blocked]
a
P T
P
B
[Port "A" Blocked]
B
T
5
10
16
25 31.5
5
10
16
25
MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa
63(30) 63(23) 63(15) 50(10)
63
63
63
63
63
45(25) 33(18) 20(10) 13(5)
31.5
5
10
16
25 31.5
MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa
40(10) 63(30) 63(23) 63(15) 50(10) 40(10)
13(5) 45(25) 33(18) 20(10) 13(5) 13(5)
A B
DSG-01-3C3
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
45
43
40
40
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63(48) 63(25) 63(23)

63(43) 58(20) 48(18)
63(30) 63(23)
63
45(25) 33(18)
63(20)
35(15)
63(15)
20(10)
63(13)
20(8)
50(10)
13(5)
55(10)
13(5)
40(10)
13(5)
63(25)
58(20)
63(30)
45(25)
63(23)
48(18)
63(23)
33(18)
63(20)
35(15)
63(15)
20(10)
63(13)
20(8)
50(10)
13(5)
55(10)
13(5)
40(10)
13(5)
45
43
40
40
45
43
40
40
28
20
15
10
28
20
15
10
10
63(25)
30(20)
63(50)
63(45)
63(23)
25(18)
63(15)
20(10)
63(50)
63(45)
63(18)
18(13)
63(13)
15(8)
63(50)
63(45)
63(15)
15(10)
63
63
63
P T
A B
DSG-01-3C4
a
P T
Spring Centred
Three Positions
A B
DSG-01-3C40
a
P T
A B
DSG-01-3C60
a
P T
A B
DSG-01-3C9
10
P T
A B
DSG-01-3C10 a
P T
A B
DSG-01-3C11
a
P T
A B
DSG-01-3C12
No-Spring
Detented
45(35) 45(25)
45(35) 45(25)
DSG-01-2D2
AB
63
63
63
63
63
45
45
45
45
45
45
P T
40(30) 30(20)
40(30) 30(20)
A B
Spring Offset
Two Positions
P T
63(38) 63(30) 63(25) 63(15) 63(13) 63(38) 63(30)

63(33) 45(25) 30(20) 20(10) 15(8) 63(33) 45(25)
63 63(50)
30
23
20
13
10
63(58) 63(45)
63(30) 63(28) 63(23) 63(18) 63(15) 63(30) 63(28)
63(25) 35(23) 25(18) 18(13) 15(10) 63(25) 35(23)
DSG-01-2B2
63
63
63
63
63
63
20
20
20
20
20
50
50
50
50
50
25
13
10
10
10
P T
A B
DSG-01-2B3
P T
63
63
63
63
63(60) 63(60) 63(60) 63(60)
A B
DSG-01-2B8
b
P T
63(55) 63(50) 63(50) 63(45)

63(50) 63(45) 63(45) 63(40)
63
63
63
63
63
63(55) 63(55) 63(55) 63(55) 63(55)
63(28) 63(25) 63(20) 63(13) 50(10)
63(23) 35(20) 23(15) 15(8) 10(5)
63
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
The maximum flow rate is

constant regardless of 50 Hz or
60 Hz and of any voltage
variants within the serviceable
voltage
50Hz, At rated voltage
50Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

63
63(48)
63(43)
2. For the maximum flow rate in P T of the valves with a

The valve models with a mark are handled as

Options. If you choose such valves, check the time
of delivery beforehand.
No.5

DSG-01--A
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS

Max. Flow U.S.GPM
Model
Numbers
B
A
A
B
P
Graphic
Symbols
730
PSI
1450 2320 3630 4570

PSI PSI PSI PSI
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
A B
b
P
B
[Port "A" Blocked]
DSG-01-3C2
P
A
[Port "B" Blocked]
P T
730
PSI
1450 2320 3630 4570

PSI PSI PSI PSI
730
PSI
1450 2320 3630 4570

PSI PSI PSI PSI
16.6 (7.9)
16.6 (6.1) 16.6 (4.0)
13.2 (2.6)
10.6 (2.6)
16.6 (7.9)
16.6 (6.1)
16.6 (4.0)
13.2 (2.6)
10.6 (2.6)
11.9 (6.6)
8.7 (4.8)
5.3 (2.6)
3.4 (1.3)
3.4 (1.3)
11.9 (6.6)
8.7 (4.8)
5.3 (2.6)
3.4 (1.3)
3.4 (1.3)
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
14.5 (2.6)
A B
DSG-01-3C3
a
P T
A B
DSG-01-3C4
a
P T
16.6 (12.7) 16.6 (6.6)
16.6 (6.1) 16.6 (5.3)
16.6 (3.4)
14.5 (2.6)
16.6 (6.6)
16.6 (6.1)
16.6 (5.3)
16.6 (3.4)
16.6 (11.4) 15.3 (5.3)
12.7 (4.8)
9.2 (4.0)
5.3 (2.1)
3.4 (1.3)
15.3 (5.3)
12.7 (4.8)
9.2 (4.0)
5.3 (2.1)
3.4 (1.3)
16.6 (7.9)
16.6 (6.1) 16.6 (4.0)
13.2 (2.6)
10.6 (2.6)
16.6 (7.9)
16.6 (6.1)
16.6 (4.0)
13.2 (2.6)
10.6 (2.6)
11.9 (6.6)
8.7 (4.8)
5.3 (2.6)
3.4 (1.3)
3.4 (1.3)
11.9 (6.6)
8.7 (4.8)
5.3 (2.6)
3.4 (1.3)
3.4 (1.3)
11.9
11.4
10.6
10.6
11.9
11.4
10.6
10.6
7.4
5.3
4.0
2.6
2.6
7.4
5.3
4.0
2.6
2.6
Spring Centred
Three Positions
A B
DSG-01-3C40
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
11.9
11.4
10.6
10.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
P T
A B
DSG-01-3C60
a
P T
A B
DSG-01-3C9
a
P T
A B
DSG-01-3C10 a
P T
16.6 (10)
16.6 (7.9) 16.6 (6.6)
16.6 (4.0)
16.6 (3.4)
16.6 (10)
16.6 (7.9)
16.6 (6.6)
16.6 (4.0)
16.6 (3.4)
16.6 (8.7)
11.9 (6.6)
5.3 (2.6)
4.0 (2.1)
16.6 (8.7)
11.9 (6.6)
7.9 (5.3)
5.3 (2.6)
4.0 (2.1)
7.9 (5.3)
A B
DSG-01-3C11
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
7.9
6.1
5.3
3.4
2.6
P T
A B
DSG-01-3C12
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
No-Spring
Detented
16.6 (15.3) 16.6 (11.9) 16.6 (11.9) 16.6 (11.9) 16.6 (11.9)
16.6 (7.9)
16.6 (7.4) 16.6 (6.1)
16.6 (4.8)
16.6 (4.0)
16.6 (7.9)
16.6 (7.4)
16.6 (6.1)
16.6 (4.8)
16.6 (4.0)
16.6 (6.6)
9.2 (6.1)
4.8 (3.4)
4.0 (2.6)
16.6 (6.6)
9.2 (6.1)
6.6 (4.8)
4.8 (3.4)
4.0 (2.6)
6.6 (4.8)
11.9 (9.2) 11.9 (6.6)
DSG-01-2D2
AB
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9 (9.2) 11.9 (6.6)
11.9
11.9
11.9
P T
10.6 (7.9) 7.9 (5.3)
10.6 (7.9) 7.9 (5.3)
A B
Spring Offset
Two Positions
P T
16.6 (13.2) 16.6 (13.2) 16.6 (13.2) 16.6 (13.2)
DSG-01-2B2
16.6 (14.5) 16.6 (13.2) 16.6 (13.2) 16.6 (11.9)

b
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
13.2
13.2
13.2
13.2
13.2
6.6
3.4
2.6
2.6
2.6
16.6
P T
A B
DSG-01-2B3
P T
16.6 (15.9) 16.6 (15.9) 16.6 (15.9) 16.6 (15.9)
A B
DSG-01-2B8
b
P T
16.6
16.6 (13.2) 16.6 (11.9) 16.6 (11.9) 16.6 (10.6)
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6 (14.5) 16.6 (14.5) 16.6 (14.5) 16.6 (14.5) 16.6 (14.5)
16.6 (7.4)
16.6 (6.6)
16.6 (5.3)
16.6 (3.4)
13.2 (2.6)
16.6 (6.1)
9.2 (5.3)
6.1 (4.0)
4.0 (2.1)
2.6 (1.3)
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)

voltage

11.9
11.9(9.2)
10.6(7.9)


No.6

DSG-01--D/R
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Models with DC or R Type Solenoids: DSG-01--D/R

Max. Flow L /min
Model
Numbers
B
A
A
B
P
Graphic
Symbols
A
P
A B
DSG-01-3C2
P
A
[Port "B" Blocked]
a
P T
P
B
[Port "A" Blocked]
B
T
5
10
16
25 31.5
5
10
16
25 31.5
5
10
16
25 31.5
MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa
45
30
20
15
13
45
30
20
15
13
63
63
63
63
63
33
23
15
10
10
33
23
15
10
10
A B
DSG-01-3C3
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
28
35
23
63
63
63
63
63
63
50
45
33
45
30
30
23
35
23
20
15
30
15
15
10
28
13
13
10
63
50
45
33
45
30
30
23
35
23
20
15
30
15
15
10
28
13
13
10
45
43
40
40
45
43
40
40
45
43
40
40
63
63
63
63
63
25
20
15
10
10
25
20
15
10
10
63
63
63
63
33
45
23
63
55
40
40
28
28
18
20
13
63
63
63
63
63
63
30
23
20
13
10
63
63
63
63
63
30
38
23
63
60
38
40
28
25
20
20
15
63
55
40
58
50
60
38
40
28
55
50
40
28
28
18
55
50
25
20
20
13
55
50
20
15
63
63
63
63
63
40
30
40
30
30
25
30
25
63
60
15
13
30
25
63
60
15
10
P T
A B
DSG-01-3C4
a
P T
Spring Centred
Three Positions
A B
DSG-01-3C40
a
P T
A B
DSG-01-3C60
a
P T
A B
DSG-01-3C9
a
P T
A B
DSG-01-3C10 a
P T
A B
DSG-01-3C11
a
P T
A B
DSG-01-3C12
No-Spring
Detented
DSG-01-2D2
AB
45
45
45
45
45
45
P T
A B
Spring Offset
Two Positions
P T
DSG-01-2B2
b
P T
A B
DSG-01-2B3
b
P T
58
55
55
55
55
63
53
38
28
63
53
38
28
63
53
38
28
63
53
38
28
63
53
38
28
30
25
20
18
18
18
18
63
48
45
48
45
45
40
45
40
40
38
63
25
13
10
63
A B
DSG-01-2B8
b
P T
58
40
63
60
48
30
40
28
63
60
28
20
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
At rated voltage [after temperature rise and saturated]
The maximum flow rate is constant regardless of any
voltage variants within the serviceable voltage
63
63
30

(90% of rated voltage) [after temperature rises and saturated]

No.7

DSG-01--D/R
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Models with DC or R Type Solenoids: DSG-01--D/R

Max. Flow U.S.GPM
Model
Numbers
B
A
A
B
P
Graphic
Symbols
730 1450 2320 3630 4570 730 1450 2320 3630 4570
PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI
11.9 7.9
5.3
4.0
3.4 11.9 7.9
5.3
4.0
3.4
8.7
6.1
4.0
2.6
2.6
8.7
6.1
4.0
2.6
2.6
730
PSI
1450 2320 3630 4570

PSI PSI PSI PSI
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
7.4
9.2
6.1
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
13.2
11.9
8.7
11.9
7.9
7.9
6.1
9.2
6.1
5.3
4.0
7.9
4.0
4.0
2.6
7.4
3.4
3.4
2.6
16.6
13.2
11.9
8.7
11.9
7.9
7.9
6.1
9.2
6.1
5.3
4.0
7.9
4.0
4.0
2.6
7.4
3.4
3.4
2.6
11.9
11.4
10.6
10.6
11.9
11.4
10.6
10.6
11.9
11.4
10.6
10.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
6.6
5.3
4.0
2.6
2.6
6.6
5.3
4.0
2.6
2.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
8.7
11.9
6.1
16.6
14.5
10.6
10.6
7.4
7.4
4.8
5.3
3.4
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
7.9
6.1
5.3
3.4
2.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
7.9
10
6.1
16.6
15.9
10
10.6
7.4
6.6
5.3
5.3
4.0
16.6
14.5
10.6
15.3
13.2
15.9
10
10.6
7.4
14.5
13.2
10.6
7.4
7.4
4.8
14.5
13.2
6.6
5.3
5.3
3.4
14.5
13.2
5.3
4.0
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
10.6
7.9
10.6
7.9
7.9
6.6
7.9
6.6
16.6
15.9
4.0
3.4
7.9
6.6
16.6
15.9
4.0
2.6
A B
a
P
B
[Port "A" Blocked]
DSG-01-3C2
P
A
[Port "B" Blocked]
P T
A B
DSG-01-3C3
a
P T
A B
DSG-01-3C4
a
P T
Spring Centred
Three Positions
A B
DSG-01-3C40
a
P T
A B
DSG-01-3C60
a
P T
A B
DSG-01-3C9
a
P T
A B
DSG-01-3C10 a
P T
A B
DSG-01-3C11
a
P T
A B
DSG-01-3C12
No-Spring
Detented
DSG-01-2D2
AB
11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
P T
A B
Spring Offset
Two Positions
P T
DSG-01-2B2
b
P T
A B
DSG-01-2B3
b
P T
15.3
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
16.6
14
10
7.4
16.6
14
10
7.4
16.6
14
10
7.4
16.6
14
10
7.4
16.6
14
10
7.4
7.9
6.6
5.3
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
16.6
12.7
11.9
12.7
11.9
11.9
10.6
11.9
10.6
10.6
10
16.6
6.6
3.4
2.6
2.1
2.1
16.6
A B
DSG-01-2B8
b
P T
15.3
10.6
16.6
15.9
12.7
7.9
10.6
7.4
16.6
15.9
7.4
5.3
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
16.6
14.5
10.6


No.8

DSG-01 / S-DSG-01
Max. Flow of Centre By-Pass / List of Shockless Models
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS

In valve type 3C60, in case where the actuator is put on in between the cylinder ports A and B as illustrated below and
where the actuator moves and suspended at its stroke end and where the valve is then shifted to the neutral position in
the suspended state of the actuator, the maximum flow rates available are those as shown as the table below regardless
of any voltage in the range of serviceable valtage.
Max. Flow L /min (U.S.GPM)
Graphic
Symbol
Mode Numbers
DSG-01-3C60-A/D/R
5 MPa
(730 PSI)
10 MPa
(1450 PSI)
16 MPa
(2320 PSI)
25 MPa
(3630 PSI)
45
(11.9)
43
(11.4)
40
(10.6)
30
(7.9)
List of Shockless Models and The Maximum Flow
Models with DC or R Type Solenoids: S-DSG-01--D/R

P
No. of
Valve
Positions
SpoolSpring
Arrangement
Model
Numbers
Graphic
Symbols
B
A
A
B
P
A
[Port "B" Blocked]
P
B
[Port "A" Blocked]
B
T
5 MPa
10 MPa 16 MPa
5 MPa
10 MPa 16 MPa
5 MPa
10 MPa 16 MPa
(730 PSI) (1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (730 PSI) (1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (730 PSI) (1450 PSI) (2320 PSI)
A B
S-DSG-01-3C2
Three
Positions
a
P
Spring
Centred
A B
S-DSG-01-3C4
a
P
Two
Positions
Spring
Offset
40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6)
40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6)
A B
S-DSG-01-2B2
40 (10.6)
P T
40 (10.6) 40 (10.6)
35 (9.2)
35 (9.2)
30 (7.9)
40 (10.6)
30 (7.9)
20 (5.3)
15 (4.0)
40 (10.6)
30 (7.9)
20 (5.3)
15 (4.0)
30 (7.9)
30 (7.9)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
30 (7.9)
20 (5.3)
15 (4.0)
40 (10.6)
30 (7.9)
20 (5.3)
15 (4.0)
40 (10.6)
30 (7.9)
20 (5.3)
15 (4.0)
Note: The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the
voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
L /min
U.S.GPM
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
20 (5.3)

No.9

DSG-01- / S-DSG-01
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Reverse Mtg. of Slenoid / Special 2-PositionValve

Reverse Mounting of Solenoid.
In spring offset type, it is a standard configuration that the solenoid is mounted onto the valve in the SOL b position
(side). However, in this particular spool-spring arrangement, the mounting of the solenoid onto the valve in the reverse
position -SOL a side- is also available. The graphic symbol for this reverse mounting is as shown below.
As for the valve type 2BA and 2BB, please refer to the explanation under the heading of "Valves Using Neutral
Position and Side Position" given below.
A
SOL b
SOL a
b
P
Standard Mtg. of Solenoid
Reverse Mtg. of Solenoid
Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position. (Special Two position Valve)
Besides the use of the standard 2-position valves aforementioned in the "List of Standard Models and Maximum Flow",
the 3-position valves also can be used as the 2-position valves using the two of their three positions. In this case, there
are two kinds of the valve available. One is the valve using the neutral position and SOL a position (2BA) and another
is the valve using the neutral position and SOL b position (2BB).
(Example) In case of Spool Type "2"
Neutral Position
SOL. a Energised
Position
SOL. b Energised
Position
A
B
b
a
P
2B2A
2B2B
b
"A": Use of Neutral and
SOL. a Energised
Position (2B2A)
"B": Use of Neutral and

SOL. b Energised
Position (2B2B)
Graphic Symbols
Model Numbers
DSG-01-2BA
Standard
Mtg. Type
A
DSG-01-2B2A
Reverse
Mtg. Type
A
B
b
Graphic Symbols
a
P
Model Numbers
DSG-01-2BB
DSG-01-2B2B
DSG-01-2B4B
DSG-01-2B60B
DSG-01-2B10B
In the above table, the graphic symbols in mounting

type highlighted with shade are optional extra,
therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with
us before ordering.
Reverse
Mtg. Type
B
b
DSG-01-2B3B
No.10
Standard
Mtg. Type

DSG-01/S-DSG-01
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Typical Changeover Time

Standard Type
(Without Shockless Function)
Shockless Type
[Test Circuit and Conditions]
Accelmeter
[Test Conditions]
Speed

Flow Rate: 31.5 L /min (8.3 U.S.GPM)
Voltage: 100 %V
(After coil temprature rises and saturated)
Load
Ps
ON
Solenoid
Spool Shift
OFF
OFF
Setting Pressure (Ps): 7 MPa (1020 PSI)

Load (W): 1000 kg (2205 1bs.)
Speed: 8 m/min (27 ft./min)
Viscosity: 35 mm2/s (164 SSU)
0
Max.
[Reaults of Measurement]
T2
T1
OFF
ON
SOL a
[Result of Measurment]
Type
Model Numbers
Standard
Type
DSG-01-3C2-A
DSG-01-3C2-D
DSG-01-3C2-R
G1
Time ms
T1
15
48
50
G2
Acceleration (G)
T2
23
19
100
Pressure (Ps)
T1
T2
Time
Time Acceleration
ms
m/s2 (G)
T1 T2 G1
G2
Type
Model Nmbers
Shockless
Type
S-DSG-01-3C2-D
70 30
12
(1.2)
7
(0.7)
Standard
Type
DSG-01-3C2-D
35 25
18
(1.8)
15
(1.5)
No.11

DSG-01/S-DSG-01
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
Standard Type: DSG-01
Pressure Drop Curve Number
Pressure Drop
Model Numbers
PSI
MPa
350
2.5
300
200
2.0
1.5
P A
B T
P B
A T
DSG-01-3C2
DSG-01-3C3
DSG-01-3C4
3
4
DSG-01-3C40
DSG-01-3C60
DSG-01-3C9
DSG-01-3C10
DSG-01-3C11
DSG-01-3C12
DSG-01-2D2
DSG-01-2B2
DSG-01-2B3
DSG-01-2B8
5
6
1.0
100
0.5
0
0
10
0
0
20
30
6
40
10
50
12
14
60 63 L /min
16
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Shockless Type: S-DSG-01
70
MPa
0.5
60
0.4
Pressure Drop
PSI
40
20
0
Pressure Drop Curve No.
Model Numbers
P A
B T
P B
A T
S-DSG-01-3C2
0.3
S-DSG-01-3C4
0.2
S-DSG-01-2B2
0.1
0
0
10
20
40 L /min
30
10
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Viscosity
mm2/s 15
Factor
SSU
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
P' = P (G'/0.850)
No.12
100
77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464

0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
P T
4

DSG-01--A
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
TERMINAL BOX TYPE

Models with AC Solenoids
Double Solenoid: Spring Centred & No-Spring Detented
DSG-01- 3C-A-60/6090
2D2
Solenoid Indicator Light
(For Sol a)
Pressure Port "P"
Cylinder Port "A"

40.5
(1.59)
74.2
(2.92)
31
0.75
(1.22) (.03)
32.5
(1.28)

9.5(.37) C' Bore
4 Places
Model Numbers
DSG-01--A-60

(For Sol b)
Cylinder Port "B"
0.5
(.02)

Solenoid-Each End
45.5
(1.79)
50.7
(2.00)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
11
(.43)
65
(2.56)
72
(2.83)
90.3
(3.56)
L'
25
(.98)
SOL b
38
(1.50)
SOL a
Electrical Conduit Connection

"C" Thd. (Both Ends)
48
(1.89)
23.5
(.93)
G 1/2
DSG-01--A-6090 1/2 NPT
Tank Port "T"
191.4
(7.54)
90
(3.54)
"C" Thd.
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
10.3-11.3 Nm (91-100 IN.lbs.)
22
(.87)
Manual Actuator-Both Ends
6(.24) Dia.
DIMENSIONS IN
Single Solenoid: Spring Offset
DSG-01-2B-A-60/6090
0.5
(.02)
140.7
(5.54)
SOL b
142.7
(5.62)
For other dimensions, refer to "Spring Centred and No-Spring Detented"

models.
Solenoid being mounted in the reverse position -SOL a side- is also
available.
No.13

DSG-01/S-DSG-01
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
TERMINAL BOX TYPE

Models with DC Solenoids : (S-)DSG-01--D-60/6090
Models with R Type Solenoids : (S-)DSG-01--R-60/6090
Spring Centred
No-Spring Detented
Spring Offset
0.5
(.02)
"C" Thd.
Model Numbers
DSG-01---60

Solenoid-Each End
55
(2.17)
210
(8.27)
90
(3.54)
DSG-01---6090
1/2 NPT
60
(2.36)
23.5
(.93)
48
(1.89)
72
(2.83)
90.3
(3.56)

SOL b
25
(.98)
38
(1.50)
SOL a
22
(.87)
Manual Actuator-Both Ends
6(.24) Dia.
152
(5.98)
Double Solenoid
Models Only
G 1/2
For other dimensions, refer to models with AC solenoids (Page 13).
DIMENSIONS IN
Sub-plate : DSGM-01/01X/01Y-30/3080/3090
14.2
(.56)
32
(1.26)
"D" Thd. "E" Deep

4 Places
"C" Thd.
4 Places
P
T
11
(.43)
71
(2.80)
85
(3.35)
7
7 (.28) Dia. Through
(.28) 11 (.43) Dia. Spotface
2 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DSGM-01-30
Rc 1/8
DSGM-01-3080
1/8 BSP.F
DSGM-01-3090
1/8 NPT
DSGM-01X-30
Rc 1/4
"D" Thd.
"E"
mm(IN.)
M5
10 (.39)
No.10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
M5
10 (.39)
DSGM-01X-3080
1/4 BSP.F
DSGM-01X-3090
1/4 NPT
No.10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
Rc 3/8
M5
10 (.39)
3/8 NPT
No. 10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
DSGM-01Y-30
DSGM-01Y-3090
No.14
Piping Size
"C" Thd.
37
(1.46)
24
(.94)
25.8
(1.02)
31
(1.22)
31.75
(1.25)
48
(1.89)
63
(2.48)
5.2
(.20)
16
(.63)
15
(.59)
8.5
(.33)
7.5
(.30)
12.7(.50)
0.75
(.03)
15.5
(.61)
7 (.28) Dia.
4 Places
40.5
(1.59)
30.2
(1.19)
21.5
(.85)
12.5
(.49)
35.5
(1.40)
58.5
(2.30)

DSG-01 / S-DSG-01
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
PLUG-IN CONNECTOR TYPE (N)
PLUG-IN CONNECTOR WITH INDICATOR LIGHT (N1)
Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-01--A- N -60/6090
N1
The position of the Plug-in connector can be changed as

illustrated below by loosening the lock nut. After
completion of the change, be sure to tighten the lock nut
with the torque as specified below.
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. 8-10mm(.31-.39 in.)
Conductor Area
Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.002 Sq. in.)
191.4
(7.54)
74.2
(2.92)
27
39
(1.06) (1.54)
48
(1.89)
27.5
(1.08)
53
(2.09)
90
(3.54)
70
(2.76)
DIMENSIONS IN
SOL b
SOL a
L'
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
10.3 - 11.3 Nm (91-100 IN.lbs.)
152
(5.98)
Double Solenoid
Models Only
25
(.98)
Models with DC Solenoids: (S-)DSG-01--D- N -60/6090

N1
Models with R Solenoids: (S-)DSG-01--R-N-60/6090
210
(8.27)
83.5
(3.29)
27
(1.06)
Double Solenoid
Models Only
SOL b
L'
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
10.3 - 11.3 Nm (91-100 IN.lbs.)
152
(5.98)
Model Numbers
(S-)DSG-01--D-N/N1-60/6090
(S-)DSG-01--R-N-60/6090
25
(.98)
SOL a
70
(2.76)
48
(1.89)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
C
101 (3.98)
64 (2.52)
27.5 (1.08)
39 (1.54)
104 (4.09)
57.2 (2.25)
34 (1.34)
53 (2.09)
For other dimensions, refer to "Terminal Box type" (Page 13 to 14).
Models with Push Button & Lock Nut

(S-)DSG-01---C
AC : 129.2 (5.09)
DC/R : 138.5 (5.45)
Lock Nut
Press the "Push Button" then turn "Lock Nut"
clockwise. The positionof the "Push Button" is
held.
Be sure to loosen "Lock Nut" fully before solenoid
is energised
SOL b
Push Button
No.15

DSG-01/S-DSG-01
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Lead Wire Connection

Details of Receptacle
Type of
Electrical Conduit
Connection
Double Solenoid Type
Power Supply
(For SOL.a)
Ground
Terminal
Box Type
Single Solenoid Type
Power Supply
Power Supply
(For SOL.b)
Indicator Light
SOL. b
SOL. a
Common Plate
Common
SOL. b
Indicator Light
Indicator Light
3
Ground
Ground
Ground
1
1
Plug-in
Connector
Type
1-Power Supply
3
3
2-Power Supply
1. There are two grounding terminals. You can use either one.
2. If you do not need the common plate, remove it.
3. With DC solenoids, polarity is no question.
DANGER
Do not perform wiring while the power is on.
Doing so may result in electric shock, burns or death.
Make the wiring properly. Improper wiring will cause an
irregular movement of the machine, resulting in a grave
accident.
Electrical Circuit
Type of
Electrical Conduit
Connection
Electric Source
AC
AC DC Rectified
DC
Indicator Light
Indicator Light
Power
Supply
Power
Supply
Terminal
Box Type
Power
Supply
SOL.
Common
Ground
SOL.
Common
Ground
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
SOL.
Common
Ground
Indicator Light
(Integrated in "N1"
model only)
SOL.
Plug-in
Connector
Type
1-Power
Supply
2-Power
Supply
2-Power
Supply
2-Power
Supply
Ground
Ground
SOL.
Indicator Light
(Integrated in "N1"
model only)
No.16
Rectifier
Circuit
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
1-Power
Supply
1-Power
Supply
Indicator Light
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
SOL.
Ground
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
(Circuit composed
in coil)
Rectifier
Circuit

DSG-01/S-DSG-01
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
-DSG-01---60/6090
X
21 22 23 24 25 26
18
13 30 17 32 33 31 10 14 12 19 25 24
11
View Arrow X
SOL a
Spring Offset type
SOL b
26 21 23 22
-DSG-01---N/N1-60/6090
15
40 43 42 13 41
9
16
7
8
SOL a
SOL b
List of Seals
Qty.
Item
Name of Parts
8
9
10
15
24
25
32
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Packing
Part Numbers
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P18
S6
1790S-VK418329-9
SO-NB-P18
SO-NA-P4
1790S-VK418328-1
3C
2D2
2
4
1
2
4
1
Remarks
2B
4
1
2
2
1
2
1
Included in Solenoid Ass'y (Item 13)
When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
Seal Kit No.
Valve Model Numbers
-DSG-01---60/6090
-DSG-01---N-60/6090
O-Ring Details for Seal Kit
KS-DSG-01-60
8 (4 Pcs.), 9 & 24 (2 Pcs., see above), 25 (4 Pcs.)
KS-DSG-01-N-60
8 (4 Pcs.), 9 & 24 (2 Pcs., see above)
Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector

Refer to Page 18 for the details of these parts.
CAUTION
When making replacement of seals, please do it
carefully after reading through the relevant
instructions in the Operator's Manual.
WARNING
Before maintenance or removal, do the following, Failure to do
these may cause components to move, causing oil leakage or
serious accidents.
Shut off the equipment's power supply, and be sure that all
electric motors and engines have stopped.
No.17

DSG-01/S-DSG-01
Spare Parts List
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector Ass'y No.

Valve Model Numbers
DSG-01--A100-60
DSG-01--A120-60
DSG-01--A200-60
DSG-01--A240-60
DSG-01--D12-60
DSG-01--D24-60
DSG-01--D48-60
DSG-01--R100-60
DSG-01--R200-60
S-DSG-01--D12-60
S-DSG-01--D24-60
S-DSG-01--D48-60
S-DSG-01--R100-60
S-DSG-01--R200-60
DSG-01--A100-N-60
DSG-01--A120-N-60
DSG-01--A200-N-60
DSG-01--A240-N-60
DSG-01--D12-N-60
DSG-01--D24-N-60
DSG-01--D48-N-60
DSG-01--R100-N-60
DSG-01--R200-N-60
S-DSG-01--D12-N-60
S-DSG-01--D24-N-60
S-DSG-01--D48-N-60
S-DSG-01--R100-N-60
S-DSG-01--R200-N-60
DSG-01--A100-N1-60
DSG-01--A120-N1-60
DSG-01--A200-N1-60
DSG-01--A240-N1-60
DSG-01--D12-N1-60
DSG-01--D24-N1-60
DSG-01--D48-N1-60
S-DSG-01--D12-N1-60
S-DSG-01--D24-N1-60
S-DSG-01--D48-N1-60
13
21
Solenoid Ass'y No.
Coil No.
SA1-100-60
SA1-120-60
SA1-200-60
SA1-240-60
SD1-12-60
SD1-24-60
SD1-48-60
SR1-100-60
SR1-200-60
SD1-12-S-60
SD1-24-S-60
SD1-48-S-60
SR1-100-S-60
SR1-200-S-60
SA1-100-N-60
SA1-120-N-60
SA1-200-N-60
SA1-240-N-60
SD1-12-N-60
SD1-24-N-60
SD1-48-N-60
SR1-100-N-60
SR1-200-N-60
SD1-12-S-N-60
SD1-24-S-N-60
SD1-48-S-N-60
SR1-100-S-N-60
SR1-200-S-N-60
SA1-100-N-60
SA1-120-N-60
SA1-200-N-60
SA1-240-N-60
SD1-12-N-60
SD1-24-N-60
SD1-48-N-60
SD1-12-S-N-60
SD1-24-S-N-60
SD1-48-S-N-60
C-SA1-100-60
C-SA1-120-60
C-SA1-200-60
C-SA1-240-60
C-SD1-12-60
C-SD1-24-60
C-SD1-48-60
C-SR1-100-60
C-SR1-200-60
C-SD1-12-60
C-SD1-24-60
C-SD1-48-60
C-SR1-100-60
C-SR1-200-60
C-SA1-100-N-60
C-SA1-120-N-60
C-SA1-200-N-60
C-SA1-240-N-60
C-SD1-12-N-60
C-SD1-24-N-60
C-SD1-48-N-60
C-SR1-100-N-60
C-SR1-200-N-60
C-SD1-12-N-60
C-SD1-24-N-60
C-SD1-48-N-60
C-SR1-100-N-60
C-SR1-200-N-60
C-SA1-100-N-60
C-SA1-120-N-60
C-SA1-200-N-60
C-SA1-240-N-60
C-SD1-12-N-60
C-SD1-24-N-60
C-SD1-48-N-60
C-SD1-12-N-60
C-SD1-24-N-60
C-SD1-48-N-60
Note: The connector assembly is not included in the solenoid assembly.
No.18
14
Receptacle
Part No.
40
Connector Ass'ly
Part No.
41
Connector Ass'ly
Part No.
Remarks
R1-60
KR1-A-60
Terminal
Box
Type
KR1-B-60
RR1-60
KR1-A-60
KR1-B-60
RR1-60
GDM-211-A-11
GDM-211-B-11
Plug-in
Connector
Type
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10
GDM-211-A-11
GDM-211-B-11
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
Plug-in
Connector
with
Indicator
Light

DSG-01 / S-DSG-01
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Interchangeability between current and New Design
To improve product qualities and facilitate the supply of product, the solenoid operated directional valves, DSG-01 series
have been model-changed from 50 to 60 design. The new and current models can be compared as follows:
Specifications and Characteristics
There are no changes in the specifications and characteristics of the valves themselves.
Solenoid Ratings
There are changes in the inrush current, holding current and power as shown below. No other changes.
Voltage (V)
Valve Type
Electric Source
Coil Type
Frequency
(Hz)
50
A100
A120
1
AC
Standard
Type
A200
A240
Shockless
Type
D12
D24
D48
R100
R200
DC
ACDC
Rectified
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50/60

2
Source
Rating
Serviceable
Range
100
100
110
80 - 110
120
200
200
220
240
12
24
48
100
200
Inrush (A)
90 - 120
96 - 132
108 - 144
160 - 220
180 - 240
192
216
10.8
21.6
43.2
90
180
264
288
13.2
26.4
52.8
110
220
Holding (A)
New
Current
New
Current
2.42
2.14
2.35
2.02
1.78
1.21
1.07
1.18
1.01
0.89
2.38
2.12
2.33
1.98
1.77
1.19
1.06
1.17
0.99
0.89
0.51
0.37
0.44
0.42
0.31
0.25
0.19
0.22
0.21
0.15
2.45
1.23
0.61
0.33
0.16
0.46
0.32
0.39
0.38
0.27
0.23
0.16
0.19
0.19
0.13
2.2
1.1
0.55
0.30
0.15
Power (W)
New
Current
E
29
26
29
26
1. Shockless type AC solenoids are not available.

2. Inrush current in the above table shown rms values at maximum stroke.
Interchangeability in Installation
AC solenoids
There is an interchangeability in installation, except for differences in the dimensions with an star mark.
Current : Design 50
New : Design 60
191.4
(7.54)
210
(8.27)
50.7
(2.00)
60
(2.36)
SOL a
SOL b
152
(5.98)
SOL a
SOL b
142.7
(5.62)
DC/R Type solenoids
There is an interchangeability in installation, except for a solenoid shape changes from hexagonal to circular.
There are no other changes in appearance, dimensions etc.
No.19
Pub. EC-0403
SOLENOID OPERATED
DIRECTIONAL VALVES
-DSG-03---50/5090
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
3/8, Sub-plate Mounting

Mounting Surface : ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A, CETOP-5, NFPA-D02

Terminal Box Type
Features
These are epoch-making solenoid operated directional valves of high pressure, high flow which have been developed
incorporating a unique design concept into every part of the valve including the solenoid. With wet type solenoids, these
valves ensure the low noise and the long life, moreover, ensure no leakage of oil outside of the valve.
Wide Range of Models
Choose the optimum valve to meet your needs from a large selection available.
The DSG-03 50 design series solenoid operated directional valves are classified into the two basic models.
Standard type.....Useable at high pressure: 31.5 MPa (4570 PSI) and high flow: 120 L /min. (31.7 U.S.GPM)
Shockless type....A noise at spool changeover and a vibration in piping can be reduced to a minimum.
Stable Operation
With a strong magnet and spring force, the valves are tough against contamination and thus ensure a stable operation.
Solenoids
Solenoid Connectors (DIN connector)
The solenoid connectors are conform to the international standard ISO 4400 (Fluid power systems and components-Three-pin electrical plug connectorsCharacteristics and requirements).
AC Solenoids
50 to 60 Hz common service solenoids do not require rewiring when the applied frequency is changed.
DC Solenoids (Reputable K-series)

These DC solenoids have surge absorbers for K-series functions. The three advantages of them are as mentioned below:
1. Since surge voltage can be controlled to a very low figure, electric control devices, such as a computer, can be used without any interference
like noise.
R Type Solenoids
These are rectifier and surge absorber incorporated direct current solenoids which can be used by connecting directly to the AC power source. They
have, like other DC solenoids, such advantages that the sound in on-off operation is quite low and the coils are hardly burnt out even if the spool is
stuck at the half way of its changeover for contaminant particles etc. Moreover, they can be used almost permanently without being affected by a
surge voltage from the outside. Thus, they are the solenoids of high reliability and durability.
RQ Type Solenoids
These are solenoids having the same features as R type solenoids above plus such an additional feature that the time lag for the spool return after deenergisation of the solenoid becomes considerably shortened.
Class H
The products approved by CSA (Canadian Standards Association) and

the products conforming to the Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC
(amended by 93/68/EEC) are also available. For the details, please consult
us or your Yuken distributors.
No.1

DSG-03/S-DSG-03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Specifications/ Solenoid Ratings / Others

Specificatios
Valve
Type
Model
Numbers
Max. Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. T-Line
Back Pres.
MPa (PSI)
120 (31.7)
31.5 (4570)
Spool Type 60 Only
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
DSG-03-3C--50/5090
Standard
DSG-03-2D2--50/5090
Type
DSG-03-2B--50/5090
Shockless S-DSG-03-3C--50/5090
Type
S-DSG-03-2B2--50/5090
120 (31.7)
Max. Changeover Approx. Mass kg(1bs.)

Frequency
Type of Solenoid
min-1 (Cycles/Min)
AC
DC, R, RQ
240
R Type Sol. Only
120
3.6 (7.9)
5 (11)
2.9 (6.4)
3.6 (7.9)
5 (11)
120
3.6 (7.9)
The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation (changeover) of the valve. The maximum flow
differs according to the spool type and operating conditions. For details, please refer to the "List of Standard Models and Maximum Flow" on pages
5 to 9.
Solenoid Ratings
Valve Type
Coil
Type
Electric source
Frequency
(Hz)
50
A100
A120
AC
Standard
Type
A200
A240
Shockless
Type
DC (K Series)
AC DC Rectified (R)
AC DC Rectified (RQ)
(Quick Return)
D12
D24
D100
R100
R200
RQ100
60
Voltage (V)
Source Rating
100
100
110
50
60
50
60
50
60
50/60
50/60
120
200
200
220
240
12
24
100
100
200
Serviceable Range Inrush (A)

5.37
80 - 110
4.57
90 - 120
5.03
4.48
96 - 132
3.81
108 - 144
2.69
160 - 220
2.29
180 - 240
2.52
2.24
192 - 264
1.91
216 - 288
10.8 - 13.2
21.6 - 26.4
90 - 110
90 - 110
180 - 220
90 - 110
100
Holding (A)
0.90
0.63
0.77
0.75
0.52
0.45
0.31
0.38
0.37
0.26
3.16
1.57
0.38
0.43
0.21
Power (W)
0.43
38
38
38
1. AC solenoid is not available in shockless type.

R or RQ type models with built-in current rectifier is recommended for shockless operation with AC power.
3. There are more coil types other than the above. For details, please make inquiries.
The coil type numbers in the shaded column are handled as optional extras.
Sub-plate
Piping
Size

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
3.0 (6.6)
3/8
DSGM-03-40
Rc 3/8
DSGM-03-2180
3/8 BSP.F
DSGM-03-2190
3/8 NPT
1/2
DSGM-03X-40
Rc 1/2
DSGM-03X-2180
1/2 BSP.F
DSGM-03X-2190
1/2 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
3/4
DSGM-03Y-40
Rc 3/4
DSGM-03Y-2180
3/4 BSP.F
DSGM-03Y-2190
3/4 NPT
4.7 (10.4)
Mounting Bolts
For socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Descriptions
No.2
Tightening Torque
M6 35 Lg.
12 - 15 Nm
(106 - 133 in. 1bs.)
1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg.
S:
Shockless
Type
None:
Standard
Type
DSG:
Solenoid
Operated
Directional
Valve
03
2:
Two
Positions
3:
Three
Positions
2:
Two
Positions
C:
Spring
Centred
3:
Three
Positions
3. N1 is not available for R and RQ-type solenoids.
2. N is not available for RQ-type solenoids.
B:
Spring
Offset
C:
Spring
Centred
B:
Spring
Offset
2
4
2, 3
8
2, 3
4, 40
5, 60
9, 10
11, 12
D:
No-Spring
Detented
Spool
Type
SpoolSpring
Arrangement
Number
of Valve
Positions
-2
Omit if not
required
RQ100
RQ:
(ACDC)
R:
(ACDC)
R100
R200
DC:
D12
D24
D100
RQ100
RQ:
(ACDC)
R:
(ACDC)
R100
R200
DC:
D12
D24
D100
AC:
A100
A120
A200
A240
Coil
Type
-D24
C:
Push
Button
and
Lock Nut
(Option)
None:
Manual
Override
Pin
Manual
Override
-C
N1:
Plug-in
Connector
Type
with
Indicator
Light
(Option)
N:
Plug-in
Connector
Type
None:
Terminal
Box Type
Electrical
Conduit
Connection
50
90:
N. American
Design
Std.
None:
Japanese
Std. "JIS"
and
European
Design
Std.
90:
N.American
Design Std.
Design
Standard
Design
Number
None:
Japanese
Std. "JIS"
-L
Models with
Reverse Mtg. of
Solenoid
Omit if not
required
-50
extras. The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options,
Special Two
Position Valve
1. In case of the special two position valve, please refer to page 10 for details.
F:
For Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
Valve
Size
Series
Number
Special
Seals
Shockless
Type
-03

FSDSG

DSG-03 / S-DSG-03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
No.3

DSG-03/S-DSG-03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Options / Hydraulic Fluids / Instructions

Options
Lock Nut
Push Button with Lock Nut

Can be used for manual changeover of spool. The push button
can be locked in the pressed condition.
Push Button
Plug-in Connector with Solenoid Indicator Light

These are the indicator light incorporated plug-in connector type
solenoids. Energisation or de-energisation of the solenoid can
be easily identified with the incorporated indicator light.
Plug-in Connector
with Solenoid
Indicator Light
M8 Mounting Bolts.
As the mounting bolts, M6 socket head cap screws are used for
the standard valves, however, M8 socket head cap screws are also
available for supply as optional extras. In case the M8 screws are
required, suffix "02" to the design number of both valve and subplate model number like below.
SOL b
(Example)
Valve: DSG-03-3C2-A100-5002
Sub-plate: DSGM-03-4002
The valve is supplied with 4 pcs. hexagon
socket head cap screws M8 38 Lg.
Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Petroleum base oils
Synthetic fluids

Use phosphate ester or polyol ester fluid.When phosphate ester fluid is used,
prefix "F-" to the model number because the special seals (fluororubber) are required to be used.

Instructions
SOL b
SOL a
L'
Valve Tank Port
surge pressure.
Shockless Type
to fill the tank line with operating oil.

Please note that as the back pressure of the tank line rises, the
manual override push pin turns hard to operate (see the graph
below).
30
N
150
20
120
10
50
0
1bf.
Operating
Force
Mounting Posture
In case No-spring detent type valves are used in the solenoid
de-energised state, install the valve in such a way that the axis
L-L' becomes horizontal to get the detent effect firmly. For the
valve types other than the above, there are no restrictions on
the mounting posture.
100
200
300
400
No.4
4 MPa
500
PSI

DSG-03--A
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS

Max. Flow L /min

P
Model
Numbers
B
A
A
B
Graphic
Symbols
A
P
10
MPa
16
MPa
25
MPa
31.5
MPa
100
100
100
100
90
90
90
90
80
80
100
100
30
30
30
70
70
70
100
100
100
80
80
100
100
90
90
100
100
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C3
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C4
a
P T
A B
Spring Centred
Three Positions
DSG-03-3C40
a
P T
P
B
[Port "A" Blocked]
A B
DSG-03-3C2
P
A
[Port "B" Blocked]
80(65) 80(25)
75(20) 30(15)
100(75)
100
100(25)
10
MPa
100(70)
90(49)
100(81)
100(81)
100(58)
90(47)
100(62)
62(40)
16
MPa
100(48)
53(30)
100(81)
100(81)
100(33)
50(26)
100(39)
47(26)
25
MPa
96(28)
34(19)
100(81)
100(81)
76(22)
28(18)
84(21)
27(16)
31.5
MPa
65(24)
26(15)
100(81)
100(81)
46(19)
22(15)
48(18)
20(12)
10
MPa
100(70)
90(49)
100(81)
100(81)
100(58)
90(47)
100(62)
62(40)
16
MPa
100(48)
53(30)
100(81)
100(81)
100(33)
50(26)
100(39)
47(26)
25
MPa
96(28)
34(19)
100(81)
100(81)
76(22)
28(18)
84(21)
27(16)
31.5
MPa
65(24)
26(15)
100(81)
100(81)
46(19)
22(15)
48(18)
20(12)
26
21
18
16
30
28
28
28
100
100
100
100
100
100
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
100(36)
47(24)
100(65)
70(46)
100(36)
47(24)
60(21)
23(14)
85(35)
51(32)
60(21)
23(14)
34(16)
17(11)
62(28)
45(25)
34(16)
17(11)
100(55)
60(38)
100(80)
80(60)
100(55)
60(38)
100(36)
47(24)
100(65)
70(46)
100(36)
47(24)
60(21)
23(14)
85(35)
51(32)
60(21)
23(14)
34(16)
17(11)
62(28)
45(25)
34(16)
17(11)
40
40
30
28
60
60
40
35
34
24
20
19
57
57
57
57
26
19
18
16
100(62)
80(42)
100(79)
92(55)
100(35)
45(21)
100(62)
73(36)
100(72)
89(46)
87(15)
34(12)
100(44)
63(34)
100(64)
78(28)
61( 9 )
15( 9 )
94(37)
51(33)
100(59)
70(27)
49( 7 )
11( 6 )
A B
DSG-03-3C5
30
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C60
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C9
100
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C10
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C11
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C12
No-Spring
Detented
DSG-03-2D2
AB
100
100
P T
A B
Spring Offset
Two Positions
P T
80(30) 80(20) 100(55)

30(25) 20(15) 60(38)
100(80)
100
100
80(60)
90(30) 90(20) 100(55)
40(20) 20(15) 60(38)
DSG-03-2B2
b
P T
A B
DSG-03-2B3
b
P T
100
100
100
100
100(90) 100(90) 100(90) 100(90)
100
100
100
100
100(75) 100(75) 100(75) 100(75)
A B
DSG-03-2B8
b
P T
Notes : 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)

voltage

100
100(75)
100(25)


No.5

DSG-03--A
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS

Max. Flow U.S.GPM

P
Model
Numbers
B
A
A
B
Graphic
Symbols
A
P
DSG-03-3C3
1450
PSI
2320
PSI
3630
PSI
4570
PSI
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
1450
PSI
2320
PSI
3630
PSI
4570
PSI
1450
PSI
2320
PSI
3630
PSI
4570
PSI
17.2 (6.3) 26.4 (18.5) 26.4 (12.7) 25.4 (7.4)
17.2 (6.3)
6.7 (4.0)
6.7 (4.0)
A B
26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4)
23.8
23.8
23.8
23.8
21.1
21.1
9.0 (5.0)
23.8 (12.9) 14.0 (7.9)
9.0 (5.0)
26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4)
21.1 (17.2) 21.1 (6.6) 26.4 (15.3) 26.4 (8.7)
20.1 (5.8)
12.2 (5.0) 26.4 (15.3) 26.4 (8.7)
20.1 (5.8)
19.8 (5.3)
7.4 (4.8)
5.8 (4.0)
7.4 (4.8)
5.8 (4.0)
26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (16.4) 26.4 (10.3) 22.2 (5.5)
12.7 (4.8) 26.4 (16.4) 26.4 (10.3) 22.2 (5.5)
12.7 (4.8)
26.4 (6.6) 16.4 (10.6) 12.4 (6.9)
7.1 (4.2)
5.3 (3.2)
7.1 (4.2)
5.3 (3.2)
4.2
7.4
A B
Spring Centred
23.8 (12.9) 14.0 (7.9)
P T
Three Positions
26.4 (18.5) 26.4 (12.7) 25.4 (7.4)
A B
DSG-03-3C40
P T
P T
DSG-03-3C4
P
B
[Port "A" Blocked]
A B
DSG-03-3C2
P
A
[Port "B" Blocked]
26.4
26.4
26.4
7.9
7.9
7.9
18.5
18.5
18.5
26.4
26.4
26.4
21.1
21.1
P T
7.9 (4.0)
23.8 (12.4) 13.2 (6.9)
23.8 (12.4) 13.2 (6.9)
16.4 (10.6) 12.4 (6.9)
12.2 (5.0)
A B
DSG-03-3C5
7.9
6.9
5.5
4.8
26.4
26.4
26.4
15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9
7.9
7.4
7.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9 (5.5)
9.0 (4.2)
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C60
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C9
26.4
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C10
a
P T
21.1 (7.9)
21.1 (5.3) 26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5)
15.9 (5.5)
9.0 (4.2)
7.9 (6.6)
5.3 (4.0)
15.9 (10)
6.1 (3.7)
4.5 (2.9)
A B
DSG-03-3C11
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
DSG-03-3C12
No-Spring
Detented
AB
12.4 (6.3)
6.1 (3.7)
4.5 (2.9)
26.4 (21.1) 26.4 (17.2) 22.5 (9.2)
16.4 (7.4) 26.4 (21.1) 26.4 (17.2) 22.5 (9.2)
16.4 (7.4)
21.1 (15.9) 18.5 (12.2) 13.5 (8.5)
11.9 (6.6) 21.9 (15.9) 18.5 (12.2) 13.5 (8.5)
11.9 (6.6)
15.9 (5.5)
9.0 (4.2)
15.9 (5.5)
9.0 (4.2)
10.6 (5.3)
5.3 (4.0)
15.9 (10)
12.4 (6.3)
6.1 (3.7)
4.5 (2.9)
15.9 (10)
12.4 (6.3)
6.1 (3.7)
4.5 (2.9)
10.6
10.6
7.9
7.4
15.9
15.9
10.6
9.2
9.0
6.3
5.3
5.0
23.8
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5)
P T
A B
Spring Offset
Two Positions
DSG-03-2D2
15.9 (10)
23.8 (5.3) 26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5)
23.8
P T
26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5)
23.8 (7.9)
P T
A B
12.4 (6.3)
DSG-03-2B2
b
P T
A B
DSG-03-2B3
26.4 (23.8) 26.4 (23.8) 26.4 (23.8) 26.4 (23.8)
26.4
b
P T
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (19.8)
15.1
15.1
15.1
15.1
A B
DSG-03-2B8
6.9
5.0
4.8
P T
4.2
26.4 (16.4) 26.4 (16.4) 26.4 (11.6) 24.8 (9.8)

21.1 (11.1) 19.3 (9.5)
16.6 (9.0)
24.3 (14.5) 23.5 (12.2) 20.6 (7.4)
18.5 (7.1)
26.4 (9.2)
23 (4.0)
16.1 (2.4)
12.9 (1.8)
11.9 (5.5)
9.0 (3.2)
4.0 (2.4)
2.9 (1.6)
Notes : 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)

voltage

26.4
26.4(19.8)
26.4(6.6)


No.6
13.5 (8.7)
26.4 (20.9) 26.4 (19) 26.4 (16.9) 26.4 (15.6)

-DSG-03--D / R / RQ
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Models with DC Solenoids: DSG-03--D

Models with R Type Solenoids: DSG-03--R
Models with RQ Type Solenoids: DSG-03--RQ100
Max. Flow L /min
Model
Numbers
B
A
A
B
P
A
[Port "B" Blocked]
Graphic
Symbols
A
P
B
T
10
MPa
16
MPa
25
MPa
31.5
MPa
10
MPa
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
50
16
MPa
120
100
25
MPa
80
54
31.5
MPa
55
43
10
MPa
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
104
84
65
62
57
64
53
49
42
50
50
50
35
24
21
20
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
100
100
100
100
120
120
120
65
65
50
120
112
69
120
120
120
120
100
100
120
120
120
65
65
50
120
120
86
60
46
80
62
62
47
51
40
65
52
51
40
120
120
120
120
45
37
30
110
100
110
100
110
100
110
100
68
47
120
120
120
120
77
53
A B
DSG-03-3C2
P
B
[Port "A" Blocked]
P T
16
MPa
120
100
25
MPa
80
54
31.5
MPa
55
43
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
104
84
65
62
57
64
53
49
42
45
45
45
45
120
120
120
100
100
100
100
120
112
69
100
100
120
120
86
60
46
80
62
62
47
51
40
65
52
51
40
28
60
60
40
35
38
38
120
114
83
75
58
77
77
77
120
120
120
33
24
23
120
120
62
62
40
63
48
120
103
47
37
120
A B
DSG-03-3C3
DSG-03-3C4
P T
A B
P T
A B
Spring Centred
Three Positions
DSG-03-3C40
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C5
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C60
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C9
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C10
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C11
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C12
No-Spring
Detented
DSG-03-2D2
AB
P T
A B
Spring Offset
Two Positions
P T
DSG-03-2B2
P T
A B
DSG-03-2B3
P T
A B
DSG-03-2B8
b
P T
Notes ) 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
120
120
65


No.7

-DSG-03--D / R / RQ
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS

Models with DC Solenoids: DSG-03--D
Models with R Type Solenoids: DSG-03--R
Models with RQ Type Solenoids: DSG-03--RQ100
Max. Flow U.S. GPM
Model
Numbers
B
A
A
B
P
A
[Port "B" Blocked]
Graphic
Symbols
A
P
B
T
1450
PSI
2320
PSI
3630
PSI
4570
PSI
1450
PSI
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
13.2
2320
PSI
31.7
26.4
3630
PSI
21.1
14.3
4570
PSI
14.5
11.4
1450
PSI
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
27.5
22.2
17.2
16.4
15.1
16.9
14
12.9
11.1
13.2
13.2
13.2
9.2
6.3
5.5
5.3
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
31.7
31.7
31.7
17.2
17.2
13.2
31.7
29.6
18.2
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
26.4
26.4
31.7
31.7
31.7
17.2
17.2
13.2
31.7
31.7
22.7
15.9
12.2
21.1
16.4
16.4
12.4
13.5
10.6
17.2
13.7
13.5
10.6
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
11.9
9.8
7.9
7.4
29.1
26.4
29.1
26.4
29.1
26.4
29.1
26.4
18
12.4
10
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
20.3
20.3
8.7
A B
DSG-03-3C2
P
B
[Port "A" Blocked]
P T
2320
PSI
31.7
26.4
3630
PSI
21.1
14.3
4570
PSI
14.5
11.4
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
27.5
22.2
17.2
16.4
15.1
16.9
14
12.9
11.1
11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
31.7
31.7
31.7
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
31.7
29.6
18.2
26.4
26.4
31.7
31.7
22.7
15.9
12.2
21.1
16.4
16.4
12.4
13.5
10.6
17.2
13.7
13.5
10.6
15.9
15.9
10.6
9.2
10
31.7
30.1
21.9
19.8
15.3
20.3
20.3
31.7
31.7
31.7
6.3
6.1
31.7
31.7
16.4
16.4
10.6
16.6
12.7
31.7
27.2
12.4
9.8
31.7
A B
DSG-03-3C3
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C4
a
P T
A B
Spring Centred
Three Positions
DSG-03-3C40
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C5
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C60
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C9
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C10
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C11
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C12
No-Spring
Detented
DSG-03-2D2
AB
P T
A B
Spring Offset
Two Positions
P T
DSG-03-2B2
P T
A B
DSG-03-2B3
P T
A B
DSG-03-2B8
14
b
P T
Notes ) 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
31.7
22.2
17.2


No.8

DSG-03 / S-DSG-03
Max. Flow of Centre By-Pass / List of Shockless Models
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS

In valve type 3C3, 3C5 and 3C60, in case where the actuator is put on in between the cylinder ports A and B as illustrated
below and where the actuator moves and suspended at its stroke end and where the valve is then shifted to the neutral
position in the suspended state of the actuator, the maximum flow rates available are those as shown as the table below
regardless of any voltage in the range of serviceable voltage.
Graphic
Symbols
Model Numbers
DSG-03-3C3-A
DSG-03-3C3-D/R/RQ100
DSG-03-3C5-A
b
P
DSG-03-3C5-D/R/RQ100
DSG-03-3C60-A
b
P
DSG-03-3C60-D/R/RQ100
b
P
10 MPa
(1450 PSI)
16 MPa
(2320 PSI)
25 MPa
(3630 PSI)
31.5 MPa
(4570 PSI)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
120 (31.7)
120 (31.7)
120 (31.7)
120 (31.7)
26 (6.9)
21 (5.5)
18 (4.8)
16 (4.2)
35 (9.2)
24 (6.3)
21 (5.5)
20 (5.3)
84 (22.2)
52 (13.7)
52 (13.7)
68 (18.0)
65 (17.2)
61 (16.1)
List of Shockless Models and The Maximum Flow
Models with DC Solenoids: S-DSG-03--D

Models with R Type Solenoids: S-DSG-03--R
Models with RQ Type Solenoids: S-DSG-03--RQ100
Max. Flow L/min (U.S.GPM)
P
No. of
Valve
Positions
SpoolSpring
Arrangement
Model
Numbers
Graphic
Symbols
B
A
A
B
P
A
[Port "B" Blocked]
P
B
[Port "A" Blocked]
5 MPa
10 MPa 16 MPa
5 MPa
10 MPa 16 MPa
5 MPa
10 MPa 16 MPa
(730 PSI) (1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (730 PSI) (1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (730 PSI) (1450 PSI) (2320 PSI)
A B
S-DSG-03-3C2
Three
Positions
a
P
Spring
Centred
A B
S-DSG-03-3C4
a
P
Two
Positions
Spring
Offset
120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7)
120 (31.7) 120 (31.7)
85 (22.5)
70 (18.5)
120 (31.7)
120 (31.7) 75 (19.8)

105 (27.7) 65 (17.2)
120 (31.7) 75 (19.8)
100 (26.4) 65 (17.2)
120 (31.7)
120 (31.7)
120 (31.7) 75 (19.8)

105 (27.7) 65 (17.2)
120 (31.7) 75 (19.8)
100 (26.4) 65 (17.2)
A B
S-DSG-03-2B2
120 (31.7) 100 (26.4) 75 (19.8) 39 (10.3) 39 (10.3) 39 (10.3) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7)
P T
105 (27.7)
80 (21.1)
Note: The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
L /min
U.S.GPM
120 (31.7)
120 (31.7)
80 (21.1)
At rated voltage
[after temperature rises and saturated]
No.9

DSG-03- / S-DSG-03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Reverse Mounting of Solenoid

Reverse Mounting of Solenoid
In spring offset type, it is a standard configuration that the solenoid is mounted onto the valve in the SOL b position
(side). However, in this particular spool-spring arrangement, the mounting of the solenoid onto the valve in the reverse
position -SOL a side- is also available. The graphic symbol for this reverse mounting is as shown below.
A
B
SOL b
SOL a
b
P
Reverse Mtg. of Solenoid
Valves Using Neutral Position and Size Position (Special Two Position Valve)
Neutral Position
SOL. a Energised
Position
SOL. b Energised
Position
A
B
b
a
P
b
SOL. a Energised
Position (2B2A)

SOL. b Energised
Position (2B2B)
Graphic Symbols
Model Numbers
(S-) DSG-03-2BA
Standard
Mtg. Type
A
(S-) DSG-03-2B2A
Reverse
Mtg. Type
A
B
b
Graphic Symbols
a
P
Model Numbers
DSG-03-2BB
(S-) DSG-03-2B2B
(S-) DSG-03-2B4B
DSG-03-2B60B
DSG-03-2B10B
In the above table, the graphic symbols in mounting

type highlighted with shade are optional extra,
therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with
us before ordering.
Reverse
Mtg. Type
B
b
DSG-03-2B3B
No.10
Standard
Mtg. Type

DSG-03/S-DSG-03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS

Standard Type (Without Shockless Function)
[Test Conditions]

Voltage: 100 %V (After coil temperature rises and saturated)
ON
Solenoid
OFF
OFF
0
Spool Shift
Max.
T1
Shockless Type
[Test Circuit and Conditions]
Type
Model Numbers
Standard
Type
DSG-03-3C2-A
DSG-03-3C2-D
DSG-03-3C2-R
DSG-03-3C2-RQ
T2
Changeover Time ms
T1
T2
22
27
30
97
204
97
97
41
Accelmeter
OFF
ON
Speed
SOL a
a
G1
Load
G2
Acceleration (G)
Ps
Pressure
(Ps)
T1
Setting Pressure (Ps): 7 MPa (1020 PSI)

Load (W): 1000 kg (2205 1bs.)
Speed: 8.8 m/min (28.9 ft./min)
Type
Model Numbers
Shockless
Type
S-DSG-03-3C2-D
S-DSG-03-3C2-R
S-DSG-03-3C2-RQ
Time
T2
Acceleration
Time
ms
m/s2 (G)
G1
G2
T 1 T2
110 120
6.4
6.4
110 220
(.65) (.65)
110 120
No.11

DSG-03/S-DSG-03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
Standard Type: DSG-03
PSI
Pressure Drop
350
300
Model Numbers
MPa
2.5
DSG-03-3C2
DSG-03-3C3
DSG-03-3C4
DSG-03-3C40
DSG-03-3C5
DSG-03-3C60
DSG-03-3C9
DSG-03-3C10
DSG-03-3C11
DSG-03-3C12
DSG-03-2D2
DSG-03-2B2
DSG-03-2B3
DSG-03-2B8
2.0
250
1.5
200
150
1.0
100
0.5
50
0
0
0
0
20
5
60
40
10
80
15
20
100
25

BT P B A T P T
PA
120
L /min
35 U.S.GPM
30
Flow Rate
Shockless Type: S-DSG-03

PSI
Pressure Drop
350
300
MPa
2.5
2.0
250
200
150
Model Numbers
1.0

PA
B T
P B
A T
S-DSG-03-3C2
S-DSG-03-3C4
S-DSG-03-2B2
1.5
100
0.5
50
0
0
0
0
20
5
40
10
60
80
15
20
100
25
120
L /min
35 U.S.GPM
30
Flow Rate
Viscosity
mm2/s 15
Factor
SSU
77
40
50
60
70
80
90
30
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
P' = P (G'/0.850)
No.12
100
20
98

DSG-03--A
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
TERMINAL BOX TYPE

Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-03--A-50/5090
Double Solenoid: Spring Centred & No-Spring Detended
Cylinder Port "A"
(For Sol b)
54
(2.13)
7(.28) Dia. Through

4 Places
50.8
(2.00)
Cylinder Port "B"
32.5
(1.28)
46
(1.81)
Model Numbers
Pressure Port "P"

91
(3.58)
"C" Thd.
DSG-03--A-50
G 1/2
DSG-03--A-5090 1/2 NPT

(For Sol a)
Tank Port "T"

Solenoid-Each End
47.5
(1.87)
35.3
(1.39)
89.5
(3.52)
105.3
(4.15)

58
(2.28)
SOL b
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
8.5-10.5 Nm (75-93 IN.lbs.)
0.5
(.02)
SOL a
19
(.75)
27
(1.06)
22
(.87)
70
(2.76)
236
(9.29)
179.5
(7.07)
123
(4.84)
34.5
(1.36)
92
(3.62)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Manual Actuator
6.3(.25) Dia.
. Of the two of tank port "T", the tank port in the left side is normally used in our standard sub-plate,
though, either side of the tank port "T" can be used without problem.
DIMENSIONS IN

179.5
(7.07)
0.5
(.02)
SOL b
176.3
(6.94)
For other dimensions, refer to "Spring Centred and No-Spring Detented"

models.
Solenoid being mounted in the reverse position -SOL a side- is also
available.
No.13

DSG-03 / S-DSG-03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
TERMINAL BOX TYPE

Models with DC Solenoids : (S-)DSG-03--D-50/5090
Models with R Type Solenoids : (S-)DSG-03--R-50/5090
Models with RQ Type Solenoids : (S-)DSG-03--RQ100-50/5090
Double Solenoid: Spring Centred & No-Spring Detented
Solenoid-Each End
70.5
(2.78)
282
(11.10)
202.5
(7.97)
35.3
(1.39)
89.5
(3.52)
105.3
(4.15)
58
(2.28)
SOL a
SOL b
L'
114
(4.49)
22
(.87)
70
(2.76)
199.3
(7.85)
For other dimensions, refer to Models with AC solenoids (Page 13).
DIMENSIONS IN
Sub- plates
DSGM-03-40/2180/2190
J
18
(.71)
8.8 (.35) Dia. Through
14 (.55) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
"D" Thd. "E" Deep

4 Places
7
(.28)
6.4
(.25)
20
(.79)
3.2
(.13)
10
(.39)
22
(.87)
16.7
(.66)
B
A
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DSGM-03-40
DSGM-03-2180
DSGM-03-2190
DSGM-03X-40
DSGM-03X-2180
DSGM-03X-2190
DSGM-03Y-40
DSGM-03Y-2180
DSGM-03Y-2190
No.14
Piping Size
"C" Thd.
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
Rc 1/2
1/2 BSP.F
1/2 NPT
Rc 3/4
3/4 BSP.F
3/4 NPT
92
(3.62)
F
11 (.43) Dia.
4 Places
Q
76
(2.99)
70
(2.76)
110
(4.33)
90
(3.54)
46
(1.81)
32.5
(1.28)
21.4
(.84)
90
(3.54)
54
(2.13)
37.3
(1.47)
27
(1.06)
"C" Thd.
4 Places
"D" Thd.
M6
E
13 (.51)
1/4-20 UNC 15 (.59)

M6
13 (.51)
1/4-20 UNC 15 (.59)

M6
13 (.51)
1/4-20 UNC 15 (.59)
J
K
L
N
P
110
9
(4.33) (.35)
21
48
16
40
62
32
10
(.39) (1.26) (2.44) (1.57) (.63) (1.89) (.83)
24
(.94)
110
9
(4.33) (.35)
21
48
16
40
62
32
10
(.39) (1.26) (2.44) (1.57) (.63) (1.89) (.83)
24
(.94)
120
14
(4.72) (.55)
42
16
47
10
45
80
50
15
(.59) (1.97) (3.15) (1.77) (.39) (1.85) (.63) (1.65)

DSG-03 / S-DSG-03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
PLUG-IN CONNECTOR TYPE (N)

PLUG-IN CONNECTOR WITH INDICATOR LIGHT (N1)
Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-03--A- N -50/5090
N1
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Conductor Area Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.002 Sq. in.)
236
(9.29)
91
(3.58)
39 38
89
(3.50)
(1.54) (1.38)
35.3 61.8
(1.39) (2.43)
109.1
(4.30)
27.5(1.08)
SOLa
SOLb
Double Solenoid
Models Only
176.3
(6.94)
70
(2.76)
61.8
(2.43)

Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
8.5 - 10.5 Nm (75-93 IN.lbs.)
Models with DC Solenoids: (S-)DSG-03--D- N -50/5090

N1
Models with R Type Solenoids: (S-)DSG-03--R-N-50/5090
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Conductor Area Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.002 Sq. in.)

282
(11.10)
114
(4.49)
D
35.3
(1.39)
DSG-03--D
N
- N1
-50/5090
SOL a
199.3
(7.85)
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
8.5 - 10.5 Nm (75-93 IN.lbs.)
121.1 (4.77) 73.8 (2.91)
DSG-03--R-N-50/5090 124.9 (4.92) 62.6 (2.46)
27.5 (1.08)
39 (1.54)
34
53 (2.09)
(1.34)
Double Solenoid
Models Only
For other dimensions, refer to "Terminal Box Type"

(Page 13-14).
C
89
(3.50)
SOL b
70
(2.76)
Model Numbers
35
(1.38)
DIMENSIONS IN
Options
Models with Push Button & Lock Nut: (S-)DSG-03--C(- N )-50/5090
N1
Lock Nut
Press the "Push Button" then turn "Lock Nut"
clockwise. The position of the "Push Button" is
held.
Be sure to loosen "LockNut" fully before solenoid
is energised
AC : 158.5 (6.24)
DC,R,RQ : 181.5 (7.15)
Push Button
No.15

DSG-03/S-DSG-03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Lead Wire Connection

Details of Receptacle
Type of
Electrical Conduit
Connection
Double Solenoid Type
Single Solenoid Type
Power Supply
(For SOL.b)
Earth
Terminal
Box Type
Power Supply
(For SOL.a)
Earth
Indicator
Light
Indicator
Light
Common Plate
SOL. b
SOL. a
SOL. b
Indicator Light
Earth
Common
Power
Supply
Ground
1
1
Plug-in
Connector
Type
1-Power Supply
3
3
2-Power Supply
1. There are two grounding terminals. You can use either one.
2. If you do not need the common plate, remove it.
3. With DC solenoids, polarity is no question.
DANGER
Do not perform wiring while the power is on.
Doing so may result in electric shock, burns or death.
Make the wiring properly. Improper wiring will cause an
irregular movement of the machine, resulting in a grave
accident.
Electrical Circuit
Type of
Electrical Conduit
Connection
Electric Source
AC
AC DC Rectified
DC
Indicator Light
Indicator Light
Power
Supply
Power
Supply
Terminal
Box Type
Power
Supply
SOL.
Common
Ground
SOL.
Common
Ground
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
SOL.
Common
Ground
Indicator Light
(Integrated in "N1"
model only)
SOL.
Plug-in
Connector
Type
1-Power
Supply
2-Power
Supply
2-Power
Supply
2-Power
Supply
Ground
Ground
SOL.
Indicator Light
(Integrated in "N1"
model only)
No.16
Rectifier
Circuit
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
1-Power
Supply
1-Power
Supply
Indicator Light
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
SOL.
Ground
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
(Circuit composed
in coil)
Rectifier
Circuit

DSG-03/S-DSG-03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
-DSG-03---50/5090
Spring Offset Type
18
30 26
19
21
20
22
25
24 31 17 23
16
43 42 41 40 44
29
15
14
SOL b
28
SOL a
27
CAUTION
1
27
10
When making replacement of seals, solenoid assemblies

or coils, please do it carefully after reading through the
relevant instructions in the Operator's Manual.
-DSG-03---N/N1-50/5090
46
47
48
45
16
WARNING
SOL a
SOL b
Before maintenance or removal, do the following, Failure to do

these may cause components to move, causing oil leakage or
serious accidents.
Shut off the equipment's power supply, and be sure that all
electric motors and engines have stopped.
List of Seals
Qty.
Item
Name of Parts
21
27
28
29
30
41
43
Gasket
O-Ring
O-Ring
Plug
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Part Numbers
1751S-VK418689-6
SO-NB-A014
SO-NB-P21
1790S-VK418329-2
S6
SO-NB-P21
SO-NA-P4
3C
2D2
1
5
1
5
2
2
4
2
2
4
Remarks
2B
1
5
1
2
2
1
2
Included in Solenoid Ass'y (Item 16 )
When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
Valve Model Numbers
DSG-03---50/5090
DSG-03---N-50/5090
Seal Kit No.
O-Ring Details for Seal Kit
KS-DSG-03-50
27 (5 Pcs.), 28 & 41 (2 Pcs., see above), 43 (4 Pcs.)
KS-DSG-03-N-50
27 (5 Pcs.), 28 & 41 (2 Pcs., see above)
Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector

Refer to Page 18 for the details of these parts.
No.17

DSG-03/S-DSG-03
Spare Parts List
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector Ass'y No.

Valve Model Numbers
DSG-03--A100-50
DSG-03--A120-50
DSG-03--A200-50
DSG-03--A240-50
DSG-03--D12-50
DSG-03--D24-50
DSG-03--D100-50
DSG-03--R100-50
DSG-03--R200-50
DSG-03--RQ100-50
S-DSG-03--D12-50
S-DSG-03--D24-50
S-DSG-03--D100-50
S-DSG-03--R100-50
S-DSG-03--R200-50
S-DSG-03--RQ100-50
DSG-03--A100-N-50
DSG-03--A120-N-50
DSG-03--A200-N-50
DSG-03--A240-N-50
DSG-03--D12-N-50
DSG-03--D24-N-50
DSG-03--D100-N-50
DSG-03--R100-N-50
DSG-03--R200-N-50
S-DSG-03--D12-N-50
S-DSG-03--D24-N-50
S-DSG-03--D100-N-50
S-DSG-03--R100-N-50
S-DSG-03--R200-N-50
DSG-03--A100-N1-50
DSG-03--A120-N1-50
DSG-03--A200-N1-50
DSG-03--A240-N1-50
DSG-03--D12-N1-50
DSG-03--D24-N1-50
DSG-03--D100-N1-50
S-DSG-03--D12-N1-50
S-DSG-03--D24-N1-50
S-DSG-03--D100-N1-50
16
42
Solenoid Ass'y No.
Coil No.
SA3-100-50
SA3-120-50
SA3-200-50
SA3-240-50
SD3-12-50
SD3-24-50
SD3-100-50
SR3-100-50
SR3-200-50
SR3-100-50
SD3-12-S-50
SD3-24-S-50
SD3-100-S-50
SR3-100-S-50
SR3-200-S-50
SR3-100-50
SA3-100-N-50
SA3-120-N-50
SA3-200-N-50
SA3-240-N-50
SD3-12-N-50
SD3-24-N-50
SD3-100-N-50
SR3-100-N-50
SR3-200-N-50
SD3-12-S-N-50
SD3-24-S-N-50
SD3-100-S-N-50
SR3-100-S-N-50
SR3-200-S-N-50
SA3-100-N-50
SA3-120-N-50
SA3-200-N-50
SA3-240-N-50
SD3-12-N-50
SD3-24-N-50
SD3-100-N-50
SD3-12-S-N-50
SD3-24-S-N-50
SD3-48-S-N-50
C-SA3-100-50
C-SA3-120-50
C-SA3-200-50
C-SA3-240-50
C-SD3-12-50
C-SD3-24-50
C-SD3-100-50
C-SR3-100-50
C-SR3-200-50
C-SR3-100-50
C-SD3-12-50
C-SD3-24-50
C-SD3-100-50
C-SR3-100-50
C-SR3-200-50
C-SR3-100-50
C-SA3-100-N-50
C-SA3-120-N-50
C-SA3-200-N-50
C-SA3-240-N-50
C-SD3-12-N-50
C-SD3-24-N-50
C-SD3-100-N-50
C-SR3-100-N-50
C-SR3-200-N-50
C-SD3-12-N-50
C-SD3-24-N-50
C-SD3-100-N-50
C-SR3-100-N-50
C-SR3-200-N-50
C-SA3-100-N-50
C-SA3-120-N-50
C-SA3-200-N-50
C-SA3-240-N-50
C-SD3-12-N-50
C-SD3-24-N-50
C-SD3-100-N-50
C-SD3-12-N-50
C-SD3-24-N-50
C-SD3-100-N-50
Note: The connector assembly is not included in the solenoid assembly.
No.18
17
Receptacle
Part No.
45
Connector Ass'y
Part No.
46
Connector Ass'y
Part No.
Remarks
R3-60
KR3-A-60
KR3-C-60
Terminal
Box
Type
RR3-60
QR3-C-60
KR3-A-60
KR3-C-60
RR3-60
QR3-C-60
GDM-211-A-11
GDM-211-B-11
Plug-in
Connector
Type
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10
GDM-211-A-11
GDM-211-B-11
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
Plug-in
Connector
with
Indicator
Light
Pub. EC-0404
SOLENOID CONTROLLED PILOT

OPERATED DIRECTIONAL VALVES
DSHG-01/03/04/06/10
PILOT OPERATED DIRECTIONAL VALVES
DHG/04/06/10
DIRECTIONAL
MANUALLY OPERATED
CONTROLS
DIRECTIONAL VALVES
DMG-01/03/04/06/10
DMT-03/06/10
General Information
Up to 31.5 MPa (4570 PSI), 1100L/min (291 U.S.GPM)

Solenoid contorolled Pilot Operated Valves ............................ Page 4
Thease valves are composed of a solenoid operated pilot valve and a pilot
operated slave valve. When a solenoid is energised the pilot valve directs the
flow to move the spool of the slave valve, thus changing the direction of flow
in the hydraulic circuit.
High Pressure High Flow

In these valves, the nominal size "04" can provide 300 L/min (79.3 U.S.GPM),
"06" can provide 500 L/min (132 U.S.GPM) and "10" can provide 1100 L/min
(291 U.S.GPM) in the maximum flow respectively and they can also withstand
such a high pressure as 31.5 Mpa {4570 PSI} as the maximum operating
pressure. With these features of high pressure and high flow, the valves can
make the size or configuration of the equipment compact.
Low Pressure Drop
As the pressure drop of each size of the valve becomes minimal, the more of
energy saving of the equipment is possible.
Easy Change of Pilot and Drain System
The change of the pilot from external to internal and the change of the drain
from internal to external or viceversa can be done easily by putting on or
removing the relevant plug on the valve.
............................ Page 34
These valves perform a change over of spool by

hydraulic pilot and shift the direction of oil flow.
............................ Page 40
These valves may be used to manually shift the spool

position and change the direction of oil flow.
No.1
Solenoid Controlled
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Solenoids / Mounting
Solenoids
(Only for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves)
Solenoid connectors (DIN Connector)
The solenoid connectors are conform to the international standard ISO 4400 (Fluid power systems and componentsThree-pin electrical plug connectors-Characteristics and requirements).
AC Solenoids
50-60 Hz common service solenoids do not require rewiring when the applied frequency is changed.
DC Solenoids (Reputable K-Series)
These DC solenoids have surge absorbers for K-series functions. The three advantages of them are as mentioned
below:1. Since surge voltage can be controlled to a very low figure, electric control devices, such as a computer, can be used
without any interference like noise.
R Type Solenoids
These are rectifier and surge absorber incorporated direct current solenoids which can be used by connecting directly
to the AC power source. They have, like other DC solenoids, such advantages that the sound in on-off operation is quite
low and the coils are hardly burnt out even if the spool is stuck at the half way of its changeover for contaminant particles etc. Moreover, they can be used almost permanently without being affected by a surge voltage from the outside.
Thus, they are the solenoids of high reliability and durability.
Class H
Mounting
Mounting surface dimensions confrom to ISO 4401, Hydraulic fluild power-Four-port directional control valvesMounting surfaces.
Model Numbers
ISO Code of Mounting Surface
DSHG-01
DMG-01
ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
DMG-03
ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
DSHG-03
ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
(S)-DSHG-04
DHG-04
DMG-04
ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
(S)-DSHG-06
DHG-06
DMG-06
ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
(S)-DSHG-10
DHG-10
DMG-10
ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
The main ports conform to ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A. The pilot and

drain ports conform to the ISO.
No.2
Solenoid Controlled
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Hydraulic Fluids / Instructions

Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Type of Fluids
Remarks
Petroleum Base Oil

Use phosphate ester or polyol ester fluid.When phosphate ester fluid is used, prefix
"F-" to the model number because the special seals (fluororubber) are required to be used.
Synthetic Fluids
Water Containing Fluids
Note) 1: For two types of manually operated directional valves, DMT-06, 06X and DMT-10, 10X, only petroleum base
oils and polyol ester type fluids are available.
2: For use with hydraulic fluids other than those listed above, consult your Yuken representatives in advance.

Instructions
SOL a
SOL b
L'
In no-spring type, either solenoid of the two should be energised continuously to avoid malfunction.
Valve Tank Port
surge pressure.
Pilot Drain Port for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated

Directional Valve
Avoid connecting the valve pilot drain port to a line with
possible surge pressure.
Piping end of drain should be submerged in oil.
Shockless Type
to fill the drain line with operating oil.

Please note that as the back pressure of the drain line rises,
manually override push pin turns hard to operate (See the graph
below).
30
N
150
20
120
10
50
0
1bf.
Operating
Force
Mounting Posture
In case No-spring detent type and No-spring type valves are
used in the solenoid de-energised state, install the valve in such
a way that the axis L-L' becomes horizontal to get the detent
effect firmly. For the valve types other than the above, there
are no restrictions on the mounting posture.
MPa
100
200
300
400
500
PSI
Drain Line Back Pressure
No.3

Directional Valves
DSHG-01/03/04/06/10
S-DSHG-04/06/10
Sub-plate Mounting
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Specifications
Specifications
1
Max. T-Line Back
Max. ChangeMin 2
Max.
Max. Pilot
Approx.
Max. Flow
Pressure
over Frequency
Required
Operating
-1
Pressure
Model Numbers
Mass
L /min
MPa(PSI)
min
(Cycles/Min)
Pilot Pres.
Pressure
kg(1bs.)
(U.S.GPM) MPa(PSI) MPa(PSI) MPa(PSI) Ext.Drain Int.Drain AC DC
R
3.5 (7.7)
DSHG-01-3C--13/1380/1390
40 (10.6) 21 (3050) 21 (3050) 1.0 (150) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 120 120 120
2.9 (6.4)
DSHG-01-2B--13/1380/1390
7.2(15.9)
DSHG-03-3C--13/1390
DSHG-03-2N--13/1390
160 (42.3) 25 (3630) 25 (3630) 0.7 (100) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 120 120 120 7.2(15.9)
6.6(14.6)
Standard DSHG-03-2B--13/1390
Type (S-)DSHG-04-3C--51/5190
8.8(19.4)
(S-)DSHG-04-2N--51/5190 300 (79.3) 31.5 (4570) 25 (3630) 0.8 (120) 21 (3050) 16 (2320) 120 120 120 8.8(19.4)
8.2(18.1)
(S-)DSHG-04-2B--51/5190
12.7 (28)
(S-)DSHG-06-3C--52/5290
3
(S-)DSHG-06-2N--52/5290
25 (3630) 0.8 (120)
120 120 120 12.7 (28)
500 (132) 31.5 (4570)
21 (3050) 16 (2320)
12.1 (27)
(S-)DSHG-06-2B--52/5290
21 (3050) 1.0 (150)
110 110 110 13.5 (30)
Shockless (S-)DSHG-06-3H--52/5290
Type (S-)DSHG-10-3C--42/4290
120 120 100 45.3(100)
25 (3630)
3
(S-)DSHG-10-2N--42/4290
100 100 100 45.3(100)
1100 (291) 31.5 (4570)
1.0 (150) 21 (3050) 16 (2320)
44.7 (99)
(S-)DSHG-10-2B--42/4290
50
60
21 (3050)
60
53.1(117)
(S-)DSHG-10-3H--42/4290
Valve
Type
1. The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any
abnormality to the operation (changeover) of the valve. For details,
please refer to the "List of Standard Models and Maximum Flow" on
pages 9 to 13.
2. In case of internal drain type valve, the differential pressure between
pilot pressure and back pressure at tank port should be kept more than
the minimum pilot pressure.
3. The minimum pilot pressure for the valve with pilot piston is 1.8 MPa
(260 PSI).
No.4
Yuken can offer flanged connection valves described

below. Consult Yuken for the details.
Model Numbers
DSHF-10---27
DSHF-16---37
DSHF-24---28
DSHF-32---27
Rated Flow
Max. Pressure
L /min (U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI)
315 (83)
500 (132)
21 (3050)
1200 (317)
2400 (634)

Directional Valves
DSHG-01/03/04/06/10
S-DSHG-04/06/10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Solenoid Ratings / Sub-plates

Solenoid Ratings
Valve Type
Coil
Type
Electric source
Frequency
(Hz)
50
A100
A120
Standard
Type
AC
A200
A240
Shockless
Type
DC (K Series)
AC DC Rectified (R)
D12
D24
D48
R100
R200
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50/60
Voltage (V)
Source Rating Serviceable Range Inrush (A)
Holding (A) Power (W)
0.51
2.42
80 - 110
100
0.37
2.14
100
90 - 120
0.44
2.35
110
0.42
2.02
96 - 132
120
0.31
1.78
108 - 144
0.25
1.21
160 - 220
200
0.19
1.07
200
180 - 240
0.22
1.18
220
0.21
1.01
192 - 264
240
0.15
0.89
216 - 288
2.45
10.8 - 13.2
12
29
1.23
21.6 - 26.4
24
0.61
43.2 - 52.8
48
0.33
90 - 110
100
29
0.16
180 - 220
200
Inrush current in the above table show rms values at maximum stroke.
CSA Approved Solenoid Valve

The "DSHG" series valve have been approved by the
CSA(Candian Standards Association). consult us for details.
Sub-plates
Valve
Model
Numbers
DSHG-01
DSHG-03
DSHG-04
DSHG-06
DSHG-10

Approx.
Sub-plate
Thread
Mass
Model Numbers
Size
kg (1bs.)
Rc 1/8 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01-30
Rc 1/4 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01X-30
Rc 3/8 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-30
Rc 3/8 3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03-40
Rc 1/2 3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03X-40
Rc 3/4 4.7 (10.4)
DSGM-03Y-40
Rc 3/4 4.7 (10.4)
DHGM-03Y-10
Rc 1/2 4.4 (9.7)
DHGM-04-20
Rc 3/4 4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-04X-20
Rc 3/4 7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-06-50
7.4 (16.3)
Rc 1
DHGM-06X-50
Rc 1-1/4 21.5 (47.4)
DHGM-10-40
DHGM-10X-40 Rc 1-1/2 21.5 (47.4)

Approx.
Approx.
Sub-plate
Thread
Sub-plate
Thread
Mass
Mass
Model Numbers
Size
Model Numbers
Size
kg (1bs.)
kg (1bs.)
0.8 (1.8)
1/8 NPT
1/8 BSP.F 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01-3090
DSGM-01-3080
0.8 (1.8)
1/4 NPT
DSGM-01X-3080 1/4 BSP.F 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01X-3090
0.8 (1.8)
3/8 NPT
DSGM-01Y-3090
3.0 (6.6)
3/8 NPT
3/8 BSP.F 3.0 (6.6) DSGM-03-2190
DSGM-03-2180
3.0 (6.6)
1/2 NPT
DSGM-03X-2180 1/2 BSP.F 3.0 (6.6) DSGM-03X-2190
4.7 (10.4)
3/4 NPT
DSGM-03Y-2180 3/4 BSP.F 4.7 (10.4) DSGM-03Y-2190
4.7 (10.4)
3/4 NPT
DHGM-03Y-1080 3/4 BSP.F 4.7 (10.4) DHGM-03Y-1090
4.4 (9.7)
1/2 NPT
1/2 BSP.F 4.4 (9.7) DHGM-04-2090
DHGM-04-2080
4.1 (9.0)
3/4 NPT
DHGM-04X-2080 3/4 BSP.F 4.1 (9.0) DHGM-04X-2090
7.4 (16.3)
3/4 NPT
3/4 BSP.F 8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06-5090
DHGM-06-5080
7.4 (16.3)
1 NPT
8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06X-5090
1 BSP.F
DHGM-06X-5080
1-1/4 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
1-1/4 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10-4090
DHGM-10-4080
DHGM-10X-4080 1-1/2 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10X-4090 1-1/2 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
DSGM-03 is available only for Internal pilot-Internal drain type (Use DHGM-03Y for other valves).
No.5
No.6
S:
Shockless
Type
None:
Standard
Type
None:
Standard
Type
Type
-2
DSGH:
Solenoid
Controlled
Pilot
Operated
Directional Valve,
Sub-plate
Mounting
C: Spring
Centred
10
B: Spring
Offset
N: No-Spring
C: Spring
Centred
H: Pressure
Centred
B: Spring
Offset
N: No-Spring
C: Spring
Centred
B: Spring
Offset
2, 4, 40
A B
(3, 7) 1 (Omit if not required)
2, 4, 40
A
2, 4, 40
A B
2, 4, 40
60, 10, 12
3, 5, 6 1
7, 9, 11
-C2
-E
External Pilot (E)
Internal Pilot
Pilot Connection
Omit if not
required
C1C2:
With C1 &
C2 Choke
C2:
With C2
Choke
C1:
With C1
Choke
Hold back pressure in the tank line so that the difference

between pilot pressure and drain pressure is always
more than minimum required pilot pressure.
External Drain
Internal Drain (T)
External Drain
No restrictions in the combination on us
Combination is not applicable
Care in Application
AC:
A100 , A200
A120 , A240
ACDC
R100 , R200
DC:
D12 , D24
D48
AC:
A100 , A200
A120 , A240
Coil
Type
-A100
-C
-H
-N
-52
C:
Push
Button &
Lock Nut
None:
Manual
Override
Pin
H:
Refer to 5
N1:
4
Plug-in
Connector
with
Indicator
Light
N:
Plug-in
Connector
Type
None:
Terminal
Box Type
42
52
51
13
13
90:
N.
American
Design
Standard
80:
European
Design
Standard
(Applicable
only for
DSHG-01)
None:
Japanese
Standard
"JIS" &
European
Design
Standard
90:
N.
American
Design
Standard
None:
Japanese
Standard
"JIS"
Bult-in Type of Elec- Design Design

Manual
Override of Orifice for trical Conduit Number
Standard
Pilot Valve Pilot Line Connection
-L
(Omit if not required)
Models with
Reverse Mtg.
of Solenoid
In the table above, the symbols and numbers highlighted with shade represent the optional extras.
The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options, therefore please
confirm the time of delivery with us before ordering.
1. Shckless type (S-DSHG) are not available for spool type marked ( ).
2. As for the details of the valve using the neutral position and the side position (either SOL a or
SOL b side), please refer to page 14. Furthermore, the spool types other than "2", "4", "40" (3, 7)
are also available.
3. In spool-spring arrangement "H" (Pressure centred models), the valves with stroke adjustment
(R) and pilot-piston (P) are not available.
4. N1 stands for Plug-in connector with solenoid indicator light. N1 is not available for R-type
solenoids.
5. In spool-spring arrangement "H" (Pressure centred models), in case the pilot pressure is more than
10 MPa (1450 PSI), please specify that the valve should have the built-in orifice to the pilot line.
DC:
R2: With Stroke Adj., D12 , D24
D48
Both Ends
RA: With Stroke Adj., ACDC
Port "A" End
R100 , R200
RB: With Stroke Adj.,
Port "B" End
P2: With Pilot Piston,
Both Ends
PA: With Pilot Piston,
Port "A" End
PB: With Pilot Piston,
Port "B" End
R2:
With Stroke
Adjustment,
Both Ends
RA:
None: None:
With Stroke
Internal External Adjustment,
Pilot
Drain
Port "A" End
RB:
With Stroke
E:
T:
Adjustment,
External Internal Port "B" End
Pilot
Drain
Drain Connection
Internal Drain (T)
-R2
Drain
Spool Control 3
Special Two Models with Pilot
Modification
Pilot Choke Connec- ConnecPosition
tion
Valve
Valve
tion
2, 4, 40
A 2
2, 4, 40
60, 10, 12
3, 5, 6 1
7, 9, 11
2
3
4
40
7
2, 3, 4
40, 5, 60
7, 9, 10
11, 12
B: Spring
Offset
N: No-Spring
2, 3, 4
40, 7
06
04
03
01
2, 3, 4
40, 5, 60
7, 9, 10
11, 12
Spool
Type
C: Spring
Centred
No. of
Series Valve Valve Spool-Spring
Number Size Position Arrangement
S- DSHG -06
Note : In spool type "3", "5", "6", "60", and "7", the combination applicable between pilot system and
drain system is as described in the table below.
Omit if not
required
F:
For
Phosphate
Ester
Type
Fluids
Special
Seals
F-

Directional Valves
DSHG-01 / 03 / 04 / 06 / 10
S-DSHG-04 / 06 / 10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS

Directional Valves
DSHG-01/03/04/06/10
S-DSHG-04/06/10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Mounting Bolt
Mounting Bolt
Mouting Bolt
Model
Numbers

Name
MBK-01-01-30
MBK-01-02-30
M6 35 Lg.
DSHG-01
Mtg. Bolt Kit
DSHG-03
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw
(S-)DSHG-04
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw
(S)-DSHG-06
(S)-DSHG-10
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw

Soc. Hd. Cap Screw
1
2
M6 45 Lg.
M10 50 Lg.
M12 60 Lg.
M20 75 Lg.

MBK-01-01-3090 1
MBK-01-02-3090 2
1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg.
1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg.
3/4-10 UNC 3 Lg.
Qty.
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. 1bs.)
1 set
5-6
(43 - 52)
12 - 15
(104 - 130)
2
4
6
6
12
58
100
473
15
72
123
585
(104
(504
(868
(4106
130)
625)
1068)
5078)
1. For Internal Pilot-Internal Drain.

2. For External Pilot or External Drain.
3. Mounting bolt kit is common to that of 01 series modular valves.
Refer to figure below for the dimensions of bolt kit.
Stud Bolt
"B" Thd.
Both Ends
9
(.35)
9
(.35)
A
DIMENSIONS IN
Nut
"B" Thd.
8.5 Dia.
(.33)
Model Numbers
9
(.35)
4
(.16)
MBK-01-01-30
MBK-01-02-30
MBK-01-01-3090
MBK-01-02-3090
A mm (In.)
94 (3.70)
134 (5.28)
94 (3.70)
134 (5.28)
"B" Thd.
M5
No.10-24 UNC
15
(.59)
No.7

Directional Valves
DSHG-01/03/04/06/10
S-DSHG-04/06/10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Options
Options
Models with Pilot Choke Adjustment
When the adjustment screw is turned clockwise,
changeover speed of the main spool becomes slow. In
case of the spring centred valves in particular, making
slow of the returning speed of the main spool to the
neutral position is possible with a C2 choke valve.
These choke valves can be used in combination with the
valves of spring centred, no-spring, offset, pressure
centred and the valves with stroke adjustment.
Pressure Centred Models (3H)

The pressure centered type can be used when the
returning of the main spool to the neutral position is
required to be firmily.
Graphic Symbols (Ex.: External Pilot-External Drain)

(Only for 3H6, 3H60)
Graphic Symbols (Ex.: Spring Centred)
b
Y
C2 Choke
C1 Choke
DSHG-01,06,10
b
Y
V X
Models with Stroke Adjustment (R2, RA, RB)

When the adjustment screw is screwed in , the main
spool stroke becomes short and flow rate reduces.
Y
P
T

A
"R2" Models
DSHG-03, 04
C2 Choke
Y P
"RA" Models
C1 Choke
Y
P
T
Y P
"RB" Models
A
Y P
Models with Pilot Piston(P2, PA, PB)

The valves with a pilot piston can be used when the high
speed changeover of the main spool is required.
However, please not that in case of spring centered
valves, there is no change in the returning speed of the
main spool to the neutral position even with the pilot
piston.
Additional Mass of Options

Add the mass described below to the mass of standard
models on page 4, if options are required.

Model
Numbers
"P2" Models
a
W
Y P
b
V
"PA" Models
a
Y P
No.8
Y P
DSHG-03
(S-)DSHG-04
(S-)DSHG-06
(S-)DSHG-10
Model with Pilot

Choke Adj.
C1, C2
C1C2
0.65(1.4)
0.65(1.4)
0.65(1.4)
0.65(1.4)
1.3(2.9)
1.3(2.9)
1.3(2.9)
1.3(2.9)
kg (1bs.)
Models with
Stroke Adj.
PA
P2
PB
0.6(1.3) 0.3 (.7)
1.0(2.2) 0.5(1.1)
1.0(2.2) 0.5(1.1) 1.2(2.6) 06(1.3)
3.6(7.9) 1.8(4.0) 3.7(8.2) 1.85(4.1)
Models with
Pilot Piston
PA
P2
PB
b
V
"PB" Models
a
Options on Pilot Valve

The same options to DSG-01 series valves are available.
Please refer to the Catalogue No. Pub. EC-0402 for the
details.

Directional Valves
DSHG-01
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
List of Standard Models and Maximum Flow

Three Positions
Two Positions
Spring Centred
Spring Centred
Graphic Symbol
Spool Type
Graphic Symbol
B
b
a
Y
Maximum Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
7 MPa
14 MPa
21 MPa
(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3050 PSI)
Maximum Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
B
b
Model Numbers
Model Numbers
7 MPa
14 MPa
21 MPa
(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3050 PSI)
"2"
DSHG-01-3C2
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
DSHG-01-2B2
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"3"
DSHG-01-3C3
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
DSHG-01-2B3
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"4"
DSHG-01-3C4
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
DSHG-01-2B4
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"40"
DSHG-01-3C40
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
DSHG-01-2B40
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"5"
DSHG-01-3C5
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"60"
DSHG-01-3C60
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"7"
DSHG-01-3C7
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
DSHG-01-2B7
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"9"
DSHG-01-3C9
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"10"
DSHG-01-3C10
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"11"
DSHG-01-3C11
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"12"
DSHG-01-3C12
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
Notes ) 1. Max. flow shows value at pilot pressure more than 1 MPa (150 PSI)
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition of P A B T (or P B
A T) as shown in the circuit diagram right.
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is blocked, the maximum flow differs
according to a hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult us for details.
No.9

Directional Valves
DSHG-03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS

Three Positions
Spring Centred
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
B
b
a
Y
Maximum Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
7 MPa
14 MPa
25 MPa
(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3630 PSI)
"2"
DSHG-03-3C2
160 (42.3)
"3"
DSHG-03-3C3
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
"4"
DSHG-03-3C4
160 (42.3)
"40"
DSHG-03-3C40
"5"
DSHG-03-3C5
"60"
DSHG-03-3C60
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
"7"
DSHG-03-3C7
160 (42.3)
"9"
DSHG-03-3C9
160 (42.3)
"10"
DSHG-03-3C10
160 (42.3)
"11"
DSHG-03-3C11
160 (42.3)
"12"
DSHG-03-3C12
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5) 60 (15.9)
160 (42.3) 95 (25.1)
85
160
85
160 (42.3)
160
85
160 (42.3)
160
85
160
85
160
85
160
85
160
85
160
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
60
95
60
95
60
95
125
160
60
95
60
95
60
95
60
95
60
95
(15.9)
(25.1)
(15.9)
(25.1)
(15.9)
(25.1)
(33.0)
(42.3)
(15.9)
(25.1)
(15.9)
(25.1)
(15.9)
(25.1)
(15.9)
(25.1)
(15.9)
(25.1)
Two Positions
Spring Offset
No-Spring
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
Graphic Symbol
b
Y
Maximum Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
b
Y
Model Numbers
7 MPa
14 MPa
25 MPa
(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3630 PSI)
"2"
DSHG-03-2N2
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
"3"
DSHG-03-2N3
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
"4"
DSHG-03-2N4
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
"40"
DSHG-03-2N40
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
"7"
DSHG-03-2N7
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
85
160
85
160
85
160
85
160
85
160
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
160 (42.3)
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow
condition of P A B T (or P B A T) as shown
in the circuit diagram right.
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port
is blocked, the maximum flow differs according to a hydraulic
circuit, therefore, please consult us for details.
No.10
Model Numbers
7 MPa
14 MPa
25 MPa
(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3630 PSI)
DSHG-03-2B2
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
DSHG-03-2B3
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
DSHG-03-2B4
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
DSHG-03-2B40
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
DSHG-03-2B7
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
Notes: 1. The relation between max. flow and pilot pressure in the table
above is as shown below.
(Example)
Maximum flow rate is constant regardless of pilot pressure.
Pilot Pressure more than 0.7 MPa (100 PSI).
Maximum Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Pilot Pressure at 0.7 MPa (100 PSI).

85 (22.5)
160 (42.3)
Pilot Pressure at 1 MPa (150 PSI).
85
160
85
160
85
160
85
160
85
160
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)

Directional Valves
DSHG-04 / S-DSHG-04
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS

Three Positions
Spring Centred
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
Maximum Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
B
b
a
Y
10 MPa 16 MPa 25 MPa 31.5 MPa

(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
Model Numbers
"2"
DSHG-04-3C2 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 200 (52.8) 145 (38.3)

(S-)DSHG-04-3C2 300 (79.3) 250 (66.1) 120 (31.7) 110 (29.1)
"3"
DSHG-04-3C3 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)

DSHG-04-3C4
(S-)DSHG-04-3C4
DSHG-04-3C40
(S-)DSHG-04-3C40
"4"
"40"
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
250 (66.1)
250 (66.1)
140 (37.0)
200 (52.8)
120 (31.7)
165 (43.6)
110 (29.1)
145 (38.3)
110 (29.1)
"5"
DSHG-04-3C5 250 (66.1) 250 (66.1) 245 (64.7) 245 (64.7)
"6"
DSHG-04-3C6 300 (79.3) 260 (68.7) 245 (64.7) 235 (62.1)
"60"
DSHG-04-3C60
300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
(S-)DSHG-04-3C60
"7"
DSHG-04-3C7 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 200 (52.8) 145 (38.3)
"9"
DSHG-04-3C9 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 280 (74.0) 250 (66.1)
"10"
DSHG-04-3C10 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 200 (52.8) 150 (39.6)

(S-)DSHG-04-3C10 300 (79.3) 250 (66.1) 120 (31.7) 110 (29.1)
"11"
DSHG-04-3C11 300 (79.3) 260 (68.7) 160 (42.3) 140 (37.0)
"12"
DSHG-04-3C12 300 (79.3) 280 (74.0) 170 (44.9) 135 (35.7)

(S-)DSHG-04-3C12 300 (79.3) 250 (66.1) 120 (31.7) 110 (29.1)
Two Positions
Spring Offset
No-Spring
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
b
Y
"3"
Maximum Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)

(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
Maximum Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
B
b
Model Numbers
"2"
Graphic Symbol
Model Numbers

(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
(S-)DSHG-04-2N2 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) (S-)DSHG-04-2B2 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
DSHG-04-2N3 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
DSHG-04-2B3 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
"4"
(S-)DSHG-04-2N4 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) (S-)DSHG-04-2B4 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
"40"
(S-)DSHG-04-2N40 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) (S-)DSHG-04-2B40 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
"7"
DSHG-04-2N7 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
DSHG-04-2B7 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
Notes: 1. Max flow described above shown value at pilot pressure more than 0.8 MPa (120 PSI).
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition of P A B T (or
P B A T) as shown in the circuit diagram right.
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is blocked, the maximum flow
differs according to a hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult us for details.
No.11

Directional Valves
DSHG-06 / S-DSHG-06
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS

Three Positions
Pressure Centred
Spring Centred
Graphic Symbol
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
B
b
a
Y
Maximum Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Maximum Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
B
b
a
Y

Model Numbers
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
410 (108) 310 (81.9)
420 (111)
(S-)DSHG-06-3C2 500 (132) 500 (132)
(S-)DSHG-06-3H2 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
Model Numbers
"2"
"3"
DSHG-06-3C3
"4"
(S-)DSHG-06-3C4
500 (132) 500 (132) 460 (122) 370 (97.8)
DSHG-06-3H3 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
410 (108)
500 (132)
410 (108)
(S-)DSHG-06-3C40 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
310 (81.9)
420 (111)
(S-)DSHG-06-3H4 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
310 (81.9)
420 (111)
(S-)DSHG-06-3H40 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
470 (124)
DSHG-06-3C5 500 (132) 500 (132) 425 (112) 350 (92.5)
DSHG-06-3H5 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
420 (111)
DSHG-06-3C6 475 (125) 390 (103) 300 (79.3) 230 (60.8)
DSHG-06-3H6 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
420 (111)
(S-)DSHG-06-3C60 475 (125) 420 (111) 340 (89.8) 280 (74.0) (S-)DSHG-06-3H60 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
"40"
"5"
"6"
"60"
500 (132) 500 (132)
DSHG-06-3C7
"7"
500 (132) 500 (132) 450 (119) 360 (95.1)
450 (119)
500 (132)
410 (108)
(S-)DSHG-06-3C10 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
410 (108)
DSHG-06-3C11 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
410 (108)
(S-)DSHG-06-3C12 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
DSHG-06-3C9
"9"
"10"
"11"
"12"
500 (132) 500 (132)
DSHG-06-3H7 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
360 (95.1)
DSHG-06-3H9 500 (132)
500 (132)
310 (81.9)
(S-)DSHG-06-3H10 500 (132)
500 (132)
310 (81.9)
DSHG-06-3H11 500 (132)
500 (132)
310 (81.9)
(S-)DSHG-06-3H12 500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)

460 (122)
500 (132)
460 (122)
500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
460 (122)
500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132)
Two Positions
Spring Offset
No-Spring
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
Graphic Symbol
b
Y
Maximum Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
Model Numbers
(S-)DSHG-06-2N2 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-2B2
"2"
Maximum Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
B
b
Model Numbers

(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
DSHG-06-2B3
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"4"
(S-)DSHG-06-2N4 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-2B4
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"40"
(S-)DSHG-06-2N40 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-2B40 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
DSHG-06-2N3 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"3"
DSHG-06-2N7 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"7"
DSHG-06-2B7
Notes: 1. The relation between max. flow and pilot pressure in the table above is as shown
below.
(Example)
410 (108)
500 (132)
500 (132)
Pilot Pressure more than 0.8 MPa (120 PSI).
In case pressure centred models, pilot pressure is more than
1 MPa (150 PSI).
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition of P A
B T (or P B A T) as shown in the circuit diagram right.
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is blocked, the
maximum flow differs according to a hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult us
for details.
No.12
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)

In case pressure centred models, pilot pressure
is more than 1 MPa (150 PSI)

Directional Valves
DSHG-10 / S-DSHG-10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS

Three Positions
Pressure Centred
Spring Centred
Graphic Symbol
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
B
b
a
Y
Maximum Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Maximum Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
B
b
a
Y

Model Numbers
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
950 (251) 750 (198)
970 (256)
(S-)DSHG-10-3H2 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
(S-)DSHG-10-3C2 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1050 (277)
DSHG-10-3H3 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DSHG-10-3C3 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1060 (280) 895 (236)
1100 (291)
950 (251) 750 (198)
970 (256)
(S-)DSHG-10-3H4 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
(S-)DSHG-10-3C4 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
950 (251) 750 (198)
970 (256)
(S-)DSHG-10-3H40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
(S-)DSHG-10-3C40 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1000 (264)
DSHG-10-3H5 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DSHG-10-3C5 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 980 (259) 850 (225)
1100 (291)
970 (256)
DSHG-10-3H6 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DSHG-10-3C6 1050 (277) 880 (232) 700 (185) 570 (151)
1100 (291)
970 (256)
(S-)DSHG-10-3C60 1050 (277) 940 (248) 785 (207) 680 (180) (S-)DSHG-10-3H60 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1040 (275) 870 (230)
DSHG-10-3H7 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DSHG-10-3C7 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291)
Model Numbers
"2"
"3"
"4"
"40"
"5"
"6"
"60"
"7"
DSHG-10-3H9 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DSHG-10-3C9 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1040 (275) 870 (230)
"9"
950 (251)
1100 (291)
950 (251)
DSHG-10-3C11 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
950 (251)
(S-)DSHG-10-3C12 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
(S-)DSHG-10-3C10 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"10"
"11"
"12"
750 (198)
(S-)DSHG-10-3H10 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
750 (198)
DSHG-10-3H11 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
750 (198)
(S-)DSHG-10-3H12 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1060 (280)
1100 (291)
1060 (280)
1100 (291)
1060 (280)
1100 (291)
Two Positions
No-Spring
Spring Offset
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
b
Y
"3"
Maximum Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)

(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
Maximum Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
B
b
Model Numbers
"2"
Graphic Symbol
Model Numbers

(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
(S-)DSHG-10-2N2 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-2B2 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DSHG-10-2N3 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DSHG-10-2B3 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"4"
(S-)DSHG-10-2N4 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-2B4 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"40"
(S-)DSHG-10-2N40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-2B40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"7"
DSHG-10-2N7 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DSHG-10-2B7 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
Notes ) 1. The relation between max. flow and pilot pressure in the table above
is as shown below.
(Example)
Pilot Pressure more than 1 MPa (150 PSI).
Pilot Pressure at 1 MPa (150 PSI).
1040 (275)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition
of P A B T (or P B A T) as shown in the circuit
diagram right.
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is
blocked, the maximum flow differs according to a hydraulic circuit,
therefore, please consult us for details.
No.13

Directional Valves
DSHG-01 / 03 / 04 / 06 / 10
S-DSHG-04 / 06 / 10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Reverse Mtg. of Sol. / Special 2-Position Valve

Reverse Mounting of Solenoid.
In spring offset type, it is a standard configuration that the solenoid is mounted onto the valve in the SOL b
position (side). However, in this particular spool-spring arrangement, the mounting of the solenoid onto the valve in
the reverse position - SOL a side - is also available. The graphic symbol for this reverse mounting is as shown below.
A
SOL b
SOL a
b
T
Reverse Mtg. of Solenoid ("L")
Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position. (Special Two position Valve)
Neutral Position
SOL. b Energised
Position
SOL. a Energised
Position
A
a
Y
2B2A
A
2B2B
B
b
Y
b
Y

SOL. a Energised
Position
Graphic Symbols
Model Numbers
04
DSHG-06-2BA
10
Standard
Mtg.
Reverse
Mtg. Type
A B
A B
b
Y P T
a
P T Y

SOL. b Energised
Position
Model Numbers
04
DSHG-06-2BB
10
Standard
Mtg.
Reverse
Mtg. Type
A B
A B
b
Y P T
a
P T Y
Model Numbers
04
DSHG-06-2NA
10
(S-)DSHG--2B2A
(S-)DSHG--2B2B
(S-)DSHG--2N2A
DSHG--2B3A
DSHG--2B3B
DSHG--2N3A
(S-)DSHG--2B4A
(S-)DSHG--2B4B
(S-)DSHG--2N4A
(S-)DSHG--2B40A
(S-)DSHG--2B40B
(S-)DSHG--2N40A
DSHG--2B5A
DSHG--2B5B
DSHG--2N5A
DSHG--2B6A
DSHG--2B6B
DSHG--2N6A
(S-)DSHG--2B60A
(S-)DSHG--2B60B
(S-)DSHG--2N60A
DSHG--2B7A
DSHG--2B7B
DSHG--2N7A
DSHG--2B9A
DSHG--2B9B
DSHG--2N9A
(S-)DSHG--2B10A
(S-)DSHG--2B10B
(S-)DSHG--2N10A
DSHG--2B11A
DSHG--2B11B
DSHG--2N11A
(S-)DSHG--2B12A
(S-)DSHG--2B12B
(S-)DSHG--2N12A
No.14
Graphic
Symbols
Graphic Symbols
Standard
Mtg.
A B
a
b
Y P T

Directional Valves
DSHG-01/03/04
S-DSHG-04
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Preessure Drop
DSHG-01
DSHG-01
MPa
1.4
160
1.2
1.0
120
0.8
80
0.6
Pressure Drop
PSI
200
Spool
Type
2
3
4
0.4
40
0
0.2
0
10
0
0
20
4
40 L /min
30
6
10
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
P A B T P B A T P T
2
3
4
40
5
60
Spool
Type
7
9
10
11
12
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
P A B T P B A T P T
3
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
DSHG-03
DSHG-03
Pressure Drop
PSI
300
250
MPa
2.0
Spool
Type
3
4
5
6
1.6
200
1.2
150
100
50
0
0.8
0.4
0
0
40
80
10
20
160 L /min
120
30
40
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
P A B T P B A T P T
2
3
4
40
5
60
Spool
Type
7
9
10
11
12
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
P A B T P B A T P T
3
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
DSHG-04
Pressure Drop
DSHG-04, S-DSHG-04
PSI
180
160
120
MPa
3
4
1.2
5
6
0.8
80
0.4
40
0
Spool
Type
0
0
0
100
50
20
150
40
250
200
60
2
3
4
40
5
6
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
P A B T P B A T P T
5
Spool
Type
60
7
9
10
11
12
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
P A B T P B A T P T
7
300 L /min
80 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
S-DSHG-04
Spool
Type
2
4
40
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
P A B T P B A T P T
2
Spool
Type
60
10
12
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
P A B T P B A T P T
6
No.15

Directional Valves
DSHG-06, 10 / S-DSHG-06, 10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Pressure Drop
DSHG-06, S-DSHG-06
Pressure Drop
DSHG-06
PSI MPa
300 2.0
250
200
1.6
50
0
0.8
7
8
0.4
0
0
0
200
100
20
40
400
300
60
80
500
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
P A B T P B A T P T
2
3
4
40
5
6
1.2
150
100
Spool
Type
L /min
Spool
Type
60
7
9
10
11
12
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
P A B T P B A T P T
6
100 120 140 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
S-DSHG-06
Spool
Type
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
P A B T P B A T P T
2
4
40
Spool
Type
60
10
12
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
P A B T P B A T P T
6
DSHG-10, S-DSHG-10
DSHG-10
1
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
300 2.0
250
100
50
0
Spool
Type
3
4
1.6
200
150
2
3
4
40
5
6
1.2
0.8
8
0.4
0
0
0
200
50
400
100
600
150
800
200
1000 1100 L /min

250
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
P A B T P B A T P T
9
S-DSHG-10
Spool
Type
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
P A B T P B A T P T
2
4
40
mm2/s 15
SSU
Factor
77
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
Spool
Type
60
10
12
100
98
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464

0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained
from the formula right.
P' = P(G'/0.850)
No.16
60
7
9
10
11
12
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
P A B T P B A T P T
300 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Viscosity
Spool
Type
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
P A B T P B A T P T
8

Directional Valves
DSHG-04/06/10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Test Conditions
Coil Type : D(Models with DC solenoids)
Voltage : Rated Voltage
Oil Viscosity : 35 mm2/s (164 SSU)
DSHG-04
DSHG-10
3C
SOL"ON"
SOL"OFF"
200
100
2B
SOL"ON"
SOL"OFF"
2N
50
0
0
10
15
20
25
MPa
Changeover Time
Changeover Time
150
ms
250
ms
3C
SOL"OFF"
SOL"ON"
150
2B
SOL"ON","OFF"
2N
100
50
0
1000
2000
3000
PSI
3600
0
Pilot Pressure
DSHG-06
10
1000
15
2000
25
3000
MPa
PSI
3600
ms
Pilot Pressure
3C
SOL"ON"
SOL"OFF"
150
Changeover Time
20
100
2B
SOL"ON"
SOL"OFF"
2N
50
0
0
0
10
1000
15
2000
20
25
3000
MPa
PSI
3600
Pilot Pressure
No.17

Directional Valves
DSHG-01
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Terminal Box type: DSHG-01---13/1390
Internal Pilot - Internal Drain
External Pilot - External Drain

External Pilot - Internal Drain
Internal Pilot - External Drain
Pressure Port "P"
Cylinder Port "B"

AC : 191.4 (7.54)
DC,R : 210 (8.27)

Solenoid-Each End
AC : 45.5 (1.79)
DC,R : 55 (2.17)
Cylinder Port "A"
31 0.75
(1.22) (.03)
32.5
(1.28)
40.5
(1.59)
AC : 74.2 (2.92)
DC,R : 83.5 (3.29)
Pilot Drain Port "Y"

"D" Thd.

Tank Port "T"
90
0.5
(3.54)
(.02)
170.3
(6.70)
152
(5.98)
118
(4.65)
105
(4.13)
SOL a
SOL b
Double Solenoid
Models Only
43.5
(1.71)
48
(1.89)
125
(4.92)
AC : 158.2 (6.23)
DC,R : 167.5 (6.59)
Pilot Pressure Port "X"

"D" Thd.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Model Numbers
DSHG-01---13
For other dimensions, refer to "Internal Pilot Internal

Drain".
"C" Thd. "D" Thd.

G 1/2
Rc 1/4
DSHG-01---1390 1/2 NPT 1/4 NPT
DIMENSIONS IN
Sub- plates
DSGM-01-30/3080/3090
14.2
(.56)
32
(1.26)
16
(.63)
15
(.59)
"D" Thd. "E" Deep

4 Places
8.5
(.33)
7.5
(.30)
P
25.8
(1.02)
31
(1.22)
31.75
(1.25)
48
(1.89)
63
(2.48)
71
(2.80)
85
(3.35)
7
(.28)

2 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DSGM-01-30
DSGM-01-3080
DSGM-01-3090
DSGM-01X-30
DSGM-01X-3080
DSGM-01X-3090
DSGM-01Y-30
DSGM-01Y-3090
No.18
Piping Size
"C" Thd.
Rc 1/8
1/8 BSP.F
1/8 NPT
Rc 1/4
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 NPT
Rc 3/8
3/8 NPT
"D" Thd.
"E"
mm (IN.)
M5
10 (.39)
No. 10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
M5
10 (.39)
No. 10-24 UNC

M5
No. 10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
10 (.39)
12 (.47)
A
T
11
(.43)
5.2
(.20)
"C" Thd.
4 Places
37
(1.46)
24
(.94)
12.7(.50)
0.75
(.03)
15.5
(.61)
7 (.28) Dia.
4 Places
40.5
(1.59)
30.2
(1.19)
21.5
(.85)
SOL a
SOL b
60
(2.36)
130.3
(5.13)
112
(4.41)
78
(3.07)
65
(2.56)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
12.5
(.49)
35.5
(1.40)
58.5
(2.30)

Directional Valves
DSHG-01
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Plug-in Connector Type: DSHG-01--- N -13/1380/1390

N1
Internal Pilot-Internal Drain
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.002 Sq. IN.)

27
(1.06)
70
(2.76)
65
(2.56)
48
(1.89)
SOL a
78
(3.07)
SOL b
43.5
(1.71)
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
10.3 - 11.3 Nm (91-100 IN.lbs.)
125
(4.92)
K
J
External Pilot-External Drain

External Pilot-Internal Drain
Internal Pilot-External Drain
DIMENSIONS IN

"J" Thd.
SOL b
"J" Thd.
Model Numbers
105
(4.13)
60
(2.36)
118
(4.65)
SOL a
DSHG-01---N-13
Rc 1/4
DSHG-01---N-1380
DSHG-01---N-1390
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 NPT

"J" Thd.
Model Numbers
C
DSHG-01---A-N /N1 130 (5.12)

DSHG-01---D-N /N1 141 (5.55)
DSHG-01---R-N
144 (5.67)
53 (2.09)
27.5 (1.08)
39 (1.54)
64 (2.52)
27.5 (1.08)
39 (1.54)
57.2 (2.25)
34 (1.34)
53 (2.09)
74.2 (2.92) 191.4 (7.54) 158.2 (6.23)

83.5 (3.29)
210 (8.27)
167.5 (6.59)
L
170 (6.69)
181 (7.13)
184 (7.24)
For other dimensions, refer to "Terminal Box Type".
No.19

Directional Valves
DSHG-03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Terminal Box Type: DSHG-03---13/1390
Cylinder Port "B"
Pressure Port "P"

AC : 191.4 (7.54)
DC,R : 210 (8.27)
Solenoid
Indicator Light
Cylinder Port "A"

(The pilot and drain ports in accordance
with the ISO original draft)
7(.28) Dia. Through, 11(.43) Dia. Spotface 4 Places

AC : 45.5 (1.79)
DC,R : 55 (2.17)
Solenoid-Each End
54
(2.13)
AC : 67.7 (2.67)
DC,R : 77 (3.03)
46
(1.81)

(For External Pilot Models Only)
G 1/2
DSHG-03---1390 1/2 NPT

(For External Drain Models Only)
Tank Port "T"
0.5
(.02)
"C" Thd.
Model Numbers
DSHG-03---13
90
(3.54)
1
44
(.04) (1.73)

Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
Double Solenoid
Models Only
SOL a
27
(1.06)
110
(4.33)
157
(6.18)
175.3
(6.90)
SOL b
58
(2.28)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Of the two of tank port "T", the tank port

in the left side is normally used in our
standard sub-plate, though, either side of
the tank port "T" can be used without
problem.
70
(2.76)
170
(6.69)
AC : 179.7 (7.07)
DC,R : 189 (7.44)
DIMENSIONS IN
Plug-in Connector Type: DSHG-03--- N -13/1390

N1
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.002 Sq. IN.)
J
97
(3.82)
SOL b
110
(4.33)
SOL a
27
(1.06)
58
(2.28)
Position of cable departure can be changed. For

details, refer to DSHG-01 valve on page 19.
70
(2.76)
170
(6.69)
H
Model Numbers
DSHG-03---A-N /N1
DSHG-03---D-N /N1
DSHG-03---R-N
C
39 (1.54)
53 (2.09)
175 (6.89)
27.5 (1.08) 179.7 (7.07) 191.4 (7.54) 47.2 (1.86)
39 (1.54)
64 (2.52)
186 (7.32)
27.5 (1.08)
53 (2.09)
57.2 (2.25)
189 (7.44)
34 (1.34)
189 (7.44)
No.20
210 (8.27)
56.5 (2.22)

Directional Valves
DSHG-04 / S-DSHG-04
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Mounting surface:
ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
Terminal Box Type: (S-)DSHG-04---51/5190

Pressure Port "P"
Tank Port "T"

204(8.03)
101.6
(4.00)
11(.43) Dia. Through

17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
50.4
(1.98)
34
(1.34)
Model Numbers
34.9
(1.37)
69.8
(2.75)
72.9
(2.87)
91
(3.58)
G 1/2
(S-)DSHG-04---5190
1/2 NPT
1.5
(.06)
50
(1.97)

Cylinder Port "B"
Cylinder Port "A"

7(.28) Dia. Through
2 Places
0.5
(.02)
"C" Thd.
(S-)DSHG-04---51
AC : 191.4 (7.54)
DC,R : 210 (8.27)
90
(3.54)

AC : 45.5 (1.79) Space Needed to Remove

DC,R : 55 (2.17) Solenoid-Each End
AC : 50.7 (2.00)
DC,R : 60 (2.36)
48
(1.89)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
Double Solenoid
Models Only
SOL a
116
(4.57)
163
(6.42)
181.3
(7.14)
SOL b
L'
35
(1.38)
34
(1.34)
Nut 22(.87) Hex.
4
(.16)
AC : 44.1 (1.74)
DC,R : 53.4 (2.10)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Plug-in Connector Type: (S-)DSHG-04--- N -51/5190

N1
H
0.5
(.02)
3(.12) Dia. Two Locating Pins
DIMENSIONS IN
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . . . . 8-10 mm(.31 - .39 IN.)
Conductor Area . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.002 Sq. IN.)
Position of cable
departure can be
changed. For details,
refer to DSHG-01
valve on page 19.
SOL b
SOL a
35
(1.38)
34
(1.34)
116
(4.57)
A P B
Model Numbers
(S-)DSHG-04--A-N/N1
(S-)DSHG-04--D-N/N1
(S-)DSHG-04--R-N
C
39 (1.54)
39 (1.54)
53 (2.09)
D
53 (2.09)
64 (2.52)
57.2 (2.25)
E
F
H
181 (7.13) 27.5 (1.08) 191.4 (7.54)
192 (7.56) 27.5 (1.08)
210 (8.27)
195 (7.68) 34 (1.34)
J
K
47.2 (1.86) 44.1 (1.74)
56.5 (2.22) 53.4 (2.10)
No.21

Directional Valves
DSHG-06 / S-DSHG-06
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Mounting surface:
ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A

Pressure Port "P"

53.2
(2.09)
50.5
(1.99)

6 Places
255(10.04)
130.2
(5.13)
46.1
(1.81)
92.1
(3.63)
118
(4.65)
Model Numbers
Tank Port "T"
"C" Thd.
(S-)DSHG-06---52
G 1/2
(S-)DSHG-06---5290
1/2 NPT

Cylinder Port "A"
13
(.51)
A
B
77
(3.03)
156
(6.14)
Cylinder Port "B"

Solenoid-Each End
AC : 45.5 (1.79)
DC,R : 55 (2.17)
AC : 50.7 (2.00)
DC,R : 60 (2.36)
AC : 191.4 (7.54)
DC,R : 210 (8.27)
0.5
(.02)
90
(3.54)
48
(1.89)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
L'
Nut 22(.87) Hex.
41
(1.61)
137
(5.39)
184
(7.24)
202.3
(7.96)
SOL b
SOL a
6
(.24)
AC : 45.5 (1.79)
DC,R : 55 (2.17)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
DIMENSIONS IN

N1
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . . . . 8-10 mm(.31 - .39 IN.)
H
J
C
97
(3.82)
SOL b
SOL a
41
(1.61)
137
(5.39)
A P B
Position of cable departure can be changed. For details, refer to DSHG-01 valve on page 19.
Model Numbers
(S-)DSHG-06--A-N/N1
(S-)DSHG-06--D-N/N1
(S-)DSHG-06--R-N
C
39 (1.54)
39 (1.54)
53 (2.09)
D
53 (2.09)
64 (2.52)
57.2 (2.25)
E
F
H
202 (7.95) 27.5 (1.08) 191.4 (7.54)
213 (8.39) 27.5 (1.08)
210 (8.27)
216 (8.50) 34 (1.34)
No.22
J
K
47.2 (1.86) 42.7 (1.68)
56.5 (2.22)
52 (2.05)

Directional Valves
DSHG-10 / S-DSHG-10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Mounting surface:
ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A

Pressure Port "P"
Tank Port "T"

77.5
(3.05)
32(1.26) Dia. Spotface
6 Places
76.2
(3.00)
384(15.12)
190.5
(7.50)


Cylinder Port "A"
114.3
(4.50)
L'
78
(3.07)
233.8(9.20)
"C" Thd.
G 1/2
(S-)DSHG-10---4290
1/2 NPT
19.6
(.77)
21.8
(.86)
79.4
(3.13)
158.8
(6.25)
198
(7.80)
43(1.69)
Model Numbers
(S-)DSHG-10---42
Cylinder Port "B"

Solenoid-Each End
AC : 45.5 (1.79)
DC,R : 55 (2.17)
AC : 50.7 (2.00)
DC,R : 60 (2.36)
AC : 191.4 (7.54)
DC,R : 210 (8.27)
0.5
90
(3.54)
(.02)
48
(1.89)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
Two Eye Bolts M8

SOL b
SOL a

6
(.24)
AC : 19.7 (.78)
DC,R : 29 (1.14)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Nut 22(.87) Hex.

46
(1.81)
44.5
(1.75)
200
(7.87)
247
(9.72)
265.3
(10.44)
A P B
DIMENSIONS IN

N1
H
J
C
Position of cable
departure can be
changed. For details,
refer to DSHG-01
valve on page 19.
97
(3.82)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . . . . 8-10 mm(.31 - .39 IN.)
SOL b
SOL a
46
(1.81)
45
(1.77)
200
(7.87)
A P B
Model Numbers
(S-)DSHG-10--A-N/N1
(S-)DSHG-10--D-N/N1
(S-)DSHG-10--R-N
C
39 (1.54)
39 (1.54)
53 (2.09)
D
E
F
H
53 (2.09) 265 (10.43) 27.5 (1.08) 191.4 (7.54)
64 (2.52) 276 (10.87) 27.5 (1.08)
210 (8.27)
57.2 (2.25) 279 (10.98) 34 (1.34)
J
K
47.2 (1.86) 19.7 (.78)
56.5 (2.22)
29 (1.14)
No.23

Directional Valves
DSHG-03, 04, 06, 10 / S-DSHG-04, 06, 10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Options
Models with Pilot Choke Valve

Terminal Box Type
DSHG-03--C1/C2/C1C2
DSHG-03--C1/C2/C1C2-N
N1
Fully
37.5 Extended
(1.48) 59 (2.32)
Fully
37.5 Extended
(1.48) 59 (2.32)
1
SOL a
SOL b
SOL b
D
C
SOL a
(S-)DSHG-04--C1/C2/C1C2
(S-)DSHG-04--C1/C2/C1C2-N
N1
Fully Extended
59
3
(2.32)
Fully Extended
59
(2.32)
3
1
SOL a
SOL a
H
F
E
D
C
SOL b
SOL b
06
(S-)DSHG-10--C1/C2/C1C2
06
N
(S-)DSHG-10--C1/C2/C1C2-N1
Fully Extended
59 (2.32)
3
Fully Extended
59 (2.32)
3
1
2
SOL a
J
F
H
E
F
H
1
2
SOL b
A P B
A P B
SOL b
SOL a
DIMENSIONS IN
1. "C1" Choke Adj. Screw 6 (.24) Hex.

2. "C2" Choke Adj. Screw 6 (.24) Hex.
3. Lock Nut 12 (.47) Hex.
Model Numbers
DSHG-03--C1
DSHG-03--C2
DSHG-03--C1C2
(S-) DSHG-04--C1
(S-) DSHG-04--C2
(S-) DSHG-04--C1C2
(S-) DSHG-06--C1
(S-) DSHG-06--C2
(S-) DSHG-06--C1C2
(S-) DSHG-10--C1
(S-) DSHG-10--C2
(S-) DSHG-10--C1C2
No.24
F
100 (3.94)
200.3 (7.89)
182 (7.17)
135 (5.31)
225.3 (8.87)
207 (8.15)
206.3 (8.12)
188 (7.40)
160 (6.30) 125

106
141 (5.55)
231.3 (9.11)
213 (8.39)
227.3 (8.95)
209 (8.23)
166 (6.54) 131

127
162 (6.38)
187 (7.36) 152

190
290.3 (11.43) 272 (10.71) 225 (8.86)
252.3 (9.93)
234 (9.21)
315.3 (12.41) 297 (11.69) 250 (9.84) 215
J
DC SOL
R SOL
(7.87)
211 (8.31)
214 (8.43)
(8.86)
236 (9.29)
239 (9.41)
(8.11)
217 (8.54)
220 (8.66)
(9.09)
242 (9.53)
245 (9.65)
(8.94)
238 (9.37)
241 (9.49)
(9.92)
263 (10.35) 266 (10.47)
AC SOL
200
100 (3.94)
(4.92) 100 (3.94) 225
(4.17)
206
106 (4.17)
(5.16) 106 (4.17) 231
(5.00)
227
127 (5.00)
(5.98) 127 (5.00) 252
(7.48)
390
190 (7.48)
(8.46) 190 (7.48) 415
(15.35) 401 (15.79) 404 (15.91)

(16.34) 426 (16.77) 429 (16.89)

Directional Valves
DSHG-03, 04, 06, 10 / S-DSHG-04, 06, 10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Options
Models with Stroke Adjustment

DSHG-03--R
Fully Extended
252 (9.92)
Lock Nut 17(.67) Hex.
SOL b
35
(1.38)
SOL a
Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "A" End)

13 (.51) Hex.
Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "B" End)

13 (.51) Hex.
99 (3.90)
Fully Extended
(S-)DSHG-04--R
Fully Extended
289 (11.38)
SOL b
SOL a
33
(1.30)

13 (.51) Hex.
93 (3.66)
Fully Extended
06
(S-)DSHG-10--R

13 (.51) Hex.
Fully Extended
C
SOL a
SOL b
A P B

17 (.67) Hex.

17 (.67) Hex.
D
Fully Extended
Model Numbers
(S-)DSHG-06--R2
376 (14.80)
(S-)DSHG-10--R2
Pressure Centred Models

(S-)DSHG-06
10-3H
558 (21.97)
111 (4.37)
40 (1.57)
164.5 (6.48) 65 (2.56)
DIMENSIONS IN
Models with Pilot Piston

(S-)DSHG-06
10--P
C
A P B
A P B
Model Numbers
(S-)DSHG-06-3H
SOL b
SOL a
SOL b
SOL a
Model Numbers
306.5 (12.07)
102 (4.02)
(S-)DSHG-06--P2
323 (12.72)
84 (3.31)
456 (17.95)
149.5 (5.89)
479 (18.86)
125 (4.92)
(S-)DSHG-10--P2
No.25
Sub-plate for
Directional Valves
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
18
(.71)
90
(3.54)
62
(2.44)
DHGM-03Y-1090
37.3(1.47)
13(.51)
1/4-20 UNC
15(.59)
43(1.69)
80
(3.15)
45
(1.77)
25(.98)
3.2
(.13)
10
(.39)
12
(.47)
P
T
19
(.75)
11
(.43)
70
(2.76)
6.4(.25)
21.5(.85)
32.5(1.28)
1/4 NPT
42(1.65)
46
(1.81)
90
(3.54)
110
(4.33)
19
(.75)
3/4 NPT
16.7(.66)
8(.31)
10
(.39)
22(.87)
25
(.98)
M6
1/4 BSP.F
50
(1.97)
11(.43) Dia.
4 Places
27(1.06)
F
mm (in.)
Rc 1/4
DHGM-03Y-1080 3/4 BSP.F
54
(2.13)
"D" Thd.
Used only on external
pilot type valves.
To be plugged on internal
pilot type valves.
Rc 3/4
DHGM-03Y-10
"E" Thd.
"D" Thd.
47
(1.85)
15
(.59)
"C" Thd.
76
(2.99)
120
(4.72)
16(.63)
DHGM-03Y-10/1080/1090
A
6.2(.24) Dia.
"E" Thd. "F" Deep

4 Places
DIMENSIONS IN
04
DHGM- 04X -20/2080/2090
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DHGM-04-20
DHGM-04X-20
190
(7.48)
32.2(1.27)
101.6
(4.00)
DHGM-04-2090
DHGM-04X-2090
M10
M6
3/8-16 UNC 1/4-20 UNC
1/4 NPT
P X
B
Y
125
(4.92)
20
(.79)
10.1
(.40)
"C" Thd.
4 Places
90
(3.54)
19
(.75)
90
(3.54)
57.1
(2.25)
16
(.63)
1.6(.06)
14.2
(.56)
55.6
(2.19)
69.8
(2.75)
13.1
(.52)
71.4
(2.81)
12
(.47)
96
(3.78)
120
(4.72)
18.3(.72)
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
36
(1.42)
"E" Thd.
17(.67) Deep
4 Places
34(1.34)
Rc 1/4
"F" Thd.
DHGM-04-2080 1/2 BSP.F

1/4 BSP.F
DHGM-04X-2080 3/4 BSP.F
76.7
(3.02)
50
(1.97)
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/4
"E" Thd.
46
(1.81)
29
(1.14)
166
(6.54)
"D" Thd.
65
(2.56)
12(.47)
"C" Thd.
"C" Thd.
4 Places
X
Y
B
A

4 Places
65.8
(2.59)
14.2
(.56)
3.6(.14) Dia.
5(.20) Deep
2 Places
88.1
(3.47)
130
(5.12)
17.5(.69) Dia.
4 Places
"F" Thd. 12(.47) Deep
2 Places
58
(2.28)
"D" Thd.
2 Places
102
(4.02)
137.5
(5.41)
Valve Types
Port "Y"
Solenoid Controlled Pilot

Operated Directional Valves
Used only on external pilot type

valves.
To be plugged on internal pilot
type valves.
Used as drain port only on external

drain type valves.
To be plugged on internal drain
type valves.
Pilot Operated
Directional
Valves
Spring Centred
No-spring
Used
Used as pilot pressure port

Used as pilot drain port
Spring Offset
No.26
6(.24) Dia. 2 Places
Not used (plug is not required)
Used as drain port
76
(2.99)
92
(3.62)
"D" Thd.
drain type valves.
drain type valves.
33(1.30)
19
(.75)
21.5(.85)
6.2(.24) Dia.
Sub-plate for
Directional Valves
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
06
DHGM- 06X -50/5090
204
(8.03)
180
(7.09)
12
(.47)
25
(.98)
130.2
(5.13)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
DHGM-06-50
DHGM-06X-50
DHGM-06-5090
DHGM-06X-5090
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
F
mm (in.)
Rc 1/4
M12
24 (.94)
1/4 NPT
1/2-13 UNC
26 (1.02)
112.7
(4.44)
11(.43) Dia.
"D" Thd. (From Rear)
4 Places
94.5
(3.72)
77
(3.03)
"E" Thd. "F" Deep

6 Places
53.2
(2.09)
29.4(1.16)
17.5(.69)
19.1(.75)
17.5
(.69)
100.8
(3.97)
12.5
(.49)
34(1.34)

4 Places
29.5
(1.16)
7(.28) Dia.
8(.31) Deep
2 Places
96.9
(3.81)
Y
73.1
(2.88)
46.1
(1.81)
TP
74.6
(2.94)
92.1
(3.63)
12
(.47)
116
(4.57)
5.6(.22)
35(1.38)
50
(1.97)
23(.91) Dia.
"C" Thd. (From Rear)
4 Places
126.2
(4.97)
156
(6.14)
DIMENSIONS IN
06
DHGM- 06X -5080
D
E
12.5
(.49)
156
(6.14)
DHGM-06-5080
DHGM-06X-5080
"C" Thd.
D
E
3/4 BSP.F 151.2 (5.95) 137.7 (5.42)
1 BSP.F
155.2 (6.11)
46.1
(1.81)
74.6
(2.94)
V
B
11(.43) Dia.
4 Places
148 (5.83)
"C" Thd.
4 Places
24.5(.96) Dia.
4 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
73.1
(2.88)
11.9
(.47)
PY
A B
116
(4.57)
H
35
(1.38)
130.2
(5.13)
50
(1.97)
17.5
(.69)
12
(.47)
8.9
(.35)
92.1
(3.63)
25
(.98)
1/4 BSP.F Thd.

4 Places
19.1
(.75)
204
(8.03)
180
(7.09)
12
(.47)
134
(5.28)
110
(4.33)
M12 Thd.
24(.94) Deep
6 Places
F
102 (4.02)
Dimensions
H
54.4 (2.14)
106 (4.17)
50 (1.97)
mm (Inches)
J
K
30.6 (1.20) 125.8 (4.95)
25
(.98)
130 (5.12)
L
78.2 (3.08)
N
42.5 (1.67)
74 (2.91)
32 (1.26)
For other dimensions, refer to "DHGM-06-50/5090" above.

For Uses of Port "X", "Y", "V", "W", refer to DHGM-10 on the following page.
No.27
Sub-plate for
Directional Valves
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
DHGM-10 -40/4080/4090
10X
306.5
(12.07)
20(.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
266.5
(10.49)
38(1.50)
190.5
(7.50)
7 (.28) Dia. 8 (.31) Deep

2 Places
168.3
(6.63)
147.6
(5.81)
"E" Thd. 34 (1.34) Deep

6 Places
114.3
(4.50)
213
(8.39)
76.2(3.00)
F
60
(2.36)
41.3(1.63)
114.3
(4.50)
Y
W
28.6
(1.13)
21.8
(.86)
"D" Thd.
Rc 1-1/4
1-1/4 BSP.F
1-1/4 NPT
Rc 1-1/2
1-1/2 BSP.F
1-1/2 NPT
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
T
V
X
"D" Thd.
4 Places
55
(2.17)
44(1.73)

26 (1.02) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
36 (1.42) Dia.
4 Places
234
(9.21)
"C" Thd.
43(1.69)
82.5
(3.25)
11 (.43) Dia.
4 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DHGM-10-40
DHGM-10-4080
DHGM-10-4090
DHGM-10X-40
DHGM-10X-4080
DHGM-10X-4090
35
(1.38)
79.4
(3.13)
123.8
(4.87)
158.8
(6.25)
20.1
(.79)
199
(7.83)
Y
T P
V
A
X
"E" Thd.
"C" Thd.
4 Places
K
J
Dimensions
H
M20
M20
152 (5.98)
3/4-10 UNC
M20
M20
156 (6.14)
3/4-10 UNC
mm (Inches)
J
79 (3.11)
185.5 (7.30)
120.5 (4.74)
74 (2.91)
194.5 (7.66)
112.5 (4.43)
Note: Uses of port "X", "Y", "V", and "W"

Valve Types
Spring Centred, No-spring,
Spring Offset
Pressure Centred
With Pilot Piston, Both Ends
Solenoid
Controlled
Pilot
Operated With Pilot Piston,
Directional Port "A" End
Valves
With Pilot Piston,
Port "B" End
Spring Centred, No-spring
Spring Offset
Pressure Centred
Pilot
With Pilot Piston, Both Ends
Operated
With Pilot Piston,
Directional
Port "B" End
Valves
With Pilot Spring Centred
Piston
No-spring
Port "A"
Spring Offset
End
Pilot Pres. Port "X"
Port "Y"
Used only on
external pilot type
valves.
Used as drain port only

on external drain type
valves.
To be plugged on
internal pilot type
valves.
To be plugged on
internal drain type
valves.
Used
Used as pilot pres. port
Used
Used
Not used
Used
Used
Not used
(plug is required)
Not used
(plug is required)
Used

Used
Used
Not used
Used
Not used
(pllug is required)
Used
Used
Not used
(plug is required)
Used
Not used (plug is

not required)

Not used
(plug is not required)
Not used
Drain Port "W"

As the thread is provided on the body, plug either port on the sub-plate or port on the body.
No.28
Drain Port "V"

Directional Valves
DSHG-01, 03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List

CAUTION
When making replacement of seals or pilot valves,
please do it carefully after reading through the relevant
DSHG-01---13/1380/1390
12
15
Pipe Plug
12
Removed for External
Pilot Models
14
17
Pipe Plug
Removed for External Drain Models
16
SOL b
SOL a
8
18
13 Pipe Plug
Removed for Internal Pilot Models
10 11
13 Pipe Plug
Removed for Internal Drain Models
Note: Piece parts marked are not available

for internal pilot-internal drain type
DSHG-03---13/1390
15
14
17 16
Pipe Plug
13 Removed for Internal
Drain Models
Pipe Plug
Pilot Models
SOL a
SOL b
Y
Section X-X 12
10
Section Y-Y
List of Seals
Pilot Valves
DSHG-01
Part Numbers
Qty.
Item
Name
O-Ring
JASO-1018-1A
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
8(4)
O-Ring
10
O-Ring
SO-NB-P5
DSHG-03
Part Numbers
Qty.
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-A104
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
See page 31 for the pilot valve model numbers to be

used.
Quantities in the ( ) are applicable to internal pilot-internal drain.

Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number listed
in page 31. In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for pilot valve
is included in the seal kit.
For the detail of the pilot valve o-rings, see the catalogue No. Pub.
EC-0402.
No.29

Directional Valves
DSHG-04,06,10 / S-DSHG-04,06,10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List

CAUTION
(S-)DSHG-04---51/5190
When making replacement of seals or pilot valves,

please do it carefully after reading through the relevant
15
14 16 17
Pipe Plug
Removed for Internal
Pilot Models
Pipe Plug
Drain Models
10
Section Y-Y
X
5
12
18
11
SOL b
SOL a
13
Section X-X
(S-)DSHG-06---52/5290
(S-)DSHG-10---42/4290
15
16 14 17
Pipe Plug
Pilot Models
Pipe Plug
Drain Models
11
11
SOL a
SOL b
21
21
12
Y
X
12
Y
18
10
Section X-X
Section Y-Y
13
11 Pipe Plug
Removed for External
Drain Models
Note: Item 21 orifice marked

is applicable to pressure centred models
(3H) with pilot pressure more than 10 MPa (1450 PSI).
List of Seals
Item
8
9
10
18
Name
O-Ring
Part Numbers
(S-)DSHG-04
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P34
SO-NB-P9
(S-)DSHG-06
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P30
SO-NB-P40
SO-NB-P10
(S-)DSHG-10
SO-NB-P20
SO-NB-P42
SO-NB-P65
SO-NB-P14
Qty.
2
4
2
2
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number listed in page
31. In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for pilot valve is included in the
seal kit.
For the detail of the pilot valve o-rings, see the catalogue No. Pub. EC-0402.
No.30
Pilot Valves
See page 31 for the pilot valve model numbers to be
used.

Directional Valves
DSHG / S-DSHG
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
List of Pilot Valves & Seal Kits
Valve Model Numbers
Pilot Valve Model Numbers
DSHG-01-3C- - -13
DSHG-01-3C- -N-1380
DSHG-01-3C- - -1390
DSG-01-3C4- - -60
DSG-01-3C4- -N-60
DSG-01-3C4- - -6090
DSHG-01-2B- - -13
DSHG-01-2B- -N-1380
DSHG-01-2B- - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -60-L
DSG-01-2B2- -N-60-L
DSG-01-2B2- - -6090-L
DSHG-03-3C- - -13
DSHG-03-3C- - -1390
DSG-01-3C4- - -60
DSG-01-3C4- - -6090
DSHG-03-2B- - -13
DSHG-03-2B- - -1390
DSHG-03-2N- - -13
DSHG-03-2N- - -1390
(S-)DSHG-04-3C- - -51
(S-)DSHG-04-3C- - -5190
(S-)DSHG-04-2B- - -51
(S-)DSHG-04-2B- - -5190
(S-)DSHG-04-2N- - -51
(S-)DSHG-04-2N- - -5190
(S-)DSHG-06-3C- - -52
(S-)DSHG-06-3C- - -5290
(S-)DSHG-06-2B- - -52
(S-)DSHG-06-2B- - -5290
(S-)DSHG-06-2N- - -52
(S-)DSHG-06-2N- - -5290
(S-)DSHG-10-3C- - -42
(S-)DSHG-10-3C- - -4290
(S-)DSHG-10-2B- - -42
(S-)DSHG-10-2B- - -4290
(S-)DSHG-10-2N- - -42
(S-)DSHG-10-2N- - -4290
DSG-01-2B2- - -60
DSG-01-2B2- - -6090
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-DSHG-01- -13
(For Internal Pilot-Internal Drain)
KS-DSHG-01-ET- -13
(Except for Internal Pilot-Internal Drain)
KS-DSHG-03- -13
DSG-01-2D2- - -60
DSG-01-2D2- - -6090
DSG-01-3C4- - -60
DSG-01-3C4- - -6090
DSG-01-2B2- - -60
DSG-01-2B2- - -6090
KS-DSHG-04- -51
DSG-01-2D2- - -60
DSG-01-2D2- - -6090
DSG-01-3C4- - -60
DSG-01-3C4- - -6090
DSG-01-2B2- - -60-L
DSG-01-2B2- - -6090-L
KS-DSHG-06- -52
DSG-01-2D2- - -60
DSG-01-2D2- - -6090
DSG-01-3C4- - -60
DSG-01-3C4- - -6090
DSG-01-2B2- - -60-L
DSG-01-2B2- - -6090-L
KS-DSHG-10- -42
DSG-01-2D2- - -60
DSG-01-2D2- - -6090
Notes) 1: Fill coil type (a symbol representing current/voltage) in section marked . Likewise, in section marked , fill a symbol
representing the type of electrical conduit connection (None: Terminal Box Type, N: Plug-in Connector Type).
2: For the details of the pilot valves, see the catalogue No. Pub.EC-0402.
No.31

Directional Valves
DSHG-01 / 03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Interchangeability between Curent and New Design

DSHG-01, 03
In accordance with the improvement of the pilot valve (DSG-01), DSHG-01 and -03 have been model-changed (from
12-design to 13-design).
Model No.
Descriptions
New
DSHG-01---13
DSHG-01---13
Current
DSHG-01---12
DSHG-01---12
No changes
Specifications
Yes
Interchangeability in Mtg.
DSG-01---50
Pilot Valve
DSG-01---60
For details, refer to the Catalogue No. Pub. EC-0402
Current
New
DSHG-01
210
(8.27)
90
(3.54)
SOL a
SOL b
90
(3.54)
0.5
(.02)
SOL a
SOL b
86
(3.29)
0.5
(.02)
60
(2.36)
Model No.
Model No.
DSHG-01-T
130.3 (5.13)
DSHG-01-E /ET /None
170.3 (6.70)
DSHG-01-T
DC
R
130.3
(5.13)
60
(2.36)
210
(8.27)
86
(3.39)
76.7 (3.02)
AC 191.4 (7.54) 50.7 (2.00)

E
DSHG-01-ET
DC
60
210
None
(2.36)
(8.27)
R
DIMENSIONS IN
H
76.7 (3.02)
AC 191.4 (7.54) 50.7 (2.00)
170.3
(6.70)
86
(3.39)
DSHG-03
0.5
(.02)
60
(2.36)
90
(3.54)
SOL b
SOL a
SOL b
175.3
(6.90)
SOL a
175.3
(6.90)
0.5
(.02)
210
(8.27)
90
(3.54)
77
(3.03)
Model No.
AC 191.4 (7.54) 50.7 (2.00) 67.7 (2.67)

DSHG-03
DC
R
No.32
210
(8.27)
60
(2.36)
77
(3.03)

Directional Valves
(S)-DSHG-04 / 06 / 10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Interchangeability between Current and New Design

(S-)DSHG-04
(S-) DSHG-04 has been model changed in accordance with the improvement of the pilot valve (DSG-01).
For details, see the following.
Model No.
Descriptions
New
Current
(S-)DSHG-04---50 (S-)DSHG-04---51
Specifications
No changes
Yes
DSG-01---50
Pilot Valve
DSG-01---60
For details, refer to the Catalogue No. Pub. EC-0402.
Current
New
210
(8.27)
90
(3.54)
0.5
(.02)
AC : 191.4 (7.54)
DC,R : 210 (8.27)
90
0.5
(.02)
(3.54)
60
(2.36)
SOL b
SOL b
53.4
(2.10)
181.3
(7.14)
SOL a
181.3
(7.14)
SOL a
AC : 50.7 (2.00)
DC,R : 60 (2.36)
DIMENSIONS IN
AC : 44.1 (1.74)
DC,R : 53.4 (2.10)
(S-)DSHG-06,10
(S-) DSHG-06 and -10 have been model changed in accordance with the improvement of the pilot valve (DSG-01).
For details, see below.
New
Current
(S-)DSHG-06---51 (S-)DSHG-06---52
(S-)DSHG-10---41 (S-)DSHG-10---42
Model No.
Descriptions
No changes
Specifications
Yes
DSG-01---50
Pilot Valve
DSG-01---60
For details, refer to the Catalogue No. Pub. EC-0402
Current
210
(8.27)
90
(3.54)
0.5
(.02)
SOL a
New
A
60
(2.36)
0.5
(.02)
SOL b
90
(3.54)
SOL a
SOL b
A P B
A P B
Model No.
(S-)DSHG-06
202.3 (7.96)
51.3 (2.02)
(S-)DSHG-10
265.3 (10.44)
28.5 (1.12)
Model No.
AC 191.4 (7.54) 50.7 (2.00)

(S-)DSHG-06
DC
R
210
(8.27)
60
(2.36)
202.3
(7.96)
AC 191.4 (7.54) 50.7 (2.00)

(S-)DSHG-10
DC
R
210
(8.27)
60
(2.36)
H
42.7 (1.68)
52 (2.05)
19.7 (.78)
265.3
(10.44)
29
(1.14)
No.33

DHG-04 / 06 / 10 Sub-plate Mounting
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Specifications / Instructions / Others
Specifications
Model Numbers
DHG-04-3C-50
Maximum Flow L /min (U.S.GPM)

Max.Operating
Pressure
10 MPa
16 MPa
25 MPa
31.5 MPa
MPa (PSI)
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
1
1
1
1
300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
DHG-04-2N-50 300 (79.3)
DHG-04-2B-50 130 (34.3)

DHG-06-3C-50 500 (132)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
70 (18.5)
70 (18.5)
60 (15.9)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
DHG-06-2N-50 500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
140 (37)
100 (26.4)
90 (23.8)
80 (21.1)
DHG-06-3H-50 500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
DHG-06-2B-50
DHG-10-3C-40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)

3
31.5 (4570)
300 (79.3)
220 (58.1)
3
Note: Max. flow in the table above represents

the value in the flow condition of P A
B T (or P B A T) as shown in
the circuit diagram right.
In case the valves is used in the condition that eihter A or B port is blocked,
the maximum flow differs according to a
hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult
X
us for details.
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
7.4 (16.3)
25 (3630)
0.8 (120)
21 (3050)
7.4 (16.3)
7.8 (17.2)
11.2 (24.7)
31.5 (4570)
2
25 (3630)
0.8 (120)
21 (3050)
1 (150)
25 (3630)
1 (150)
21 (3050)
1 (150)
21 (3050)
11.7 (25.8)
43.8 (96.6)
31.5 (4570)
3
11.2 (24.7)
12.0 (26.5)
200 (52.8)
DHG-10-3H-40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
Min. Required Max. T-Line

Pilot Pressure Back Pressure
MPa (PSI)
MPa (PSI)
DHG-10-2N-40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DHG-10-2B-40 460 (122)
Max. Pilot
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
21 (3050)
43.8 (96.6)
45.6 (101)
51.6 (114)
1. Varies depending on the spool type. For more information, see page 11
for the List of "Standard Model and Maximum Flow" (DSHG-04)
for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves.
2. Varies depending on the spool type and pilot pressure. For more
information, see page 12 for the List of "Standard Model and Maximum Flow" (DSHG-06) related to the Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves.
3. Varies depending on the spool type and pilot pressure. For more
information, see page 13 for the List of "Standard Model and Maximum Flow" (DSHG-10) related to the Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves.
4. Minimum Pilot Pressure for the models with pilot piston is 1.8 MPa
(260PSI).
Yuken can offer flanged connection valves described below.

For details, contact Yuken.
Model Numbers
DHF-16--30
DHF-24--26
DHF-32--21
Rated Flow
Max.Operating Pres.
L /min (U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI)
500 (132)
1200 (317)
21 (3050)
2400 (634)
Pressure Drop
Instruction
Same as those for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated

Directional Valves. See pages 15 and 16 for the related
information.
In case of Spring Offset Models, directly connect the pilot

pressure port "Y" to the reservoir as a drain port.
No.34

DHG-04/06/10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS

F-
DH
-04
-2
B
SpoolSpring
Arrangement
Type of
Number
Special Series
Valve
Connecof Valve
Seals Number
Size
tion
Positions
F:
Special
Seals
for
Phosphate
ester
type
fluids
(Omit
if not
required)
-C2
Spool
Type
Model with
Pilot Choke
Valve
2
(Options)
06
2
4
2 5
60
9
N:
No-Spring 11
-RA
-H
Spool Control
Modification
(Options) 2
Built-in
Orifice
for Pilot
Line
R2: With Stroke

Adjustment,
Both Ends
H:
Pressure
Centred
(Option)
3
G:
Subplate
Mounting
A
Special
Two
Position
Valve
C:
Spring
Centred
04
DH:
Pilot
Operated
Directional
Valve
3
40
6
7
10
12
C2:
With C2
Choke
B:
Spring
Offset
RB: With Stroke

Adjustment,
Port B End
P2: With Pilot
Piston, Both
Ends
PA: With Pilot
Piston, Port A
End
10
Design Design
Number Standard
50
Refer to
5
H:
Refer to
PB: With Pilot

Piston, Port B
End
Refer to
50
RA: With Stroke

Adjustment,
Port A End
A , B
(Omit if
not
required)
-50
40
1.
2.
3.
4.
For various combination, see the List of Valve Types below.

For the option combinations of the Type (Valve Size) and Options, see the List of Options below.
Refer to the column "valves using neutral position and side position" (Special 2-position valve) on page 36.
In spool-spring arrangement "H" (pressure centred models), in case the pilot pressure is more than 10 MPa (150PSI), please specify that the valve
should have the built-in orifice to the pilot line.
5. Design Standards: None.................. Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90...................... N. American Design Standard
List of Valve Type
List of Options
Valve Types
Two Positions
Three Positions
NoSpring
Spring
Pressure
Spring
Offset
Centred
Centred
Graphic Symbols
Spool Type
3C2
3H2
2N2
2B2
3C3
3H3
2N3
2B3
3C4
3H4
2N4
2B4
40
3C40
3H40
2N40
2B40
3C5
3H5
3C6
3H6
60
3C60
3H60
3C7
3H7
2N7
2B7
3C9
3H9
10
3C10
3H10
11
3C11
3H11
12
3C12
3H12
Model Numbers
DHG-04-3C
DHG-04-2N
DHG-04-2B
DHG-06-3C
DHG-06-2N
DHG-06-2B
DHG-06-3H
DHG-10-3C
DHG-10-2N
DHG-10-2B
DHG-10-3H
Note.
Option Code
3H C2 R2 RA RB P2 PA PB
Mark: Available
Mark: Not Available
: Pressure Centered Models are not available for the Valve Size of "04".
No.35

DHG-04 / 06 / 10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Sub-plates / Mounting Bolts / Options

Sub-plate
Valve
Approx.
Model
Sub-plate
Thread
Mass
Numbers Model Numbers
Size
kg (lbs.)

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)

Approx.
Sub-plate
Thread
Mass
Model Numbers
Size
kg (lbs.)
DHG-04
DHGM-04-20
DHGM-04X-20
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/4
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-04-2080
DHGM-04X-2080
1/2 BSP.F
3/4 BSP.F
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-04-2090
DHGM-04X-2090
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
DHG-06
DHGM-06-50
DHGM-06X-50
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
7.4 (16.3)
7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-06-5080
DHGM-06X-5080
3/4 BSP.F
1 BSP.F
8.5 (18.7)
8.5 (18.7)
DHGM-06-5090
DHGM-06X-5090
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
7.4 (16.3)
7.4 (16.3)
DHG-10
DHGM-10-40
Rc 1-1/4 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10-4080
DHGM-10Y-40 Rc 1-1/2 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10Y-4080
1-1/4 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4)

1-1/2 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4)
DHGM-10-4090
DHGM-10X-4090
1-1/4 NPT 21.5 (47.4)

1-1/2 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
Sub-plates are shared with those for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves. Refer to pages 26 to 28 for dimensions.
Mounting Bolts
Socket Head Cap Screw
Model
Numbers

N. American Desgin Standard
Qty.
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. lbs)
DHG-04
M6 45 Lg.
M10 50 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg.
2
4
12-15 (106-133)
58-72 (513-637)
DHG-06
M12 60 Lg.
1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg.
100-123 (885-1089)
DHG-10
M20 75 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg.
473-585 (4186-5177)
Options
Pressure Centered Models (3H)
Models with Pilot Choke Adjustment (C2)

When the adjustment screw is turned clockwise, changeover speed of
the spool becomes slow. In case of the spring centred valves in
particular, making slow of the returning speed of the spool to the
neutral position is possible with a C2 choke valve.
These choke valves can be used in combination with valves of spring
centred, no spring, spring offset, pressure centred and the valves with
stroke adjustment.
The pressure centred type can be used when the returning of the spool
to the neutral position is required to be done firmly.
Graphic Symbol
Graphic Symbols
Models with Stroke Adjustment (R)
Spring Centred Models

A
When the adjustment screw is screwed in, the spool stroke becomes
short and flow rate reduces
Graphic Symbol
Spring Centred Models with Stroke Adjustment on Both Ends (R2)
Stroke Adjustment
Screw (Port "A" End)
Models with Pilot Piston (P)

The valves with a pilot piston can be used when the high speed
changeover of the spool is required. However, please note that in case
of spring centred valves, there is no change in the returning speed of
the spool to the neutral position even with the pilot piston.
Graphic Symbols
Spring Centred Models with Pilot
Piston on Both Ends (P2)
X
W
P
No.36
Stroke Adjustment
Screw (Port "B" End)
Y
P
Additional Mass of Options
Spring Centred Models

with Pilot Piston on Port "A" End (PA)
Y
V
P
Add the mass described below to the mass of standard models on page
34 if options are required.
kg (lbs.)
Y
V
Model
With Pilot
Numbers Choke Valve
With Pilot Piston

P2
PA
PB
With Stroke Adjustment

R2
RA
RB
1.0 (2.2)
0.5 (1.1)
DHG-04
0.65 (1.4)
DHG-06
0.65 (1.4)
1.0 (2.2) 0.5 (1.1)
1.2 (2.6)
0.6 (1.3)
DHG-10
0.65 (1.4)
3.6(7.9) 1.8 (4.0)
3.7 (8.2)
1.85 (4.1)

DHG-04/06/10
Special Two Position / Installation Drawing
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position (Special Two Position Valve)
In addition to the standard two positions valves (2B), the following two types of two positions valves are
available: valves with neutral position and pilot Y pressure position (2BA), valves with neutral position and pilot X
pressure position (2BB).
Graphic Symbols
04
DHG-06-2BA
10
Model Numbers
04
DHG-06-2BB
10
DHG--2B2A
DHG--2B2B
DHG--2B3A
DHG--2B3B
DHG--2B4A
DHG--2B4B
DHG--2B40A
DHG--2B40B
DHG--2B5A
DHG--2B5B
DHG--2B6A
DHG--2B6B
DHG--2B60A
DHG--2B60B
DHG--2B7A
DHG--2B7B
DHG--2B9A
DHG--2B9B
DHG--2B10A
DHG--2B10B
DHG--2B11A
DHG--2B11B
DHG--2B12A
DHG--2B12B
Graphic Symbols
DHG-04--50/5090
Pressure Port "P"
Options

101.6
(4.00)
50.4
(1.98)
DHG-04--C2

4 Places
Pilot Flow Adjustment

Screw 6(.24) Hex.
DEC.
91(3.58)
73(2.87)
69.8(2.75)
DIMENSIONS IN
9.3
(.37)
1.6
(.06)
34.9(1.37)
50
(1.97)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
4
(.16)
69.5
(2.74)
Chain line indicates Spring Offset

Models (2B)
48
(1.89)
21
(.83)
121(4.76)
204(8.03)
65
(2.56)
Fully Extended
59
(2.32)
10.4
(.41)
146
(5.75)
Pilot Pressure Port "Y"

Cylinder Port "B"
7(.28) Dia. Through

2 Places
Models with Stroke Adj. (R)
Outside dimensions are the same as those of the

main valve of Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated
Directional Valves (DSHG-04). See page 25.
91(3.58)
35
(1.38)
34
(1.34)
34
(1.34)
Cylinder
Port "A"
Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
Tank
Port "T"
106
(4.17)
Model Numbers
3(.12) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the
sharable sub-plate on page 26.
For Spring Offset Models (2B, 2BA),

B
it functions as drain port. When that model
is used, directly connect it to the reservoir.
No.37

DHG-06 / 10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
DHG-06--50/5090
127
(5.00)
13
(.51)
Cylinder Port "B"
95
(3.74)
Indicates Spring Offset

Models (2B).
Models (2BA).
48
(1.89)
52
(2.05)
34
(1.34)
6
(.24)
6(.24) Dia.
Two Location Pins
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of
the sharable sub-plate in page 27.
DHG-10--40/4090
Pilot Pressure
Port "X"
19.7 (.78)
Cylinder Port "B"
84
(3.31)
159.5
(6.28)
66.5
(2.62)

Models (2B).
Models (2BA).
48
(1.89)
205
(8.07)
46 (1.81)
6
(.24)
6(.24) Dia.
Two Location Pins
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of
the sharable sub-plate in page 28.
No.38
Fully Extended
59 (2.32)

The outside dimensions of the above options are the same
as those of the main valve of Solenoid Controlled Pilot
Operated Directional Valves (DSHG-10). See page 25.
2-Eye Bolts
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
DEC.
190
(7.48)
78
(3.07)
Cylinder Port "A"
384
(15.12)
65
(2.56)
Pilot Flow Adjustment Screw

6 (.24) Hex.
19.6
(.77)
114.3
(4.50)
233.8
(9.20)

DHG-10--C2
43 (1.69)
21.8
(.86)
DIMENSIONS IN
Options
Pressure Port "P"
43.1
(1.69)
21.5(.85) Dia.
Through
32(1.26) Dia.
Spotface
6 Places
190.5
(7.50)
76.2
(3.00)
The outside dimensions of the above options are the same

as those of the main valve of Solenoid Controlled Pilot
Operated Directional Valve (DSHG-06). See page 25.
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
79.4
(3.13)
158.8
(6.25)
198
(7.80)
77.5
(3.05)

. In case of Spring Offset Model (2B, 2BA), it

B
functions as a drain port. When that model is used,
directly connect it to the reservoir.
41
(1.61)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Tank Port "T"
Fully Extended
59 (2.32)
DEC.
142
(5.59)
19.7 (.78)
167
(6.57)
46.1
(1.81)
92.1
(3.63)
118
(4.65)
Pilot Flow Adjustment Screw

6 (.24) Hex.
255
(10.04)
65
(2.56)

DHG-06--C2
77
(3.03)
156
(6.14)
Cylinder Port "A"
Pilot Pressure
Port "X"
Options
Pressure Port "P"
230
(9.06)
Tank Port "T"

50.5
130.2
(5.13)
(1.99)
53.2
13.5(.53) Dia.
(2.09)
Through
20(.79) Dia.
Spotface
6 Places
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
. In case of Spring Offset Model (2B, 2BA), in

B
functions as a drain port. When that model is used,
directly connect it to the reservoir.

DHG-04/06/10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List

CAUTION
DHG-04--50/5090
DHG-06--50/5090
DHG-10--40/4090
8 15 16 17 13
11
10
Item
Name of Parts
14
12
Part Numbers
DHG-04
DHG-06
DHG-10
Qty
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P20
10
O-Ring
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P30
SO-NB-P42
11
O-Ring
SO-NB-P34
SO-NB-P40
SO-NB-G65
12
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P10
SO-NB-P14
13
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table
below.
Valve Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
DHG-04--50/5090
KS-DHG-04-50
DHG-06--50/5090
DHG-10--40/4090
KS-DHG-06-50
KS-DHG-10-40
No.39

DMT- 03 / 06 / 10
DMG-01 / 03 / 04 / 06 / 10
Thread Connection / Sub-plate Mounting
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Specifications
Specifications
Maximum Flow L /min (U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
DMT-03-3C-50
DMT-03-3D-50
DMT-03-2D-50
Threaded Connections
DMT-03-2B-50
7 MPa
(1020 PSI)
100 (26.4)
14 MPa
(2030 PSI)
1
100 (26.4)
21 MPa
(3050 PSI)
1
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
31.5 MPa
(4570 PSI)
Max. T-Line Back

Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
5.0 (11.0)
21 (3050)
At time spool shift

is required:
7 (1020)
At time spool shift
is not required:
21 (3050)
12.9 (28.5)
21 (3050)
At time spool shift

is required:
7 (1020)
At time spool shift
is not required:
21 (3050)
22 (48.5)
25 (3630)
14 (2030)
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
21 (3050)
DMT-06-3C-30
300 {200} 2
(79.3 {52.8})
300 {120} 2
(79.3 {31.7})
300 {100} 2
(79.3 {26.4})
DMT-06-3D-30
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
DMT-06-2D-30
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
DMT-06-2B-30
200 (52.8)
120 (31.7)
100 (26.4)
DMT-10-3C-30
500 {315} 2
(132 {83.2})
500 {315} 2
(132 {83.2})
500 {315} 2
(132 {83.2})
DMT-10-3D-30
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
DMT-10-2B-30
315 (83.2)
315 (83.2)
315 (83.2)
DMG-01-3D-10
35 (9.2)
35 (9.2)
35 (9.2)
DMT-10-2D-30
Max.Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
DMG-01-3C-10
DMG-01-2D-10
1.8 (4.0)
DMG-01-2B-10
DMG-03-3D-50
Sub-Plate Mounting
DMG-03-2D-50
DMG-03-2B-50
DMG-04-3C-21
DMG-04-3D-21
DMG-04-2D-21
DMG-04-2B-21
DMG-06-3C-50
DMG-06-3D-50
DMG-06-2D-50
DMG-06-2B-50
DMG-10-3C-40
DMG-10-3D-40
DMG-10-2D-40
DMG-10-2B-40
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
200 (52.8)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
200 (52.8)
105 (27.7)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
90 (23.8)
60 (15.9)
50 (13.2)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
31.5 (4570)
7.4 (16.3)
21 (3050)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
670 (177)
350 (92.5)
260 (68.7)
200 (52.8)
11.5 (25.4)
12 (26.5)
31.5 (4570)
Note: The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation
(changeover) of the valve. For details, please refer to the "List of Standard Models and Maximum
Flow" on pages 9 to 13.
1. Varies depending on the spool type. For details, see the "List of Standard Model and Maximum
Flows" for DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves (catalogue No. Pub EC-0403,
at 50 Hz rated voltage).
2. The figures in parentheses indicate Max. flow for 3C3,3C5, 3C6 and 3C60.
3. Varies depending on the spool type. For the details, see the table in the following page.
4. Varies depending on the spool type. Same as DSHG-10 (at pilot pressure of 1.5 MPa (220 PSI).
See page 13.
5. Lever operating torque varies depends on the T-line back pressure. See the right-hand figure.
6. If the T-Line back pressure exceeds 7 MPa (1020 PSI), directly connect the drain port to the
reservoir.
No.40
200 (52.8)
250 (66.1)
300 (79.3)
420 (111)
4.0 (8.8)
7.9 (17.4)
21 (3050)
48.2 (106)
50 (110)
DMG-01 Lever Operating Torque

Operating Torque
DMG-03-3C-50
(in.lbf.) Nm
12 1.5
8 1.0
4 0.5
0 0
0
10
14 MPa
0 500 10001500 2000 PSI

T-Line Back Pressure

DMT-03/06/10
DMG-01/03/04/06/10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Model Number Designation / Others

FSpecial
Seals
DM
Series
Number
Type of
Connection
-03
-2
Valve
Size
No. of
Valve
Position
03
F:
Special
Seals for
Phosphate
ester
type
fluids
(Omit if
not
required)
T:
Threaded
Connection
DM:
Manually
Operated
Directional
G:
Valves
Sub-plate
Mounting
B
Spool-Spring
Arragement
C:
Spring
Centred
06 (Piping size 3/4)

06X (Piping size 1)
10 (Piping size 1-1/4)
10X (Piping size 1-1/2)
01
03
04
06
10
D:
No-Spring
Detented
B:
Spring Offset
-50
Spool
Type
Special Two
Position
Valve
Design
Number
Design
Standard
50
None: Japanese
Std. "JIS"
European
80:
Design Std.
N. American
90:
Design Std.
30
2 3
4 40
5 6
60 7
8 9
10 11
12
30
A ,B
(Omit if not
required)
10
50
21
50
None: Japanese
Std. "JIS"
and European Design
Std.
N. American
90:
Design Std.
40
See the table below for combinations.
Refer to column "valves using neutral position and side position" (special 2-position valve) on page 42.
Yuken can offer flanged connection valves described

below. For details, contact us.
Model Numbers
Rated Flow
L /min
(U.S.GPM)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
DMF-10--30
DMF-16--31
315 (83.2)
400 (106)
21 (3050)
7 MPa(1020 PSI)
DMG-04-3C4
DMG-04-3C40
DMG-04-3C5
DMG-04-3C6
DMG-04-3C60
DMG-04-3C7
DMG-04-3C9
DMG-04-3C10
DMG-04-3C11
DMG-04-3C12
130 (34.3)
90 (23.8)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
50 (13.2)
60 (15.9)
70 (18.5)
75 (19.8)
125 (33.0)
130 (34.3)
150 (39.6)
200 (52.8)
Spring Centred Models (3C)

#2
2D
2B
3C
3D
2D
4
40
85 (22.5)
70 (18.5)
90 (23.8)
105 (27.7)
40 (10.6)
55 (14.5)
55 (14.5)
55 (14.5)
100 (26.4)
85 (22.5)
85 (22.5)
95 (25.1)
60
7
8
9
Graphic Symbols
#1
3C
3D
14 MPa(2030 PSI) 21 MPa(3050 PSI)
200 (52.8)
180 (47.6)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
80 (21.1)
90 (23.8)
140 (37.0)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
DMG-04-3C3
Spool Type
DMG-04
DMT-06
DMG-06
DMT-10
DMG-10
3C 2D 3C 2D
2B
3D 2B 3D 2B
DMT-03
DMG-03
DMG-04-3C2
DMG-01
Maximum Flow of DMG-04-3C

Model
Numbers
List of Spool Type
10
#3
11
12
No-Spring Detented Models

3D
#1
#2
2D
#1 (#2)
A B
#3
#3
Spring Offset Models (2B)

#1 (#2)
A B
#3
Position #3
Position #2
T
Position #1 (#2, in case of DMT
G-01/03-2B, DMG-03-2D)
Note: The
mark indicate the spool type available for each type.
. Position #2 is applied for models DMG-01-2B

/2D.
and DMT
G-03-2B
No.41

DMT-03/06/10
DMG-01/03/04/06/10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position

Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position (Special Two Position Valve)
In addition to the standard two positions valves (2D, 2B), the following two types of two positions valves are
available: Valves with neutral position (#2) and position #1 (2BA, 2DA), valves with neutral position (#2) and
position #3 (2BB, 2DB).
The
mark in the table below indicates the spool type available for each models.
Spring Ofset Models
Model
Graphic Symbols
Valve
Type
DMT-03
DMG-03
DMT-06
DMT-10
Model
Graphic Symbols
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10
Valve
Type
2B2A
2B2B
2B3A
2B3B
2B4A
2B4B
2B40A
2B40B
DMG-01
DMT-03
DMG-03
2B5B
2B5A
2B6A
2B6B
2B60A
2B60B
2B7A
2B7B
2B8A
2B8B
2B9A
2B9B
2B10A
2B10B
2B11A
2B11B
2B12A
2B12B
Position #1
Position #2
Position #2
Position #3
No-spring Detented Models

Graphic Symbols
Valve
Type
A
P
B
T
Model
DMT-06
DMT-10
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10
2D2B
2D3A
2D3B
2D4A
2D4B
2D40A
2D40B
DMG-01
T
2D5B
2D6A
2D6B
2D60A
2D60B
2D7A
2D7B
2D8A
2D8B
2D9A
2D9B
2D10A
2D10B
2D11A
2D11B
2D12A
2D12B
Position #1
Position #2
A
P
2D2A
2D5A
Model
Graphic Symbols
Valve
Type
Position #2
Position #3
. Position number is determined with three position type (3C and 3D) as the standard.
No.42
DMT-06
DMT-10
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10
DMT-06
DMT-10
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10

DMG-01/03/04/06/10
DMT-06
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Sub-plates / Mounting Bolts / Pressure Drop

Sub-plates
Valve
Model
Numbers
DMG-01
DMG-03
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10

Approx.
Sub-plate
Thread
Mass
Model Numbers
Size
kg (1bs.)
Rc 1/8 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01-30
Rc 1/4 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01X-30
Rc 3/8 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-30
DSGM-03-40
Rc 3/8 3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03X-40
Rc 1/2 3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03Y-40
Rc 3/4 4.7 (10.4)
DHGM-04-20
Rc 1/2 4.4 (9.7)
DHGM-04X-20
Rc 3/4 4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-06-50
Rc 3/4 7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-06X-50
Rc 1
7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-10-40
Rc 1-1/4 21.5 (47.4)
DHGM-10X-40 Rc 1-1/2 21.5 (47.4)

Approx.
Approx.
Sub-plate
Thread
Sub-plate
Thread
Mass
Mass
Model Numbers
Size
Model Numbers
Size
kg (1bs.)
kg (1bs.)
0.8 (1.8)
1/8 NPT
DSGM-01-3080
1/8 BSP.F 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01-3090
0.8 (1.8)
1/4 NPT
DSGM-01X-3080 1/4 BSP.F 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01X-3090
0.8 (1.8)
3/8 NPT
DSGM-01Y-3090
DSGM-03-2180
3/8 BSP.F 3.0 (6.6) DSGM-03-2190
3/8 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03X-2180 1/2 BSP.F 3.0 (6.6) DSGM-03X-2190
1/2 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03Y-2180 3/4 BSP.F 4.7 (10.4) DSGM-03Y-2190
3/4 NPT
4.7 (10.4)
DHGM-04-2080
1/2 BSP.F 4.4 (9.7) DHGM-04-2090
1/2 NPT
4.4 (9.7)
DHGM-04X-2080 3/4 BSP.F 4.1 (9.0) DHGM-04X-2090
3/4 NPT
4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-06-5080
3/4 BSP.F 8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06-5090
3/4 NPT
7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-06X-5080
1 BSP.F
8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06X-5090
1 NPT
7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-10-4080
1-1/4 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10-4090
1-1/4 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
DHGM-10X-4080 1-1/2 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10X-4090 1-1/2 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
Sub-plate dimensions appearing page
Subplate Model Numbers

DSGM-01
DSGM-03
DHGM-04
DHGM-06
DHGM-10
Sharable with Solenoid Operand Directional Valves and Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated
Directional Valves. For dimensions, refer to the right table then see the corresponding pages.
Mounting Bolts
Valve
Model
Numbers
DMG-01
DMG-03
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10

M5 45 Lg.
M6 35 Lg.
M6 40 Lg.
M10 45 Lg.
M12 60 Lg.
M20 75 Lg.

N. American
Design Standard
No. 10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg.
3/4-10 UNC 3 Lg.
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. 1bs.)
5-7
(44-62)
12-15
(106-133)
12-15
(106-133)
58-72
(513-637)
100-123 (885-1089)
473-585 (4195-5177)
Qty.
4
4
2
4
6
8
Page
18
47
26
27
28
Instructions
Avoid connecting the
Tank Port "T" to a line with
Pressure Drop
The following characteristics are based on the following conditions: viscosity of the fluid: 35 mm2/s (164 SSU) and
Specific Gravity: 0.850
Viscosity
mm2/s 15
Factor
SSU
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464

0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
from the formula below.
P' = P (G'/G) where, P is a value on the following chart and G is 0.
850.
DMT-06, 06X
PSI
150
MPa
1
2
Pressure Drop
1.0
0.8
100
3
0.6
50
0.4
0.2
0
50
100
20
150
200
40
Flow Rate
250
60
300 L /min
80 U.S.GPM

Spool
Type P A B T P B A T P T
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
3
2
2
3
2
3
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
40
3
2
2
2
5
3
2
3
2
1
6
3
2
3
2
1
60
2
2
2
2
7
2
2
8
3
2
3
2
9
2
2
2
2
10
3
2
2
2
11
2
2
2
2
12
No.43

DMT-10
DMG-01/04
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Pressure Drop
Spool
3
2
3
2
2
3
2
3
2
2
3
3
2
3
2
4
3
2
3
2
40
3
2
3
2
5
3
3
3
3
1
6
3
3
3
3
1
60
3
2
3
2
7
3
3
8
3
2
3
2
9
3
2
3
2
10
3
2
3
2
11
3
2
3
2
12
DMT-10, 10X
PSI
150
MPa
P
Pressure Drop
1.0
0.8
100
0.6
2
3
0.4
50
0.2
0
100
0
0
20
200
40
300
60
500 L /min
400
80
120130 U.S.GPM
100
Flow Rate
DMG-01
PSI
200
1.2
P
Pressure Drop
MPa
1.4
150
1.0
0.8
100
50
0
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0
0
10
15
20
25
6
30
8
35 L /min
9
3C
3C2
3C3
3C4
3C40
3C5
3C60
3C7
3C8
3C9
3C10
3C11
3C12
Valve type
3D 2D
3D2 2D2
3D3 2D3
3D4
3D40
3D5
3D60
3D7 2D7
3D8 2D8
3D9
3D10
3D11
3D12
Flow Rate
P
Pressure Drop
PSI
175
MPa
150
1.0
2
3
1.2
4
5
0.8
100
0.6
50
0
0.4
0.2
0
0
0
50
10
100
20
30
150
40
200 L /min
50
U.S.GPM

P A B T P B A T P T
3
2B2
2B3
2B8
U.S.GPM
DMG-04
2B

Spool
5
2
5
4
2
6
3
6
5
3
3
5
4
5
5
4
5
4
5
5
40
5
2
4
5
1
5
2
3
4
2
1
6
2
3
4
2
1
60
5
2
5
5
7
6
2
6
5
9
5
4
5
5
10
5
4
5
5
11
5
3
5
5
12
Flow Rate
For DMT-03, DMG-03, DMG-06, and DMG-10, refer to the table below then see the related page.
Model Number
DMT-03
DMG-03
DMG-06
DMG-10
No.44
Pressure Drop Characteristics

Same as DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
(Standard Type)
Same as Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
(DSHG-06)
Same as Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
(DSHG-10)
Page
Catalogue
No. Pub. EC-0403
16
16
Remarks
3D is same as 3C

DMT-03 / 06 / 10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
69.7
(2.74)
54
(2.13)
44
(1.73)
How to Change Lever Position:
7(.28) Dia. Through

11(.43) C' bore
4 Places
27
(1.06)
10
(.39)
30
Cylinder Port "A"
"C" Thd.
The lever position can

30
be changed to any
position in five
different positions
shown on the sketch in 30
the right. For the lever
position change,
remove the Soc. Hd.
Cap Screw and lever
once, set the lever at 30
the required position
and tighten it with the
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw
30
firmly.
Pressure Port "P"

"C" Thd.
2
(0.8)
27
(1.06)
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw

4 (.16) Hex. Soc.
12
(.47)
DMT-03--50/5080/5090
48.7
(1.92)
108.5
(4.27)
193.8
(7.63)
Position #1
30
20
Position #2
74.5
(2.93)
27
(1.06)
Cylinder Port "B"

"C" Thd.
Tank Port "T"
"C" Thd.
1. Lever Operating Torque:

Not exceeding 30 Nm (266 IN. 1bs.)
Position #3 20
25 (.98) Dia.
R94.5
(R3.72)
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
39.7
(1.56)
21.8
(.86)
26.8
(1.06)
DIMENSIONS IN
27
(1.06)
46.3
(1.82)
DMT-03--5090
139
(5.47)
Rc 3/8
DMT-03--5080
85.3
(3.36)
"C" Thd.
Model Numbers
DMT-03--50
19
(.75)
92
(3.62)
DMT-06, 06X--30/3080/3090
DMT-10, 10X--30/3080/3090
DIMENSIONS IN
Pressure Port "P"
Cylinder Port "A"

Cylinder Port "B"
"f" Dia. Through

"g" Dia. Spotface
4 Places
"h" Thd.
DMT-06--30
DMT-06X--30
DMT-06--3080
3/4 BSP.F
DMT-06X--3080 1 BSP.F
DMT-10--30
DMT-10X--30
R "e"
D
C
Tank Port "T"
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
DMT-06--3090
DMT-06X--3090
Position #1 Neutral Position #2

40 (1.57) Dia.
Position #3
U
K
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
L
S
N
Q
Rc 1-1/4
Rc 1-1/2
d
Y
DMT-10--3090 1-1/4 NPT

DMT-10X--3090 1-1/2 NPT
DMT-06
DMT-10--3080 1-1/4 BSP.F

DMT-10X--3080 1-1/2 BSP.F
Model No.
J
a
Model Numbers
P
A
"h" Thd.
4 Places
X Stroke
Dimension mm (Inches)
C
50
30
126
47.5
24
320
255
137
118
107
33.5
86
76
40
25
250
100
63.5
12
11
17.5
DMT-06X (1.97) (1.18) (4.96) (1.87) (.94) (12.60) (10.04) (5.39) (4.65) (4.21) (1.32) (3.39) (2.99) (.35) (1.57) (.98) (9.84) (3.94) (2.50) (.47) (.43) (.69)
DMT-10
66
40
160
62.5
33
402
320
173
147
135
40
102
90
12.5
50
35
300
120
78.5
15
13.5
21
DMT-10X (2.60) (1.57) (6.30) (2.46) (1.30) (15.83) (12.60) (6.81) (5.79) (5.31) (1.57) (4.02) (3.54) (.49) (1.97) (1.38) (11.81) (4.72) (3.09) (.59) (.53) (.83)
No.45

DMG-01
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
DMG-01--10/1090

9.5(.37) Dia. C' bore
4 Places
DIMENSIONS IN
71
(2.80)
40.5
(1.59)
R49
(R1.93)
22(.87):3C
17(.67):3D,2D,2B
11
(.43)
27
15.5
(.61)
0.75
31
(1.22) (.03)
32.5
(1.28)
Position #3
Cylinder Port "A"
Pressure Port "P"
27
Neutral Position #2
Position #1
Tank Port "T"

Cylinder Port "B"
The operating lever position can be adjusted as required
on the circumference by loosening the set screw.
Four positions are available in 90 increment.

5
(.20)
26 (1.02) Dia.
38
(1.50)
50.5
(1.99)
39
(1.54)
Lever Fixing Screw

2.5 (.10) Hex. Soc.
25
(.98)
74
(2.91)
20 (.79) Dia.
65
(2.56)
48
(1.89)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable sub-plate in page 18.
No.46

DMG-03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
DMG-03--50/5090

Cylinder Port "B"
7(.28) Dia. Through
4 Places
Pressure Port "P"

Cylinder Port "A"
12
(.47)
54
(2.13)
32.5
(1.28)
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
69.7
(2.74)
74.5
(2.93)
27
(1.06)
25 (.98) Dia.
Position #2
20
Position #3
48.7
50.8
(1.92)
(2.00)
108.5
(4.27)
193.8
(7.63)
Position #1
Tank Port "T"
1. Although the tank port is shown on the left

in our sub-plate either may be used.
2. The position of operating lever can be
changed as required. For the detail, see the
DMT-03 in the previous page.
3. Lever Operating Torque:
Not exceeding 30 Nm (266 IN. 1bs.)
30
0
2
46.3
(1.82)
19
(.75)
Sub- plates
DSGM-03-40/2180/2190
18
(.71)
4 Places
"D" Thd. "E" Deep

4 Places
20
(.79)
7
(.28)
6.4
(.25)
10
(.39)
22
(.87)
16.7
(.66)
3.2
(.13)
70
(2.76)
110
(4.33)
P
B
90
(3.54)
46
(1.81)
32.5
(1.28)
21.4
(.84)
DIMENSIONS IN
90
(3.54)
54
(2.13)
37.3
(1.47)
27
(1.06)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
92
(3.62)
11 (.43) Dia.
4 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DSGM-03-40
DSGM-03-2180
DSGM-03-2190
DSGM-03X-40
DSGM-03X-2180
DSGM-03X-2190
DSGM-03Y-40
DSGM-03Y-2180
DSGM-03Y-2190
Piping Size
"C" Thd.
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
Rc 1/2
1/2 BSP.F
1/2 NPT
Rc 3/4
3/4 BSP.F
3/4 NPT
Q
76
(2.99)
139
(5.47)
View Arrow X
92
(3.62)
F
39.7
(1.56)
27
(1.06)
2 (.08)
59
(2.32)
76.3
(3.00)
R94.5
(R3.72)
"C" Thd.
4 Places
"D" Thd.
M6
E
13 (.51)
1/4-20 UNC 15 (.59)

M6
13 (.51)
1/4-20 UNC 15 (.59)

M6
13 (.51)
1/4-20 UNC 15 (.59)
J
K
L
N
P
9
110
(4.33) (.35)
21
48
16
40
62
32
10
(.39) (1.26) (2.44) (1.57) (.63) (1.89) (.83)
24
(.94)
9
110
(4.33) (.35)
21
48
16
40
62
32
10
(.39) (1.26) (2.44) (1.57) (.63) (1.89) (.83)
24
(.94)
14
120
(4.72) (.55)
42
16
47
10
45
80
50
15
(.59) (1.97) (3.15) (1.77) (.39) (1.85) (.63) (1.65)
No.47

DMG-04 / 06
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
DMG-04--21/2190
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A

Tank Port "T"
130
(5.12)
101.6
(4.00)
14.2
(.56)
Pressure Port "P"
34
(1.34)
Cylinder Port "B"
34.9
(1.37)
69.8
(2.75)
72.9
(2.87)
90
(3.54)

4 Places
Position #2
32
(1.26)
40 (1.57) Dia.
30 (1.18)
50
(1.97)
Position #1
32
(1.26)
R200
(R7.87)
22.5
(.89)
232.5 (9.15)
202.5 (7.97)
Drain Port "Y"
Chain line indicates

Spring Offset Models
(2B,2BA).
30
(1.18)
4
(.16)
32
(1.26)
103
(4.06)
50
(1.97)
59.2
(2.33)
7(.28) Dia. Through

2 Places
Cylinder Port "A"
1.5
(.06)
10.1
(.40)
Position #3
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
3(.12) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
DIMENSIONS IN
DMG-06--50/5090
95.8
(3.77)
Tank Port "T"
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A

Pressure Port "P"
300.5
(11.83)
130.2
(5.13)
53.2
(2.09)

6 Places
Drain Port "V"

T
46.1
(1.81)
92.1
(3.63)
118
(4.65)
55.8
(2.20)
Position #3
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
77
(3.03)
57
(2.24)
57
(2.24)
Position #1
Cylinder Port "B"

Cylinder Port "A"
52
(2.05)
34
(1.34)

Models (2B).
Models (2BA).
R200
(R7.87)
116
(4.57)
40
47
(1.57) (1.85)
6
41
(.24) (1.61)
40 (1.57) Dia.
260.5
(10.26)
Position #2
30 (1.18)
13
(.51)
12.5
(.49)
156
(6.14)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
No.48

DMG-10
DMG-10--50/5090
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A

Pressure Port "P"
146.5
(5.77)
Tank Port "T"
453
(17.83)
190.5
(7.50)
76.2
(3.00)

6 Places
79.4
(3.13)
158.8
(6.24)
198
(7.80)
Y P
DIMENSIONS IN
X A
94.5
114.3
(3.72) (4.50)
Cylinder Port "A"
Position #3
40 (1.57) Dia.
105
105
(4.13) (4.13)
Cylinder Port "B"

66.5
(2.62)
47.5
(1.87)
401
(15.79)
Position #2
36 (1.42)
19.6
(.77)
Drain Port "V"
Position #1
Two Eye Bolts
M8

Models (2B)
Models (2BA)
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
180
(7.09)
65
60
(2.56) (2.36)
6
(.24) 44.5 (1.75)
R300
(R11.81)
21.5
(.85)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
233.8
(9.20)
No.49

DMG-01/03
DMT-03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List

CAUTION
DMG-01--10/1090
14 13
12
18 10 17 15 16
21
22
25
24
20
Section X-X
19
Item
21
22
23
Name of Parts
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Part Numbers
SO-NB-P18
SO-NA-P6
SO-NB-P9
23
21 11
Qty.
3
1
4
Note: When ordering the o-ring, please specify the

seal kit number (KS-DMG-01-10).
DMT-03--50/5080/5090
DMG-03--50/5090
20
28
26 17 25 11 13
14 29 30
10
27
13
24
23
22 15 16 12
Item
14
15
16
17
18
Name of Parts
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Part Numbers
SO-NB-P21
SO-NA-P8
SO-BB-P8
SO-NB-A023
SO-NB-A014
Qty.
2
2
2
1
5
Note: 1. O-rings of Item 18 are not used for

DMT-03.
2. When ordering the seals, please specify
the seal kit number from the table right.
No.50
21
18
Valve Model Numbers

DMT-03--50/5080/5090
DMG-03--50/5090
14
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-DMT-03-50
KS-DMG-03-50

DMT-06/10
DMG-04/06/10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List

DMT-06, 06X--30/3080/3090
DMT-10, 10X--30/3080/3090
CAUTION
22
5
14
7 21 13 15
23 16
4 17
26 24 12
25
6
18
19
20
3
Item
Name of Parts
24
25
Packing
Dust Seal
Part Numbers
DMT-10
DMT-06
UPI 32 40 6Y
UPI 40 55 10Y
DKI 32 44 7 10
DKI 40 52 7 10
Qty.
2
1
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
DMG-04--21/2190
DMG-06--50/5090
DMG-10--40/4090
28
26
22
10
23
33 36
17
33
7
31
22
8
15
28
Section A-A
24
11
21
29
32
30
25 29
20
List of Seal Kits

Item
Name of Parts
29
30
31
32
33
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
DMG-04
SO-NB-P34
SO-NB-P22A
SO-NA-P20
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
Part Numbers
DMG-06
SO-NB-P40
SO-NB-P30
SO-NA-P20
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P10
DMG-10
SO-NB-G65
SO-NB-P42
SO-NA-P25
SO-NB-P20
SO-NB-P14
Qty.
2
4
2
1
2
Valve Model Numbers

DMT-06--30/3080/3090
DMT-10--30/3080/3090
DMG-04--21/2190
DMG-06--50/5090
DMG-10--40/4090
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-DMT-06-30
KS-DMT-10-30
KS-DMG-04-21
KS-DMG-06-50
KS-DMG-10-40
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table right.
No.51
Pub. EC-0405
"G" SERIES SHOCKLESS TYPE

SOLENOID OPERATED DIRECTIONAL VALVES
G-DSG-01/03 (1/8, 3/8)
DIRECTIONAL
"G" SERIES SHOCKLESS TYPE
SOLENOID CONTROLLED PILOT OPERATED
CONTROLS
DIRECTIONAL VALVES
G-DSHG-04/06 (1/2, 3/4)
Sub-plate Mounting
Up to 25 MPa (3630 PSI), 250 L /min (66.1 U.S.GPM)
The G-Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves incorporate electronic circuits to enable adjustment of the spool
shifting time.
As the shifting time of the G-Series valves can be adjusted, it can be set at an optimal level to minimise shocks to the
machine.
E
G-DSG-01
G-DSHG-04
1 Reduces oil hammering during spool changeover.

Conventional Type
G-Series Valve
W
No vibration
No oil leakage
Enhanced
machining
accuracy
Oil Hammering
Improvement
SOL
ON
Piping
vibration
Machine
vibration
Oil leakage
Large machining
errors
SOL
ON
Solenoid Valve
2 Reduces shock caused by acceleration and deceleration

Conventional Type
G-Series Valve
Jerk at start up
Slow start
No shaking
Improvement
Sudden stop, causing shock
Slow stop
Shaking
Still
No shaking
Stopping accuracy enhanced
No.1
"G" Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated /

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
System Diagram / SOL signals and flow patterns
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
System Diagram (Example of sink type wiring)

Deceleration
Start Signal
Programmable
Controller
Shifting Signal
HALT
24 V DC
SOL a
DC Power
Supply
SOL b
Adj. Volume
"OFF ADJ"
Adj. Volume "OFF ADJ"
Adj. Volume
"ON T"
Adj. Volume "ON T"
Adj. Volume "MIN"
Adj. Volume
"OFF T"
Output Current Check (to 0V)
Adj. Volume "OFF T"
Relationships between SOL signals and flow patterns

Without HALT functions
With HALT functions
A B
A B
P T
ON T
OFF T
(Max. 1s)
(Max. 1s)
Pattern
of Flow
A B
OFF ADJ
OFF
ADJ
ON T
P T
(Max. 1s)
OFF ADJ
ON T
ON
SOL a
SOL b
OFF
(Max. 1s)
A B
Max.
60s
OFF
ADJ
(Max. 1s)
ON
(Max. 1s)
SOL a
OFF
SOL b
HALT
Max.
60s
P T
OFF T
OFF T
ON
OFF
MIN
MIN
P T
Pattern
of Flow
OFF
ON T
OFF T
(Max. 1s)
(Max. 1s)
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Hold for 0.1 second or longer
OFF
ON
The minimum adjustment volume is common for SOL a and b, and it is not possible to set a different volume for each SOL a and b individually.
If the HALT functions are not used, set the minimum adjustment volume to zero.
No.2

Hydraulic Fluids / Instructions
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Any type of hydraulic fluids listed in the table below can be used.
Petroleum base oils
Synthetic fluids
Use fluids equivalent to ISO VG 32 or VG 46.

Use phosphate ester or polyol ester fluid. When phosphate ester fluid is used, prefix "F-" to the
model number because the special seals (fluororubber) are required to be used.

Viscosity ranging between 15 - 200 mm2/s (77 - 927 SSU).
Oil temperatures between -15/+60C (5 - 140F).
Use hydraulic fluids which satisfy the recommended viscosity and oil temperatures given above.
Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over contamination of the hydraulic fluids which may otherwise
lead to breakdowns and shorten the life of the valves. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS 1638Grade 12. Use 25 m or finer line filter.
Instructions
Adjustment of maximum flow rate
The G-Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
cannot be adjusted for maximum flow rates.
To adjust maximum flow rates, use flow control valves.
In G-series solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valves (G-DSHG-04/06), the maximum flow rate
can be adjusted by use of the valve with stroke adjustment screw of optional extra.
(Example)
a
G-DSG valve
fully opens after the ON T duration.
To adjust maximum flow rates, with

"G" series solenoid operated directional valves (G-DSG-01/03), flow
control valves such as throttle check
modular valves are used.
With "G" series solenoid controlled
pilot operated directional valves (GDSHG-04/06), maximum flow rates
can be adjusted without flow control
valves but by using a model with
stroke adjustment (option).
How to use HALT functions

The HALT functions are used to drive the actuator at a low speed to the stop position while keeping a slight flow
after OFF T.
A flow rate (min. flow rate) during a low-speed operation can be set with the minimum adjusting volume (The minimum
adjusting volume is common for SOL a and b. Individual setting is not possible for SOL a and b.) When HALT signal
is on, the min. flow rate becomes zero and the actuator stops. Here, take care to keep the HALT signal on for longer
than 0.1 second. The min. flow rate gets to "0" after about 60 seconds following the OFF T. If the HALT functions
are not used, set the minimum adjusting volume to zero.
The HALT functions are not applicable to the spool function "2B7".
Flow Rate
Max. 60 s
If no HALT signal is set on within 60

seconds of the end of OFF T, the flow rate
decreases gradually.
0
ON
OFF T
OFF
SOL
HALT
MIN
ON
OFF
OFF
No.3

Instructions
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Precautions in case pilot controlled check valves are used

In a hydraulic circuit where a pilot controlled check valve is used, there is a possibility that the knocking will arise on
the pilot controlled check valve during deceleration depending on the largeness of load inertia, the state of piping and
the length of "Off T" time etc.
If knocking occurs, use
an external drain type.
Air bleeding
To achieve a stable "shockless" effect, discharge air by loosening the air vent and fill the iron core of the solenoid
with fluid.
Each solenoid has two air vents, loosen either one. After air discharge, be sure to retighten the air vent.
Tank piping (for G-DSG-01/03)
Do not connect the tank line to any line subject to a surge pressure. To obtain a stable "shockless" effect, take care not
to allow the fluid in the iron core of the solenoid to flow out. To ensure this, it is best to use check valves having a cracking
pressure of about 0.035 MPa (5 PSI).
Operating force
Manual shifting
If no shifting signal voltage is given to the valve in an initial operation or an electrical fault, temporary valve shifting
can be carried out by pushing the manual operation push pin. In addition, note that if the back pressure of the tank line
increases, manual operation of the push pin gets harder.
lbs.
30
N
150
20
100
10
50
0
0
200
400
4 MPa
PSI
Tank Line Back Pres.
Drain piping (for G-DSHG-04/06)

Allowable back pressure is 3 MPa (440 PSI). Take care to eliminate pressure fluctuation and keep the pressure as low
as possible. To ensure this, it is best to use check valves having a cracking pressure of about 0.035 MPa (5 PSI). Be
sure to hold the end of the pipe in the fluid.
Mounting Posture
There are no restrictions on mounting posture for these valves.
No.4
"G" Series Shockless Type

G-DSG-01/03
Sub-plate Mounting
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Specifications
Electronic
Circuit
Specifications
Model Numbers
G-DSG-01---50/5090
G-DSG-03---50/5090
L /min (U.S.GPM)
10 (2.6), 20 (5.3), 30 (7.9), 40 (10.6)
40 (10.6), 60 (15.9), 80 (21.1)
MPa (PSI)
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
Max. T-Line Back Pres.
MPa (PSI)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
Descriptions
Max. Flow
Max. Operating Pres.
Voltage
24 V DC (21 - 28 V DC Included Ripple): Use a stable power supply
Electric Power Supply

Input Power at 24V
36 W
36 W
Voltage
5 - 48 V DC (Use a stable power supply)
Current
Constant at 10 mA (A constant-current circuit is used)
Input interface
Sink Type, Source Type
Shifting signal, low speed

operation halt signal (can be
used in common with electric
power supply).
Shifting time range (for ON and OFF)
0.1 - 1 s
0.3 - 1 s
Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) range

(for SOL a and b)
L /min (U.S.GPM)
0.5 - 5 (.13 - 1.3)
1 - 10 (.26 - 2.6)
Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) hold time
Ambient Temperature
Approx. Mass
Max. 60 s (After 60 seconds, the flow rate decreases gradually.)

0 - 50 C (32 - 122 F) with circulated air
Single Solenoid
2.1 kg (4.6 lbs.)
5.3 kg (11.7 lbs.)
Double Solenoid
3.0 kg (6.6 lbs.)
7.5 kg (16.5 lbs.)
1. The maximum flow rates may vary according to the operating pressure. Refer to Maximum Flow Rates Characteristics on pages 7 and 8 for details.
2. At pressures more than 21 MPa (3050 PSI), the "shockless effect" is slightly less if compared it with that at 16 MPa (2320 PSI).
No.5

G-DSG-01/03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS

G-DSG
-01
-10
-2B7
-S
-50
-L
Series
Number
Valve
Size
Metred Flow
Capacity
Spool Type
Input
Interface
Design
Number
Design
Standards
Models with Alternate

Offset Solenoid
3C2
A
01
3C40
A
None :
Sink Type
(Standard)
B
b
None : 80 L /min
: 40 L /min
40
: 60 L /min
60
A B
S:
Source Type
a
P T
3C40
A
None : 60 L /min
40
: 40 L /min
L
Applicable only for 2B7
Refer to
3C2
03
50
2B7
None : 30 L /min
: 10 L /min
10
: 20 L /min
20
G-DSG :
G Series Shockless
Type Solenoid
Operated
Directional Valve,
Sub-plate
Mounting
None : 40 L /min
: 10 L /min
10
: 20 L /min
20
50
2B7
b
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. American Design Standard
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
G-DSG-01
G-DSG-03

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DSGM-01-30
DSGM-01X-30
DSGM-01Y-30
DSGM-03-40
DSGM-03X-40
DSGM-03Y-40
Thread
Size
Rc 1/8
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/8
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/4
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DSGM-01-3080
DSGM-01X-3080
Thread
Size
1/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
DSGM-03-2180
DSGM-03X-2180
DSGM-03Y-2180
3/8 BSP.F
1/2 BSP.F
3/4 BSP.F
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DSGM-01-3090
DSGM-01X-3090
DSGM-01Y-3090
DSGM-03-2190
DSGM-03X-2190
DSGM-03Y-2190
Thread
Size
1/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
3/8 NPT
3/8 NPT
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
0.8 (1.8)
0.8 (1.8)
0.8 (1.8)
3.0 (6.6)
3.0 (6.6)
4.7 (10.4)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should
have a good machined finish.
Attachment (Mtg. Bolt)

Model
Numbers
G-DSG-01
G-DSG-03
No.6
Socket Head Cap Screw (4 pcs.)

Japanese Standard "JIS" &
Tightening Torque
M5 45 Lg.
M6 35 Lg.
No.10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg.
5-7 Nm (44-62 in. lbs.)

12-15 Nm (106-133 in. lbs.)

G-DSG-01
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Performance Characteristics
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 30 mm2/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
Maximum Flow Rate
Max.Flow
8
6
L/min
40 L/min Type
40
Direction of Flow
PA PB
30
20
BA
TP
Direction of
Flow
A B
20 L/min Type
4
2
G-DSG-01--2B7
10
15
10
1000
2000
Pressure
20
30 L/min Type
30
Direction
of Flow
20
PA
10
0
5
40
10 L/min Type
0
L/min
U.S.GPM
10
Max.Flow
U.S.GPM
10
G-DSG-01--3C2
3C40
20 L/min Type
PB
B
T 10
L/min Type
25 MPa
Direction of
Flow
A B
3000 3630 PSI
10
1000
15
20
2000
Pressure
25 MPa
3000 3630 PSI
Pressure Drop
G-DSG-01--3C2
3C40
MPa
1.6
Pressure Drop P
200
160
120
1.2
10 L/min Type
PA,PB
AT,BT
PSI
140
40 L/min Type
PA
PB
20 L/min Type
PA
PB
AT
BT
120
Pressure Drop P
PSI
240
40 L/min Type
AT
BT
0.8
80
40
0
MPa
1.0
0.8
20 L/min Type
PA
30 L/min Type
PB
PA
PB
30 L/min Type
AT
BT
0.4
40
0.2
0
0
20
10
30
4
6
Flow Rate
40
L/min
10 U.S.GPM
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in

the table right.
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure
drop ( P') may be obtained from the formula
below.
P'= P (G'/0.850)
Shifting Characteristics
Viscosity
mm2/s
SSU
Factor
10
7
5
3
0
ON
20
10
0
4
Flow Rate
8 U.S.GPM
20
30
77
98
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
Low Speed Operating Flow Characteristics
Volume "OFF T" Position
30
30 L/min
0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35
100ms
SOL
10
7
5
3
0
OFF
Supply Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI)

Flow Rate : 30 L/min (7.9 U.S.GPM)
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L /min
20
10
15

3C2, 3C40
Flow Rate
10 L/min Type
PA 20 L/min
PB Type
AT
AT
BT
BT
0.6
80
0.4
8
6
4
2
0
G-DSG-01--2B7
8
6
L /min
30
20
4
2
0
Volume "MIN" Position

8
6
5
0
10
0
Volume "ON T" Position
2B7
SOL
Flow Rate
OFF
30
20
10
0
10
20
30
SOL
200 ms
U.S.GPM L /min
8
6
4
2
0
2
4
6
8
ON
AB
10
8
6
4
2
0
PT
100
ms
AB
10
8
6
4
2
0
HALT
OFF
ON
PT
ON
OFF
No.7

G-DSG-03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Maximum Flow Rate
G-DSG-03--2B7
G-DSG-03--3C2
3C40
60 L/min Type
60
15
20
Direction of Flow
PA
PB
40
10
U.S.GPM L/min
80
20
80 L/min Type
Direction of
Flow
A B
B
40 L/min Type
10
40
20
0
0
15
10
5
1000
20
40 L/min Type
Direction of Flow
PA
PB
A
3000 3630 PSI
2000
Pressure
Direction of
Flow
A B
B
25 MPa
60 L/min Type
60
15
Max.Flow
Max.Flow
U.S.GPM L/min
80
20
15
10
5
1000
20
2000
Pressure
25 MPa
3000 3630 PSI
Pressure Drop
PSI
240
MPa
1.6
Pressure Drop P
120
Model Numbers
G-DSG-03-3C2
3C40
0.8
G-DSG-03-40-3C2
3C40
0.4
G-DSG-03-60-3C2
3C40
G-DSG-03-2B7
G-DSG-03-40-2B7
80
40
0
0
20
4
40
60
80 L/min
8
12
Flow Rate
16
20 U.S.GPM
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in

the table right.
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure
drop ( P') may be obtained from the formula
below.
P'= P (G'/0.850)
The numbers of the pressure drop curves are the same for P A,
P B, A T and B T.
mm2/s
SSU
Viscosity
Factor
15
20
30
77
98
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
60
40
0
3
5
7
10
OFF
10
7
5
100ms
3
0 ON
20
0
SOL
60
70
80
90
100

U.S.GPM
16
Flow Rate
16
12
8
4
0
50
3C2, 3C40
U.S.GPM L /min
40
0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35

Flow Rate
Pressure Drop Curve Numbers
1.2
160
200
12
L /min
60

10
8
7
6
0
40
8
4
0
20
0
2B7
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L /min
16
12
8
4
0
4
8
12
16
60
20
40
60
SOL
PT
10
7
5
3
0
100ms
AB
10
7
5
3
0
PT
ON
No.8
ON
OFF
200ms
AB
40
20
0
SOL
OFF
HALT
OFF
ON

G-DSG-01
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawings
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
G-DSG-01--3C2/3C40--50/5090
Pressure Port "P"
40.5
(1.59)
110
(4.33)
Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
G-DSG-01---50
G-DSG-01---5090
31
(1.22)
32.5
(1.28)

(For Sol. a)

(For Sol. b)
0.75
(.03)

9.5(.37) C' bore
4 Places
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
Cylinder Port "A"
Cylinder Port "B"

Tank Port "T"
263
(10.35)
132
(5.20)
0.5
(.02)
65.5
(2.58)

44.5
(1.75)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
89
(3.50)
109.5
(4.31)
SOL b
11
(.43)
65
(2.56)
25
(.98)
38
(1.50)
SOL a
48
(1.89)
Manual Actuator
6 (.24) Dia.
Air Vent (Both Sides)

3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
Air vent position around valve longitudinal axis can be optionally selected.
DIMENSIONS IN
G-DSG-01--2B7--50/5090
0.5
(.02)
197.5
(7.78)
SOL b
178.5
(7.03)
For other dimensions, refer to the drawing above.
No.9

G-DSG-03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
G-DSG-03--3C2/3C40--50/5090
G-DSG-03---50
G 1/2
141
(5.55)
1/2 NPT
54
(2.13)

(For Sol. b)
50.8
(2.00)
7(.28) Dia. Through

4 Places

(For Sol. a)
Tank Port "T"
336
(13.23)
132
(5.20)

102
(4.02)
48
(1.89)
Cylinder Port "B"
G1/2
G1/2
G-DSG-03---5090
Pressure Port "P"
Cylinder Port "A"
"C" Thd.
32.5
(1.28)
46
(1.81)
Model Numbers
0.5
(.02)
109.6
(4.31)
130.1
(5.12)
39
(1.54)
SOL a
Manual Actuator
6 (.24) Dia.
70
(2.76)

3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
27
(1.06)
35.3
(1.39)
SOL b
19
(.75)
92
(3.62)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
1. Although the tank port is shown on the left in our sub-plate, either may be used.
2. Air vent position around valve longitudinal axis can be optionally selected.
DIMENSIONS IN
G-DSG-03--2B7--50/5090
234
(9.21)
0.5
(.02)
SOL b
226.3
(8.91)
For other dimensions, refer to the drawing above.
No.10
Sub-plate for
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
DSGM-01-30/3080/3090
40.5(1.59)
30.2(1.19)
14.2
(.56)
DIMENSIONS IN
"D" Thd. "E" Deep
4 Places
32
(1.26)
21.5(.85)
16
(.63)
15
(.59)
7.5
(.30)
8.5
(.33)
15.5
(.61)
0.75
(.03)
12.7(.50)
"C" Thd.
4 Places
71
(2.80)
85
(3.35)
7
(.28)
DSGM-01-30
12.5
(.49)
35.5
(1.40)
58.5
(2.30)
Thread Size
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
Rc 1/8
DSGM-01-3080
1/8 BSP.F
DSGM-01-3090
1/8 NPT
DSGM-01X-30
Rc 1/4
"E"
mm (in.)
M5
10 (.39)
No.10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
M5
10 (.39)
DSGM-01X-3080
1/4 BSP.F
DSGM-01X-3090
1/4 NPT
No.10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
Rc 3/8
M5
10 (.39)
3/8 NPT
No.10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
DSGM-01Y-30
DSGM-01Y-3090
T
11
(.43)
7(.28) Dia. Through

2 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
37
(1.46)
24
(.94)
63
(2.48)
31.75
(1.25)
48
(1.89)
25.8
(1.02)
31
(1.22)
P
5.2
(.20)
7(.28) Dia.
4 Places
No.11
Sub-plate for
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
DSGM-03-40/2180/2190
L
T
7
(.28)
P
S
20
(.79)
6.4
(.25)
16.7
(.66)
3.2
(.13)
"D" Thd. "E" Deep

4 Places
B
A
11 (.43) Dia.
4 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DSGM-03-40
DSGM-03-2180
DSGM-03-2190
DSGM-03X-40
DSGM-03X-2180
DSGM-03X-2190
DSGM-03Y-40
DSGM-03Y-2180
DSGM-03Y-2190
No.12
92
(3.62)
F
Thread Size
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
Rc 3/8
M6
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
1/4-20 UNC
Rc 1/2
M6
1/2 BSP.F
1/2 NPT
1/4-20 UNC
Rc 3/4
M6
3/4 BSP.F
3/4 NPT
1/4-20 UNC
Q
76
(2.99)
70
(2.76)
110
(4.33)
90
(3.54)
46
(1.81)
32.5
(1.28)
21.4
(.84)
10
(.39)
22
(.87)

4 Places
90
(3.54)
54
(2.13)
37.3
(1.47)
27
(1.06)
J
18
(.71)
DIMENSIONS IN
"C" Thd.
4 Places
E
13 (.51)
15 (.59)
13 (.51)
15 (.59)
13 (.51)
15 (.59)
J
K
L
N
P
110
9
(4.33) (.35)
21
48
16
40
62
32
10
(.39) (1.26) (2.44) (1.57) (.63) (1.89) (.83)
24
(.94)
110
9
(4.33) (.35)
21
48
16
40
62
32
10
(.39) (1.26) (2.44) (1.57) (.63) (1.89) (.83)
24
(.94)
120
14
(4.72) (.55)
42
16
47
10
45
80
50
15
(.59) (1.97) (3.15) (1.77) (.39) (1.85) (.63) (1.65)

Directional Valves
G-DSHG-04/06
Sub-plate Mounting
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Specifications
Electronic
Circuit
X T A P B
Specifications
Model Numbers
Descriptions
G-DSHG-04-3C----50/5090
G-DSHG-06-3C----50/5090
250 (66.1)
L /min (U.S.GPM)
160 (42.3)
MPa (PSI)
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
Max. T-Line Back Pres.
MPa (PSI)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
Max. Drain Line Back Pressure
MPa (PSI)
3 (440)
3 (440)
Max. Pilot Pressure
MPa (PSI)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
Min. Required Pilot Pres.
MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
Pilot Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
1.5 (220)
at Normal
1 (0.3)
1 (0.3)
at Transition
4 (1.1)
6 (1.6)
Voltage
24 V DC (21 - 28 V DC Included Ripple): Use a stable power supply
Electric Power Supply

Input Power at 24V
36 W
36 W
Voltage
5 - 48 V DC (Use a stable power supply)
Current
Constant at 10 mA (A constant-current circuit is used)
Input interface
Sink Type, Source Type
Shifting signal, low speed

operation halt signal (can be
used in common with electric
power supply)
Shifting time range (for ON and OFF)
ON: 0.06 - 1.5 s, OFF: 0.1 - 2 s
ON: 0.1 - 1 s, OFF: 0.2 - 2 s
Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) range

(for SOL a and b)
L /min (U.S.GPM)
5 - 20 (1.3 - 5.3)
10 - 30 (2.6 - 7.9)
Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) hold time
Ambient Temperature
Approx. Mass
Max. 60 s (After 60 seconds, the flow rate decreases gradually.)

0 - 50 C (32 - 122 F) with circulated air
12 kg (26.5 lbs.)
15 kg (33.1 lbs.)
1. The maximum flow rate is constant irrespective of the working pressure.

2. Be sure that the difference between pilot pressure and drain port back pressure is larger than the minimum pilot pressure.
No.13

Directional Valves
G-DSHG-04/06
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS

G-DSHG
-04
-3C2
-E
-R2
-S
-50
Series
Number
Valve
Size
Spool Type
Pilot
Connection
Spool Control Modification

Input
Interface
Design
Number
Design
Standards
3C2
04
G-DSHG :
G Series Shockless
Type Solenoid
Controlled Pilot
Operated
Directional Valve,
Sub-plate
Mounting
A B
a
b
Y
P T
None :
Internal
Pilot
R2 :
With Stroke Adjustment,
Both Ends
None :
Sink Type
(Standard)
50
RA :
Port "A" End
Refer to
3C40
A B
06
a
Y
P T
E:
External
Pilot
RB :
Port "B" End
S:
Source Type
50
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
Thread
Size
DHGM-04-20
DHGM-04X-20
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/4
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-04-2080
DHGM-04X-2080
1/2 BSP.F
3/4 BSP.F
DHGM-06-50
DHGM-06X-50
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
7.4 (16.3) DHGM-06-5080

7.4 (16.3) DHGM-06X-5080
3/4 BSP.F
1 BSP.F
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
G-DSHG-04
G-DSHG-06

Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
4.4 (9.7) DHGM-04-2090

4.1 (9.0) DHGM-04X-2090
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06-5090

8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06X-5090
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
7.4 (16.3)
7.4 (16.3)
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
Attachment (Mtg. Bolts)

Socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Model
Numbers
G-DSHG-04
G-DSHG-06
No.14

M6 45 Lg.
M10 50 Lg.
M12 60 Lg.
Qty.
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. lbs.)
1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg.
1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg.
2
4
6
12-15 (106-133)
58-72 (513-637)
100-123 (885-1089)

Directional Valves
G-DSHG-04 / 06
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Pressure Drop
G-DSHG-04/06-3C2/3C40
PSI
MPa
200
1.4
G-DSHG-04-3C2
3C40
1.2
AT
BT
PA
PB
Pressure Drop P
160
1.0
120
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table

below.
0.8
mm2/s 15
SSU 77
Factor
BT
0.6
80
Viscosity
G-DSHG-06-3C2
3C40
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90 100
98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P')
may be obtained from the formula below.
P'= P (G'/0.850)
0.4
PA
PB
AT
40
0.2
0
0
0
50
10
100
20
150
30
40
200
50
250
60
L/min
70 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
G-DSHG-04-3C2/3C40
Pilot Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI)
40

0
5
10
100
10
5
0
20
50
10
U.S.GPM L /min
100 400
250ms
150
30
80
60
200

0
5
10
10
5
40
0
100
0
0
OFF
ON
SOL
250ms
300
20
ON
OFF
SOL

G-DSHG-04-3C2/3C40
L/min
U.S.GPM
150
40
30
20
U.S.GPM
70
500ms
60
125
100
75
10
8
0
50
10
G-DSHG-06-3C2/3C40
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
50
Flow Rate
L /min
200
U.S.GPM
G-DSHG-06-3C2/3C40
25
0
SOL
HALT
50
OFF
OFF
200
40
160
30
120
20
80
10
40
0
0
ON
L /min
240
SOL
ON
HALT
500ms
10
8
0
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
No.15

Directional Valves
G-DSHG-04
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
G-DSHG-04-3C---50/5090
Tank Port "T"
Pressure Port "P"

101.6
(4.00)
34
(1.34)

4 Places
79.9
(3.15)

Model Numbers
34.9
(1.37)
69.8
(2.75)
72.9
(2.87)
91
(3.58)
G-DSHG-04-3C---50
L'
50
(1.97)
Cylinder Port "A"
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
7(.28) Dia. Through

4 Places
Cylinder Port "B"
263
(10.35)
0.5
(.02)
G-DSHG-04-3C---5090
1.5
(.06)
"C" Thd.
132
(5.20)

3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
2 Places
65.5
(2.58)
48
(1.89)

SOL b
116
(4.57)
SOL a
181
(7.13)
200.5
(7.89)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
4
(.16)
35
(1.38)
34
(1.34)
L'
50.4
(1.98)
Mounting Surface 2
(O-Rings Furnished)
204
(8.03)
2. O-rings for ports: SO-NB-P22 for P/A/B/T ports
SO-NB-P9 for X/Y ports
DIMENSIONS IN
Models with Stroke Adjustment (Option)
G-DSHG-04-3C--R--50/5090
Fully Extended 289(11.38)
SOL a
SOL b
33
(1.30)

13(.51) Hex.
Fully Extended
93(3.66)
No.16

13(.51) Hex.

Directional Valves
G-DSHG-06
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
G-DSHG-06-3C---50/5090
Pressure Port "P"
Tank Port "T"
50.5
(1.99)
53.2
(2.09)

255
(10.04)
130.2
(5.13)
Solenoid Indicator
Light
Model Numbers
46.1
(1.81)
92.1
(3.63)
118
(4.65)
G-DSHG-06-3C---50
L'

G 1/2
1/2 NPT
Cylinder Port "B"

6 Places
Cylinder Port "A"
0.5
(.02)
G-DSHG-06-3C---5090
13
(.51)
77
(3.03)
156
(6.14)
"C" Thd.
263
(10.35)
132
(5.20)

3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
2 Places
65.5
(2.58)
48
(1.89)

Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
41
(1.61)
L'
78.5
(3.09)
6
(.24)
Mounting Surface 2
(O-Rings Furnished)
202
(7.95)
221.5
(8.72)
SOL b
137
(5.39)
SOL a
2. O-rings for ports: SO-NB-P30 for P/A/B/T ports
SO-NB-P14 for X/Y ports
DIMENSIONS IN
Models with Stroke Adjustment (Option)
G-DSHG-06-3C--R--50/5090
SOL a
SOL b

13(.51) Hex.
40
(1.57)

13(.51) Hex.
Fully Extended
134.8(5.31)
No.17
Sub-plate for
Directional Valves
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
04
DHGM- 04X -20/2080/2090
DIMENSIONS IN
190
(7.48)
76.7
(3.02)
50
(1.97)
"E" Thd.
17(.67) Deep
4 Places
Refer to
65
(2.56)
10.1
(.40)
19
(.75)
90
(3.54)
57.1
(2.25)
16
(.63)
1.6(.06)
14.2
(.56)
55.6
(2.19)
13.1
(.52)
69.8
(2.75)
P X
B
Y
125
(4.92)
20
(.79)
18.3(.72)
71.4
(2.81)
96
(3.78)
12
(.47)
34(1.34)
120
(4.72)
36
(1.42)
"C" Thd.
4 Places
90
(3.54)
46
(1.81)
X
Y
76
(2.99)
101.6
(4.00)
33(1.30)
32.2(1.27)
21.5(.85)
166
(6.54)
29
(1.14)
12(.47)
A
4 Places
3.6(.14) Dia.
5(.20) Deep
2 Places
65.8
(2.59)
14.2
(.56)
88.1
(3.47)
130
(5.12)

"D" Thd.
2 Places
17.5(.69) Dia.
4 Places
"F" Thd. 12(.47) Deep
2 Places
58
(2.28)
102
(4.02)
137.5
(5.41)
Used only on external pilot type valves. To be plugged on internal pilot

type valves.
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
"F" Thd.
Rc 1/2
DHGM-04-20
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/4
DHGM-04X-20
M10
M6
DHGM-04-2080 1/2 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
DHGM-04X-2080 3/4 BSP.F
DHGM-04-2090
1/2 NPT
1/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC 1/4-20 UNC
DHGM-04X-2090 3/4 NPT
No.18
Sub-plate for
Directional Valves
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
06
DHGM- 06X -50/5090
204
(8.03)
12
(.47)
180
(7.09)
25
(.98)
130.2
(5.13)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
DHGM-06-50
DHGM-06X-50
DHGM-06-5090
DHGM-06X-5090
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
F
mm (in.)
Rc 1/4
M12
24 (.94)
1/4 NPT
1/2-13 UNC
26 (1.02)
112.7
(4.44)
11(.43) Dia.
4 Places
94.5
(3.72)
77
(3.03)
"E" Thd. "F" Deep

6 Places
53.2
(2.09)
29.4(1.16)
17.5(.69)
19.1(.75)
Y W
B
17.5
(.69)
100.8
(3.97)
7(.28) Dia.
8(.31) Deep
2 Places
12.5
(.49)
34(1.34)

4 Places
29.5
(1.16)

pilot type valves.
pilot type valves.
73.1
(2.88)
46.1
(1.81)
TP
96.9
(3.81)
Not used
5.6(.22)
74.6
(2.94)
92.1
(3.63)
12
(.47)
116
(4.57)
Not used
35(1.38)
50
(1.97)
23(.91) Dia.
4 Places
126.2
(4.97)
156
(6.14)
DIMENSIONS IN
06
DHGM- 06X -5080
D
E
12.5
(.49)
156
(6.14)
11(.43) Dia.
4 Places
DHGM-06-5080
DHGM-06X-5080
"C" Thd.
D
E
3/4 BSP.F 151.2 (5.95) 137.7 (5.42)
1 BSP.F
155.2 (6.11)
148 (5.83)
V
B
N
L
"C" Thd.
4 Places
24.5(.96) Dia.
4 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
F
102 (4.02)
Dimensions
H
54.4 (2.14)
106 (4.17)
50 (1.97)
mm (Inches)
J
K
30.6 (1.20) 125.8 (4.95)
25
(.98)
Not used
55
(2.17)
83.5
(3.29)
A B
130 (5.12)
28
(1.10)
PY
Not used
116
(4.57)
26.4
(1.04)
8.9
(.35)
12
(.47)
50
(1.97)
35
(1.38)
130.2
(5.13)
11.9
(.47)
25
(.98)
1/4 BSP.F Thd.

4 Places
82
(3.23)
12
(.47)
134
(5.28)
110
(4.33)
92.1
(3.63)
M12 Thd.
24(.94) Deep
6 Places
204
(8.03)
180
(7.09)
Used only on
external pilot
type valves.
To be plugged on
internal pilot
type valves.
L
78.2 (3.08)
N
42.5 (1.67)
74 (2.91)
32 (1.26)
No.19
Pub. EC-0406
MECHANICALLY OPERATED
DIRECTIONAL VALVES
Rotary Type : DRT/DRG-02
DIRECTIONAL
Cam Operated : DCT/DCG-01, 03
CONTROLS
Threaded Connection/Sub-plate Mounting
General Information
Up to 25 MPa (3630 PSI), 100L/min (26.4 U.S.GPM)
These valves are chiefly used to shift the pilot circuit. Rotary Type Directional Valves and Cam Operated Type
Directional Valves are available.
Rotary Type Directional Valves ............................ Page 2
These valves are used to rotate the spool either manually or

by way of cam and shift the direction of oil flow. The detented mechanism incorporated in these valves prevents the
valve from being changed over by itself due to vibrations or
any other shocks.
Cam Operated Directional Valves ............................ Page 6

These valves may be used to shift the
direction of oil flow by depressing the
spool by way of a cam.
Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Any type of hydraulic fluid listed in the table below can be used.
Remarks
Type of Fluids
Petroleum Base Oils
Synthetic Fluids
Water Containing Fluids

Use phosphate ester or polyol ester type fluid.
When phosphate ester type fluid is used, prefix "F-" to the model number because the special
seals (fluororubber) are required to be used.
Note: For use with hydraulic fluids other than those listed above, please consult your Yuken representatives
in advance.

Viscosity ranging between 15 to 400 mm2/s (77 to 1800 SSU)
Oil temperatures between 15 to+70C (5 to 160F)
to breakdowns and shorter the life of the valve. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS 1638-Grade
No.1
Rotary Type Directional Valves

DRT/DRG-02
DIRECTIONAL
Threaded Connection / Sub-plate Mounting
CONTROLS
Specifications / Model Number Designation / Others
Specifications
Model Numbers
Threaded Connection
DRT-02-D-20
Sub-plate Mounting
DRG-02-D-20
Max. T-Line
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
7 (1020)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
7 (1020)
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
16 (4.2)
Approx. Mass kg (lbs.)

DRT Type
4.7 (10.4)
DRG Type
3.4 (7.5)
When a back pressure of more than 3 MPa (435 PSI) is generated in the tank port, be sure to use External Drain Type.
F-
DR
Special
Seals
Series
Connection
Type of
Mounting
F:
Special
seals for
phosphate
ester
type
fluids
(Omit if
not
required)
DR:
Rotary
Type
Directinal
Valve
T:
Threaded
Connection
-02
-2
Valve No. of Valve

Size
Position
2
Spool
Type
-A
-R
Operation
Drain
Type
Connection
A:
Reversing
Dog
02
2
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
D
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
D:
No-spring
Detented
02
B:
Reversing
Dog &
Manual
C:
Manual
None:
Intrenal
Drain
R:
External
Drain
-20
Design
Number
Design
Standards
20
20
None: Japanese
Std. "JIS"
80: European
Design Std.
90: N. American
Design Std.
None: Japanese
Std. "JIS" &
European
Design Std.
90: N. American
Design Std.
Note: When selecting the Model type, be sure to give the model number from the following Graphic Symbols.
No combinations other than those in the table below are allowed.
Graphic Symbols
Operation
Type
Reversing Dog
Operation
#1
Graphic
Symbols
Model No.
3-Position Type
2-Position Type
No. of Position
Reversing Dog &

Manual Operation
#3
#1
#3
Manual
Operation
Manual
Operation
#1
#1
#3
DR-02-2D2-A
DR-02-2D2-B
DR-02-2D2-C
#2 #3
A
B
DR-02-3D4-C
Instructuions
Changeover Torque
When the pressure of pressure port "P" and cylinder port "A" (or "B") is set to 7 MPa
(1020 PSI), the valve changeover torque will be as right side table:
2-Way directional valves

Be sure to use the External Drain Type Valve of spool type "2" and plug the tank port.
No.2
Changeover Torque
Tank Port Back Pres.
Torque
MPa (PSI)
Nm (in. 1bs.)
0
1.0 (8.9)
3 (435)
4.8 (42.5)

DRT/DRG-02
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Sub-plates / Pressure Drop

Sub-plates
For Internal
Drain
For External
Drain

Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size
1/4 NPT
DRGM-02-2090
3/8 NPT
DRGM-02X-2090
1/4 NPT
DRGM-02-R-2090
3/8 NPT
DRGM-02X-R-2090

Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size
1/4 BSP.F
DRGM-02-2080
3/8 BSP.F
DRGM-02X-2080
1/4 BSP.F
DRGM-02-R-2080
DRGM-02X-R-2080 3/8 BSP.F

Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size
Rc 1/4
DRGM-02-20
Rc 3/8
DRGM-02X-20
Rc 1/4
DRGM-02-R-20
Rc 3/8
DRGM-02X-R-20
Drain
Connection
Approx.
Mass
kg (1bs.)
1.9 (4.2)
Mounting Bolts
The Sub-plate Mounting Type Valves (DRG-02) only are furnished with the following mounting bolts.
Socket Head Cap Screw (5 Pcs.)
M8 45 Lg.
5/16-18 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
Model
Numbers
DRG-02
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop P
PSI
60
40
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU),

Specific Gravity 0.850
1
0.4
0.3
1. For any other viscosity, multiply by the factors in the table below.
0.2

P A
BT
P B
AT
Valve
Type
2D2
3D4
MPa
Viscosity
20
mm2/s 15
20
30
77
98
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
0.1
SSU
Factor
0
12
2
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM
60
70
80
151.5
(5.96)
Drain Port "Y"

"C" Thd.
External drain type
only has drain port.
56
(2.20)
30
(1.18)
Tank Port "T"
R38
(R1.50)
58.5
(2.30)
43
(1.69)
Position #1
Position #3
45
45
36
Model Numbers
DRT-02-D--20
DRT-02-D--2080
DRT-02-D--2090
2
R1 47)
.
(R
134(5.28)
10
10 26
(1.02)
50(1.97)
Dia.
80(3.15) Dia.
76(2.99) Dia.
5.2(.20)
16(.63)
Pressure Port "P"
36
"C" Thd.
Rc 1/4
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 NPT
80(3.15) Dia.
76.5
11 (.43) Dia.
Through
17.5 (.69)
C' bore
2 Places
110
(4.33)
10
(3. 0
94
)
Cylinder Port "A"
100
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
8(.31) Dia.
76.5
90
Type "A" : Reversing Dog Operation
DRT-02-D--20/2080/2090
Cylinder Port "B"
50
2. For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained
P' = P (G'/0.850)
16 L /min
40
"C" Thd.
4 Places
Type "B" : Reverseing Dog and

Manual Operation
45
Type "C" : Manual Operation
45
1.50)
R38(R
DIMENSIONS IN
R105(R4.13)
R105(R4.13)
32(1.26)
Dia.
30
(1.18)
Position #1
Position #3
22.5
22.5
32(1.26)
Dia.
30
(1.18)
Position #1
Position #3
22.5
22.5
Neutral Position #2
For other dimensions, refer to "Reversing Dog Operation".
No.3

DRT/DRG-02
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing / Sub-plates

DRG-02-D--20/2090
Type "A" : Reversing Dog Operation
Cylinder Port "B"
45
45
8(.31) Dia.
12(.47)
106(4.17)
Dia.
Tank Port "T"
R38
.5 0
(R1
26
(1.02)
82.6(3.25) Dia.
Position #3
Position #1
50(1.97) Dia.
103.5
(4.07)
25
63
(2.48) (.98)
42
(1.65)
Cylinder Port "A"

14(.55) C' bore
5 Places
33.4(1.31)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Pressure Port "P"
For information on Type "B": reversing Dog and Manual Operation and Type "C": Manual Operation, see DRT-02 on the previous page.
DIMENSIONS IN
Sub-plates : DRGM-02 --20/2080/2090

02X
"H" Dia.
62.7(2.47)
"E" Thd.
16(.63)Deep
5 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
4 Places
22
(.87)
11.2
(.44)
82.6(3.25)
"D" Thd.
10 10
R12(R.47)
36
36
"C" Thd.

17.5(.69) C' bore
2 Places
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
106(4.17)
mm (Inches)
F
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/8
M8
11 (.43)
DRGM-02-2080
DRGM-02X-2080
1/4 BSP.F
3/8 BSP.F
M8
11.7 (.46)
DRGM-02-2090
DRGM-02X-2090
1/4 NPT
3/8 NPT
5/16-18 UNC
11 (.43)
DRGM-02-R-20
DRGM-02X-R-20
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/4
M8
11 (.43)
11 (.43)
DRGM-02-R-2080
DRGM-02X-R-2080
1/4 BSP.F
3/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
M8
11.7 (.46)
11.7 (.46)
DRGM-02-R-2090
DRGM-02X-R-2090
1/4 NPT
3/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
5/16-18 UNC
11 (.43)
11 (.43)
DRGM-02-20
DRGM-02X-20
No.4
25
(.98)
22.5
22.5
"F" Dia.
4 Places
151
(5.94)
127
(5.00)
Remarks
For Internal Drain
For External Drain

DRT/DRG-02
Spare Parts List
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
CAUTION

DRT-02-D--20/2080/2090
16
17
11
10
7
12
5
15
3
14
1
13
2
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-G35
15
O-Ring
SO-NA-P16
Remarks
Included in Seal Kit
(Kit No.: KS-DRT-02-20)
DRG-02-D--20/2090
18
12
11
6
13
2
16
15
19
14
1
15
17
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
15
O-Ring
SO-NB-G35
16
O-Ring
SO-NA-P16
17
O-Ring
SO-NB-P16
Remarks
Included in Seal Kit
(Kit No.: KS-DRG-02-20)
No.5
Cam Operated Directional Valves

DCT/DCG-01, 03
DIRECTIONAL
Threaded Connection / Sub-plate Mounting
CONTROLS
Specifications / Model Number Designation / Sub-plates
Specifications
Model Numbers
Threaded Connection
DCT-01-2B-40
DCT-03-2B-50
Sub-plate Mounting
DCG-01-2B-40
DCG-03-2B-50
Max. Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
30 (7.9)
100 (26.4)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
21 (3050)
25 (3630)
Max. T-Line
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
7 (1020)
10 (1450)
Approx. Mass kg (lbs.)

DCT Type
1.1 (2.4)
4.5 (9.9)
DCG Type
1.1 (2.4)
3.8 (8.4)
Max. flow indicates the ceiling flow which does not affect the normal function (changeover) of valves.
FSpecial
Seals
F:
Special
seals for
phosphate
ester
type
fluids
(Omit if
not
required)
DC
-01
-2
No. of
Series
Type of Valve
Valve
Number Connection Size
Position
DC:
Cam
Operated
Directional
Valve
T:
Threaded
Connection
-R
-40
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
Spool
Type
Roller
Position
Design
Number
Design
Standards
01
2
03
2
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
B:
Spring Offset
01
None
Normal
Position
Y
DC-01
only
40
50
3
40
Mounting
Surface
50
03
None: Japanese
Standard "JIS"
80: European
Design Standard
90: N. American
Design Standard
None: Japanese
Standard "JIS" &
European Design
Standard
90: N. American
Design Standard
Sub-plates
Valve
Model
Numbers
DCG-01
DCG-03

Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (1bs.)
DSGM-01-3090
1/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01X-3090
1/4 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-3090
3/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
3/8 BSP.F
DSGM-03-2190
3/8 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03X-2180
1/2 BSP.F
DSGM-03X-2190
1/2 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03Y-2180
3/4 BSP.F
DSGM-03Y-2190
3/4 NPT
4.7 (10.4)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
DSGM-01-30
Rc 1/8
DSGM-01-3080
1/8 BSP.F
DSGM-01X-30
Rc 1/4
DSGM-01X-3080
1/4 BSP.F
DSGM-01Y-30
Rc 3/8
DSGM-03-40
Rc 3/8
DSGM-03-2180
DSGM-03X-40
Rc 1/2
DSGM-03Y-40
Rc 3/4
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
No.6

DCT/DCG-01, 03
Direction of Oil Flow for Roller Position / Others
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Mounting Bolts
Model
Numbers

Qty.
DCT-01
M5 45 Lg.
No. 10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
DCG-01
M5 45 Lg.
No. 10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
DCG-03
M6 35 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg.
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. 1bs)
5-7
(43-60)
5-7
(43-60)
12-15 (105-130)
Direction of Oil Flow for Roller Position
Roller Position and Direction of Oil Flow
Model
Numbers
Graphic Symbols
Roller Stroke from Offset Position mm(Inches)

Depressed
Extended(Offset)
A
DCT -01-2B2
DCG
DCT -01-2B3
DCG
A
P A
B T
All ports blocked
3.8
(.150)
P B
A T
4.6
(.181)
9.5
(.374)
3.8
(.150)
4.6
(.181)
DCT -03-2B3
DCG
DCT -03-2B8
DCG
P A
B&T ports blocked
9.5
(.374)
P B
A T
All ports blocked

3.4 3.8
(.134) (.150)
P A
B T
0
All ports open

3.0
(.118)
P A
B&T ports blocked
0
9.5
(.374)
3.8
(.150)
P A
B T
DCT -03-2B2
DCG
P A
B T
All ports open
P B
A&T ports blocked
DCT
DCG-01-2B8
A
P B
A T
7
(.276)
P B
A T
4.0
(.157)
7
(.276)
All ports
P B
blocked A&T ports blocked
3.6
(.142)
4.7
(.185)
7
(.276)
Instructions
Valve Type "2B8"
Tank port "T" functions as a drain port. Directly connect it to the reservoir.
[Max. allowable back pressure 0.35 MPa (50 PSI)].
Actuation Force
Actuation Force
1bf
40
N
200
150
20
0
100
50
0
Force
0
0
2.5
500
5.0
7.5
1000
10
MPa
1500 PSI
T-Line Back Pressure
No.7

DCT/DCG-01, 03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
DCT -01
DCG
MPa
1.2
Pressure Drop
PSI
150
Model Numbers
1
2
0.8
100
DCT-01-2B2
DCT-01-2B3
DCT-01-2B8
DCG-01-2B2
DCG-01-2B3
DCG-01-2B8
50
0.4
0
0
10
30 L /min
20
4
Flow Rate

P A B T PB A T
1
2
2
2
2
8 U.S.GPM
DCT -03
DCG
PSI
350
MPa
2.5
300
Pressure Drop
2.0
Model Numbers
250
200
150
DCG-03-2B2
DCG-03-2B3
DCG-03-2B8
1.5
5
6
4
1.0
100
0.5
50
0
0
0
0
20
5
40
10
60
80
15
20
Flow Rate
120 L /min
100
25
30
U.S.GPM
Viscosity
mm2/s 15
Factor
SSU
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464

0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
P' = P (G'/G) where, P is a value on the above chart and G is 0.850.
No.8

P A B T PB A T
2

Threaded Connections: DCT-01/03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
35.5
(1.40)
28.5
(1.12)
8.5
(.33)

9.5 (.37) C' bore
3 places
40.5
(1.59)
29
(1.14)
19
(.75)
Pressure Port "P"

"C" Thd.
Cylinder Port "A"
"C" Thd.
0.75
(.03)
9
(.35)
10.25
(.40)
22.25
(.88)
32.5
(1.28)
48
(1.89)
55.8
(2.20)
7.75
(.31)
DCT-01-2B--40/4080/4090
Cam and Roller Travel

Height of Cam
Ma 9.5(.37)
x.5
0
Tank Port "T"

"C" Thd.
53
38.5
(2.09)
(1.52)
Fully Extended
110 (4.33)
17 (.67) Dia.Roller
Cylinder Port "B"

"C" Thd.
Max.
66 (2.60)
Position "Y"
24
(.94)
2
(.08)
25
(.98)
38
(1.50)
49
(1.93)
4
(.16)
Position "R"
Normal Position
Cam
13.5
(.53)
Stroke
9.5
(.37)
Extended
(Offset)
2
(.08)
10
(.39)
54
(2.13)
44
(1.73)
27
(1.06)
Pressure Port "P"

"C" Thd.
11 (.43) C' bore
4 places
12
(.47)
56.8
(2.24)
50
(1.97)
Fully Extended
73.3 (2.89)
Fully Extended
158.6 (6.24)
Height of Cam
7 (.28)
Ma
x.5
2
(.08)
27
(1.06)
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
Cam and Roller Travel
46.2
(1.82)
18 (.71) Dia.Roller
DIMENSIONS IN
DCT-03-2B--50/5080/5090
Chain line indicates the

Model DCT-03-2B-R.
"C" Thd.
Rc 1/8
1/8 BSP.F
1/8 NPT
Model Numbers
DCT-01-2B--40
DCT-01-2B--4080
DCT-01-2B--4090
65
(2.56)
Note: When mounting the valve, be sure to use two mounting holes marked with
Cylinder Port "A"

"C" Thd.
Depressed
Cylinder Port "B"

"C" Thd.
Cam
Tank Port "T"

"C" Thd.
19
(.75)
21.8
(.86)
26.8
(1.06)
27
(1.06)
35.3
(1.39)
85.3
(3.36)
6
(.24)
7
(.28)
92
(3.62)
Depressed
8.2 (.32)
Max. Stroke
Extended
(Offset)
Model Numbers
DCT-03-2B--50
DCT-03-2B--5080
DCT-03-2B--5090
"C" Thd.
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
No.9

Sub-plate Mounting: DCG-01, 03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
DCG-01-2B--40/4090
Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
40.5
(1.59)
Pressure Port "P"
31
(1.22)
32.5
(1.28)
48
(1.89)
55.8
(2.20)
8.5
(.33)
15.5
(.61)
0.75
(.03)
7.75
(.31)
35.5
(1.40)
28.5
(1.12)
Cylinder Port "B"
Cylinder Port "A"

53
(2.09)
17(.67) Dia. Roller

9.5 (.37) C' bore
4 places
Fully Extended
110 (4.33)
Tank Port "T"
25
(.98)
38
(1.50)
49
(1.93)
4
(.16)
Position "R"
Normal Position
3
(.12)
Position "Y"
13.5
(.53)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
65
(2.56)
Note: For the cam and roller travel, see DCT-01 in the previous page.
DIMENSIONS IN
Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
DCG-03-2B--50/5090
12
(.47)
54
(2.13)
73.3
50.8
(2.89)
(2.00)
Fully Extended
158.6 (6.24)
Tank Port "T"
27
(1.06)
35.3
(1.39)
59
(2.32)
6
(.24)
2
(.08)
18 (.71) Dia. Roller
Cylinder Port "B"

4 places
32.5
(1.28)
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
56.8
(2.24)
50
(1.97)
Pressure Port "P"
46.2
(1.82)
Chain line indicates the

Model DCG-03-2B-R
2
(.08)
Cylinder Port "A"
19
(.75)
92
(3.62)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
. Although the tank port is shown on the left in our sub-plate, either may be used.
Note: For the cam and roller travel, see DCT-03 in the previous page.
No.10
Sub-plate for
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Sub -plates
Sub- plates
DSGM-01-30/3080/3090
14.2
(.56)
32
(1.26)
16
(.63)
15
(.59)
8.5
(.33)
7.5
(.30)
"D" Thd. "E" Deep

4 Places
P
25.8
(1.02)
31
(1.22)
31.75
(1.25)
48
(1.89)
63
(2.48)
71
(2.80)
85
(3.35)
7
(.28)

2 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DSGM-01-30
DSGM-01-3080
DSGM-01-3090
DSGM-01X-30
DSGM-01X-3080
DSGM-01X-3090
DSGM-01Y-30
DSGM-01Y-3090
Piping Size
"C" Thd.
Rc 1/8
1/8 BSP.F
1/8 NPT
Rc 1/4
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 NPT
Rc 3/8
3/8 NPT
"D" Thd.
"E"
mm (IN.)
M5
10 (.39)
No. 10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
M5
10 (.39)
No. 10-24 UNC

M5
No. 10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
10 (.39)
12 (.47)
18
(.71)
4 Places
"D" Thd. "E" Deep

4 Places
7
(.28)
6.4
(.25)
20
(.79)
3.2
(.13)
10
(.39)
22
(.87)
16.7
(.66)
Piping Size
"C" Thd.
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
Rc 1/2
1/2 BSP.F
1/2 NPT
Rc 3/4
3/4 BSP.F
3/4 NPT
Q
76
(2.99)
70
(2.76)
110
(4.33)
B
A
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DSGM-03-40
DSGM-03-2180
DSGM-03-2190
DSGM-03X-40
DSGM-03X-2180
DSGM-03X-2190
DSGM-03Y-40
DSGM-03Y-2180
DSGM-03Y-2190
92
(3.62)
F
90
(3.54)
46
(1.81)
32.5
(1.28)
21.4
(.84)
90
(3.54)
54
(2.13)
37.3
(1.47)
27
(1.06)
11 (.43) Dia.
4 Places
12.5
(.49)
35.5
(1.40)
58.5
(2.30)
DIMENSIONS IN
Sub- plates
DSGM-03-40/2180/2190
J
11
(.43)
5.2
(.20)
"C" Thd.
4 Places
37
(1.46)
24
(.94)
12.7(.50)
0.75
(.03)
15.5
(.61)
7 (.28) Dia.
4 Places
40.5
(1.59)
30.2
(1.19)
21.5
(.85)
"C" Thd.
4 Places
"D" Thd.
M6
E
13 (.51)
1/4-20 UNC 15 (.59)

M6
13 (.51)
1/4-20 UNC 15 (.59)

M6
13 (.51)
1/4-20 UNC 15 (.59)
J
K
L
N
P
110
9
(4.33) (.35)
21
48
16
40
62
32
10
(.39) (1.26) (2.44) (1.57) (.63) (1.89) (.83)
24
(.94)
110
9
(4.33) (.35)
21
48
16
40
62
32
10
(.39) (1.26) (2.44) (1.57) (.63) (1.89) (.83)
24
(.94)
120
14
(4.72) (.55)
42
16
47
10
45
80
50
15
(.59) (1.97) (3.15) (1.77) (.39) (1.85) (.63) (1.65)
No.11

DCT/DCG-01, 03
Spare Parts List
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
CAUTION

DCT-01-2B--40/4080/4090
DCG-01-2B--40/4090
12
16 13
Item
Name of Parts
13
O-Ring
14
O-Ring
15
O-Ring
14
15
Part Numbers
14
Quantity
DCT-01
DCG-01
SO-NA-P5
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P9
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number
from the table below.
DCT-03-2B--50/5080/5090
DCG-03-2B--50/5090
16
20
19
17
21
15
23
22
13
18
12 8
14
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
11
O-Ring
11
10
Quantity
DCT-03
DCG-03
SO-NB-P21
2
1
12
O-Ring
SO-NA-P6
13
Back Up Ring
SO-BE-P6
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-A014
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number
from the table below.
List of Seal Kit No.

Valve Mdel Numbers
DCT-01-2B--40/4080/4090
DCG-01-2B--40/4090
DCT-03-2B--50/5080/5090
DCG-03-2B--50/5090
No.12
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-DCT-01-40
KS-DCG-01-40
KS-DCT-03-50
KS-DCG-03-50
Pub. EC-0407
POPPET TYPE
DIRECTIONAL
DSLG-01-3-C/O
CONTROLS
DSLG-01-4-O
Sub-plate Mounting
These are Solenoid Operated Directional Valves of No Leak Type developed with the aim of responding the demand of
the age including energy saving. Because these valves are of no leak type they allow the low viscosity hydraulic fluids
to be used as well as the circuit construction which cannot be used by the conventional spool type directional valves because
of too much internal leak of pressure oil. The use of the low viscosity hydraulic fluids reduces the pressure loss which can
arise from the passage resistance of the hydraulic fluids, leading to the system energy saving.
High Response High Reliability

Because these valves are of poppet type, there is no overlap, high
response can be achieved. At the same time, hydraulic lock is eliminated.
No Leak
Sheet type seal has been adopted and internal leak is greatly reduced.
ISO Comformant Mounting Surface
Because the mounting surface conforms to ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A, there
is an interchangeability with the conventional valves. This makes it
possible to use these valves in combination with 01 Series Modular
Valves.
Specifications
Model Numbers
DSLG-01-3-C--N-10
DSLG-01-3-O--N-10
Max.
Flow
L /min
(U.S.
GPM)
16
(4.2)
Max.
Operating
Pressure
MPa
(PSI)
Max. TLine Back

Pressure
MPa
(PSI)
Max.
Changeover
Frequency
min-1
{Cycles/Min}
Internal leakage
Approx.
Mass
cm3/min
(cu. in./min)
kg
(lbs.)
Graphic
Symbols
A
31.5
(4570)
16
(2320)
240
Less than
0.5
(.03)
1.9
(4.2)
b
P
Less than
1
(.06)
DSLG-01-4-O--N-10
3.7
(8.2)
T
A
1. This is the leakage towards "T" port in A port block at "P" port pressure 14 MPa (2030 PSI).
2. This is the leakage towards "T" port in AB port block at "P" port pressure 14 MPa (2030 PSI).
Solenoid Ratings
Electric
Source
Coil
Type
DC
(K Series)
D12
D24
R100
R200
AC DC
Rectified
Frequency
(Hz)
50/60
50/60
Current & Power

at Rated Voltage
Voltage (V)
Source
Rating
12
24
100
200
Serviceable
Range
10.8
21.6
90
180
13.2
26.4
110
220
Holding
(A)
2.2
1.1
0.3
0.15
Power
(W)
26
26
No.1
Poppet Type
DSLG-01-3-C/O
DSLG-01-4-O
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Hydraulic Fluids / Model Number Designation / Others

Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Petroleum base oils
Synthetic fluids

Use water-glycol fluid.

F-
DSLG
-01
-4
Special Seals
Series Number
Valve
Size
Number
of Port
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
DSLG :
Poppet Type
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
(Sub-plate Mtg.)
3 : 3 Port
-D24
-N
-10
Function
Coil Type
Type of Electrical
Conduit Connection
Design
Number
Design
Standards
O:
Normally Open
C:
Normally Closed
DC
D12, D24
N:
Plug-in Connector
10
-O
01
4 : 4 Port
O:
Normally Open
AC DC
R100
R200
Refer to
Sub-plate
Piping
Size
1/8
1/4
3/8

Sub-plate
Model No.
DSGM-01-30
DSGM-01X-30
DSGM-01Y-30
Thread
Size
Rc 1/8
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/8
European Design Std.

Sub-plate
Model No.
DSGM-01-3080
DSGM-01X-3080
N. American Design Std.
Thread
Size
1/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
Sub-plate
Model No.
DSGM-01-3090
DSGM-01X-3090
DSGM-01Y-3090
Thread
Size
1/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
3/8 NPT
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
0.8 (1.8)
0.8 (1.8)
0.8 (1.8)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should
Mounting Bolts
Descriptions
No.2
Socket Head Cap Screw (4 pcs.)
Tightening Torque
M5 45 Lg.
5-7 Nm (44-62 in. lbs.)

[Applicable to working pressure more than
25 MPa (3630 PSI) : 6-7 Nm (53-62 in. lbs.)]
No. 10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
Poppet Type
DSLG-01-3-C/O
DSLG-01-4-O
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Pressure Drop
4 Port Valve
PSI
350
3 Port Valve
MPa
2.5
A
PSI
350
200
1.5
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
300
2.0
2.0
300
MPa
2.5
1.0
P A
P B
100
0.5
1.5
200
10
P A
100
0.5
A T
15 16 L /min
1.0
AT
B T
U.S.GPM
10
Flow rate
15 16 L /min
U.S.GPM
Flow rate
Viscosity
mm2/s
SSU
Factor
15
20
30
77
98
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
P'= P (G'/0.850)
Changeover Time
Changeover time varies according to hydraulic circuit of the model actually used and conditions. An example of
measurement is given in the figure below.
Test Circuit and Conditions
Result of Measurement
(AC DC Rectified)
(DC Solenoid)
Current
Waveform
ON
Current
Waveform
ON
OFF
OFF
T1
T2
T1
T2
Pressure Waveform
Pressure Waveform
Note: Alternate long and short dash lines in the pressure waveform figures indicate the
waveforms for Normally Closed Type 3 Port Valves.
Presssure Detector
Solenoid
Type
DC

Voltage: Rated voltage
AC DC
Rectified
Model Numbers
DSLG-01-4-O-D
DSLG-01-3-O-D
DSLG-01-3-C-D
DSLG-01-4-O-R
DSLG-01-3-O-R
DSLG-01-3-C-R
Time (ms)
T1
T2
30
55
30
55
25
70
55
150
55
150
70
150
Remarks
4 port valve, normally open
3 port valve, normally closed
3 port valve, normally closed
No.3
Poppet Type
DSLG-01-4-O
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
4 Port Valve
Normally Open: DSLG-01-4-O--N-10/1090

Four positions of cable
departure are available in 90
increments.
Cylinder Port "A"
31
0.75
(1.22) (.03)
32.5
(1.28)
Pressure Port "P"
DIMENSIONS IN
40.5
(1.59)
Cylinder Port "B"

9.5(.37) C' bore
4 Places
Tank Port "T"

Solenoid - Each End
52 (2.05)
263
(10.35)
The connector can be moved to various

positions by loosening the "Lock Nut".
After location tighten "Lock Nut".
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.002 Sq. in.)
110
(4.33)
96.5
(3.80)
53.5
(2.11)
48
(1.89)
F
37.5
(1.48)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Model Numbers
SOL b
32
(1.26)
38
(1.50)
SOL a
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
Max. 6.9 Nm
(Max. 61 in.lbs.)
118
(4.65)
C
DSLG-01-4-O-D-N
108
64
39
27.5
(4.25) (2.52) (1.54) (1.08)
DSLG-01-4-O-R-N
111
57.2
53
34
(4.37) (2.25) (2.09) (1.34)
The information on 3 Port Valves is provided in the following page.
No.4
60
(2.36)
22
(.87)
Manual Actuator 6.3 (.25) Dia.
Poppet Type
DSLG-01-3-C/O
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
3 Port Valves
DIMENSIONS IN
Normally Open Type:
DSLG-01-3-O--N-10/1090
Normally Closed Type:

DSLG-01-3-C--N-10/1090
Cylinder Port "A"
Tank Port "T"
Tank Port "T"

9.5(.37) C' bore
4 Places
40.5
(1.59)
48
(1.89)
31
40.5
(1.59)
32.5
(1.28)
0.75
(.03)
Pressure Port "P"
(1.22)
Cylinder Port "A"
(1.22)
32.5
(1.28)
31
48
(1.89)
0.75
(.03)
Pressure Port "P"

9.5(.37) C' bore
4 Places
Cable Departure
151.5
(5.96)
Cable Departure
151.5
(5.96)
86
(3.39)
SOL a
28
(1.10)
28
(1.10)
SOL b
13.5
(.53)
70
(2.76)
22.5
(.89)
38
(1.50)
55.1
(2.17)
55.1
(2.17)
38
(1.50)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
72.5
(2.85)
29.5
(1.16)
13.5
(.53)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
70
(2.76)
Cable departure position can be changed. See

"4 Port Valves" in the previous page for the details.
Model Numbers
C
DSLG-01-3--D-N
104
(4.09)
64
(2.52)
39
(1.54)
DSLG-01-3--R-N
107
(4.21)
57.2
(2.25)
53
(2.09)
No.5
Poppet Type
DSLG-01-3-C/O
DSLG-01-4-O
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Sub-plate / Instructions
Sub-plate
DIMENSIONS IN
DSGM-01-30/3080/3090
40.5(1.59)
30.2(1.19)
14.2
(.56)
"D" Thd. "E" Deep

4 Places
32
(1.26)
21.5(.85)
16
(.63)
15
(.59)
7.5
(.30)
8.5
(.33)
15.5
(.61)
12.7(.50)
0.75
(.03)
7(.28) Dia.
4 Places
"C" Thd.
4 Places
71
(2.80)
85
(3.35)
7
(.28)
37
(1.46)
24
(.94)
63
(2.48)
7(.28) Dia. Through

2 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DSGM-01-30
12.5
(.49)
35.5
(1.40)
58.5
(2.30)
Thread Size
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
Rc 1/8
DSGM-01-3080
1/8 BSP.F
DSGM-01-3090
1/8 NPT
DSGM-01X-30
Rc 1/4
"E"
mm (in.)
M5
10 (.39)
No.10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
M5
10 (.39)
DSGM-01X-3080
1/4 BSP.F
DSGM-01X-3090
1/4 NPT
No.10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
Rc 3/8
M5
10 (.39)
3/8 NPT
No.10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
DSGM-01Y-30
DSGM-01Y-3090
B
T
11
(.43)
25.8
(1.02)
31
(1.22)
31.75
(1.25)
48
(1.89)
5.2
(.20)
P
A
Instructions
Operating Force by Manual Actuator
Solenoid Shifting
On double solenoid valves do not energise both at the
same time.
Valve Tank Port
Avoid connecting the valve tank port to a line with
Operating force
Mounting
No mounting restrictions for any models.
lbs.
30
N
150
20
100
10
50
0
0
Operating Force by Manual Actuator

Take care as the operating force by the manual actuator
increases in proportion to the tank line back pressure.
(See the graph right.)
No.6
1.0
100
2.0
200
300
3.0
400
4.0 MPa
500
PSI
Poppet Type
DSLG-01-3-C/O
DSLG-01-4-O
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List

4 Port Valve
24 25
23
27 18 42 40 41
22
28
21
20
E
24 21 22 23 25 11 12 13
14 16 15 19
3 Port Valve
8
10
25 28
CAUTION
assemblies, do it carefully after reading through the
List of Seals
Change of supply voltage

Quantity
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
25
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P12
SO-NB-P11
SO-NB-P9
SO-NA-P5
2705-VK414322-8
SO-NB-P18
4 Port Valve 3 Port Valve

2
2
2
4
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
The supply voltage can be changed by replacing the

coil 21 only.
List of Seal Kits

Valve Model Numbers
DSLG-01-3-O--N-10
DSLG-01-3-C--N-10
DSLG-01-4-O--N-10
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-DSLG-01-3-N-10
KS-DSLG-01-4-N-10
Note 1: O-Ring of item 25 are included in solenoid assembly.

2: When ordering the seals, specify the seal kit number from the table
right.
List of Solenoid Ass'y and Connectors

Valve Model No.
DSLG-01---D12-N-10
DSLG-01---D24-N-10
DSLG-01---R100-N-10
DSLG-01---R200-N-10
20 Solenoid Ass'y No.
21 Coil No.
SD1L-12-N-11
C-SD1-12-N-50
SD1L-24-N-11
C-SD1-24-N-50
SD1L-100-N-11
C-SR1-100-N-50
SD1L-200-N-11
C-SR1-200-N-50
27 Connector No.
28 Connector No.
GDM-211-A-11
GDM-211-B-11
GDME-211-R-A-10
GDME-211-R-B-10
No.7
Pub. EC-0408
MULTI-PURPOSE CONTROL VALVES

DSLHG-04/06/10 (1/2,3/4,1-1/4)
Sub-plate Mounting
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Up to 25 MPa (3630 PSI), 500 L /min (132 U.S.GPM)
The Yuken Multi-Purpose Control Valves Comply with The Needs of Reducing Cost and Size
of Your Machine
YUKEN's Multi Purpose Control Valves are compound valves composed of the main valve having four poppets, 1/8
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves for pilot and Pilot Selector Valves. This valve is multifunctionalized by having
individual poppet had functions such as directional control, flow control or pressure control according to the combination
of the main valve and pilot selector valve.
Features
Multi-purpose control valves
The valves combine three functions of directional control, flow control
and of pilot operated check valve (or counterbalance valve). The valves
contribute for reducing a number of valves in applications and space for
installation and then eventually leads to reduction in size and cost of your
machines.
Quick response, High reliability

Changeover response time is very quick as the valves are poppet type,
there is no over-lap.
No hydraulic lock occurs as there is no leakage of pressurised oil from
the seat parts.
Easy to reduce shock in your hydraulic system
By selecting proper diameter of orifice for pilot, the open/close timing
of the flow passage can be set freely. Therefore, smooth starting and
stopping of actuator can be done combined with using shockless type
poppet. Noise of ON/OFF and vibration of piping in hydraulic system
can be also reduced.
For regenerative circuit
4 position-4 way type, which is to compose regenerative circuit, is
available. By adopting regenerative circuit, gaining fast feed speed by
using smaller volume pump is possible. Therefore saving electric power
of system is possible.
The mounting dimensions are conformed with ISO standard
The valves are interchangeable with our conventional valves in
mounting.
Solenoid Operated Directional Valve for Pilot
Orifice
By selecting proper diameter of orifice
for pilot, the open/close timing of the
flow passage can be set freely.
Pilot Selector Valve
Section Y-Y
Section X-X
A
Flow Adjustment Screw
P
Main Valve
Spring
Seat
Shockless Type Poppet
No.1
Multi-Purpose Control Valves

DSLHG-04/06/10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Specifications / Solenoid Ratings

Specifications
Max. Flow
Model Numbers
Max.
Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
L /min
(U.S.GPM)
DSLHG-04-1--12
DSLHG-04-2--12
DSLHG-04-3--12
DSLHG-04-4---12
DSLHG-04-5---12
DSLHG-06-1--12
DSLHG-06-2--12
DSLHG-06-3--12
DSLHG-06-4--12
DSLHG-06-5--12
DSLHG-10-1--12
DSLHG-10-2--12
DSLHG-10-3--12
DSLHG-10-4--12
DSLHG-10-5--12
Max. Pilot
Pressure
Max. T-Line
Back Pres.
MPa (PSI)
MPa (PSI)
Pressure Adj.
Range of
Counterbalance
MPa (PSI)
Ratio of Poppet Area

(Seat Area: Annular Area)
Approx.
Mass
Direction &
Flow Control
kg (lbs.)
Pressure
Control
1:1
150 (39.6)
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
150 {100}
(39.6 {26.4})
Refer to Model
No. Designation
1:1
300 (79.3)
24:1
1:1
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
300 {200}
(79.3 {52.8})
Refer to Model
No. Designation
1:1
500 (132)
24:1
1:1
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
500 {300}
(132 {79.3})
Refer to Model
No. Designation
1:1
24:1
In case of counterbalance function line, maximum flow is limited to the values in brackets.
Solenoid Ratings
Electric Source
Coil Type
Frequency
(Hz)
50
A100
A120
AC
A200
A240
DC
(K Series)
AC DC Rectified
D12
D24
D48
R100
R200
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50/60
Voltage (V)
Source
Rating
Serviceable
Range
100
100
110
80 - 110
120
200
200
220
240
12
24
48
100
200
90 - 120
96 - 132
108 - 144
160 - 220
180 - 240
192 - 264
216 - 288
10.8 - 13.2
21.6 - 26.4
43.2 - 52.8
90 - 110
180 - 220

Inrush (A)
2.42
2.14
2.35
2.02
1.78
1.21
1.07
1.18
1.01
0.89
Holding (A)
0.51
0.37
0.44
0.42
0.31
0.25
0.19
0.22
0.21
0.15
2.45
1.23
0.61
0.33
0.16
Inrush current in the above table shows rms values at maximum stroke.
No.2
Power (W)
29
29
15
15
19
20
22.5
26.5
26.5
28
31
34.5
59
59
62
63.5
67
(33)
(33)
(42)
(44)
(50)
(59)
(59)
(62)
(68)
(76)
(130)
(130)
(137)
(140)
(148)
-04
-4
G
Sub-plate
Mounting
10
06
04
A : AT Line
W : AT & BT Lines
A : AT Line
W : AT & BT Lines
Counterbalance
Function
4
A : AT Line
W : AT & BT Lines
5
See page 5 for functions and
purpose of use.
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
Type of
Type of Valve
Pilot
Mounting Size
Control
G
-B
None :
None :
- 25 (
- 25 (
- 3630)
- 3630)
B : 1 - 7 ( - 1020)
H : 6 - 25 (870 - 3630)
1
Pressure Adj. Range

of Counterbalance
MPa (PSI)
-E
None:
External
Drain
Coil
Type
C:
Push
Button &
Lock Nut
(Options)
None:
Manual
Override
Pin
Manual
Override
-C
-N
-12
N:
Plug-in
Connector
Type
None:
Terminal
Box Type
12
12
12
Electrical
Design
Conduit
Number
Connection
90:
N.American Design Std.
None:
Japanese Std. "JIS" &
90:
N.American Design Std.
None:
Japanese Std. "JIS"
Design Standards
extras. The valves with model number having such optional extras are handled as options,
R:
(ACDC)
R100
R200
DC:
D12
D24
D48
AC:
A100
A120
A200
A240
-A100
T
Drain 2
Connection
E:
T:
External Internal
Pilot
Drain
None:
Internal
Pilot
Pilot
Connection
1. See "Min. Adjustment Pressure", page 7, for information on minimum adjustment pressure.
A ), External Drain must be selected for Drain Connection.
2. In case of lines with counterbalance function (-4 A , -5W
W
DSLH:
MultiPurpose
Control
Valve
Series
Number
Special
Seals
F:
For
phosphate
ester type
fluids
(Omit if not
required)
DSLH
F-

DSLHG-04/06/10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
No.3

DSLHG-04/06/10
Hydraulic Fluids / Sub-plate / Mounting Bolts
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Petroleum base oils
Synthetic fluids


Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers

Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
4.4 (9.7) DHGM-04-2090

4.1 (9.0) DHGM-04X-2090
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06-5090

8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06X-5090
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
7.4 (16.3)
7.4 (16.3)
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
Thread
Size
DSLHG-04
DHGM-04-20
DHGM-04X-20
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/4
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-04-2080
DHGM-04X-2080
1/2 BSP.F
3/4 BSP.F
DSLHG-06
DHGM-06-50
DHGM-06X-50
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
7.4 (16.3) DHGM-06-5080

7.4 (16.3) DHGM-06X-5080
3/4 BSP.F
1 BSP.F
DSLHG-10
DHGM-10-40 Rc 1-1/4 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10-4080

1-1/4 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10-4090
1-1/4 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
DHGM-10X-40 Rc 1-1/2 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10X-4080 1-1/2 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10X-4090 1-1/2 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
Mounting Bolts
Model
Numbers
DSLHG-04
DSLHG-06
DSLHG-10
No.4

Japanese Standard "JIS" and
Qty.
Tightening Torque
Nm (In. lbs.)
M6 40 Lg.
M10 45 Lg.
M12 60 Lg.
M20 75 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg.

3/8-16 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg.
3/4-10 UNC 3 Lg.
2
4
6
6
12-15 (106-133)
58-72 (513-637)
100-123 (885-1089)
473-585 (4186-5177)

DSLHG-04/06/10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Function and Purpose of Use

Function and Purpose of Use
Function
Type of
Model
Pilot
No.
Control
DSLHG--1
Type "1"
Graphic Symbols
Directional Control
Flow Control
Pilot Operated
Check Valve
Pressure
Control
Purpose of Use
#1
Functions as Three Position

Four-Way Valve (Spring
Centred Model).
#2 #3
AB
P T
Y
A
Position #1
DSLHG--2
Type "2"
SOL a
SOL b
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON
Directional
Control
#3
P
A
Functions as Three Position

Four-Way Valve (Spring
Centred Model) as well as
Two Position Valve which
uses positions #1 and #3.
Directional
Control
P
Y
#2 #3 #4
AB
DSLHG--3
Both Metre-in
and Metre-out
are possible
#1
Type "3"
#2
P T
To get a function of pilot operated

check valve, the following conditions
should be fulfilled.
Internal pilot type
("P" port pressure) >
=
("A""B" ports pressure)
External pilot type
(Pilot pressure) >
=
("A""B" ports pressure)
Position #1 #2 #3 #4
T
DSLHG--4A
SOL a
SOL b
ON OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF ON ON
#2 #3
AB
Position #1
DSLHG--4W
SOL a
SOL b
#2
Pressure control function

(counterbalance valve) has
been added to Type "2" to
make this type.
#3
Used to control the back
pressure of the actuator.
B
Directional
Control
P
#1
#2 #3 #4
AB
Type "5"
Directional
Control
Directional
Control
P
DSLHG--5A
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON
Regenerative circuit can be

constructed at the Position
#3.
Directional
Control
Directional
Control
A
Directional
Control
P T
Type "4"
Functions as Four Position

Four-Way Valve.
#1
Effective especially when

the actuator has inertia
force.
P T
Pressure control function

(counterbalance valve) has
been added to Type "3" to
make this type.
Position #1 #2 #3 #4
a
SOL a
SOL b
DSLHG--5W
ON OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF ON ON
Used to control the back

pressure of the actuator.
A
Directional
Control
P
Directional
Control
P
No.5

DSLHG-04/06/10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Instructions
Instructions
Pilot Pressure
Pilot pressure of external pilot drain models must always exceed the pressure of the main pressure port "P".
Pilot Drain Port
Avoid connecting the pilot drain port to a line with possible surge pressure.
Drain Connection when with Counterbalance Function
When a valve having counterbalance function is used with internal drain type, the counterbalance pilot valve is subjected
to pressure fluctuation and the pressure setting becomes unstable. For this reason, be sure to use external drain type valve.
Flow Adjustment
To perform the flow adjustment, loosen the lock nut, then turn the flow adjustment screw clockwise to decrease the
flow. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut after the adjustment.
Pressure Adjustment
To perform the pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut, then turn the pressure adjustment screw clockwise to increase
the pressure. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut after the adjustment.
Min. Controlled Flow for Types "2" and "4A" at The Time of Metre-out Control
Minimum controlled flow at the time of metre-out control is limited (this does not happen during metre-in control) as
shown in the figure below only in the case of pilot control types "2" (DSLHG--2) and "4A" (DSLHG--4A).
Min. Controlled Flow for Types "2" and "4A" at The Time of Metre-out Control
U.S.GPM
Min. Flow Rate
L /min
15
DSLHG-10-2
DSLHG-06-2
3
10
DSLHG-04-2, DSLHG-06-4A
10
2
5
DSLHG-04-4A
1
0
0
0
0
8
1000
12
16
2000
Differential Pressure
No.6
20
24
3000 3500
MPa
PSI

DSLHG-04/06/10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Pressure Drop
125
0.8
PA, P B
100
75
50
25
0
PSI
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
A T, BT
125
75
50
25
0
U.S.GPM
10 15 20 25 30 35 40
PSI
P A
0.8
P B
100
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 150 L /min

0
DSLHG-06
MPa
1.0
Pressure Drop P
DSLHG-04
MPa
1.0
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
PSI
0.6
A T
0.4
0.2
0
BT
0
50
BT
0.8
100
75
0.4
25
0.2
0
PA, P B
0.6
50
L /min
100 150 200 250 300
A T
U.S.GPM
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Flow Rate
125
DSLHG-10
MPa
1.0
100
20
200
40
Flow Rate
300
400
500
L /min
80 100 120 130 U.S.GPM
60
Flow Rate
Viscosity
mm2/s
SSU
Factor
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
77
98
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
P'= P (G'/0.850)
Flow vs. Adjustment Revolutions

DSLHG-04
L /min
150
140
DSLHG-06
P: Differential Pres.
U.S.GPM
80
35
250
15
10
5
60
100
P=MPa(PSI)
P=21(3050)
80
P=14(2030)
60
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
30
20
DSLHG-10
U.S.GPM L /min
500
130
120
70
120
25
L /min
300
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM
40
P=MPa(PSI)
P=21(3050)
150
P=14(2030)
P=MPa(PSI)
P=7(1020)
200
P=3(440)
40
20
100
P=1.0(145)
0
0
Fully
Closed
Adj. Screw Position

(Number of Turns)
P=1.0(145)
0
0
Adj. Screw Position

(Number of Turns)
P=14
(2030)
60
P=7(1020)
10
0
1
300
P=3(440)
50
80
20
P=1.0(145)
Fully
Closed
400
100
P=3(440)
20
40
200
30
P=7(1020)
40
50
100
P=21
(3050)
Fully
Closed
Adj. Screw Position

(Number of Turns)
Minimum Adjustment Pressure

Because the minimum adjustment pressure varies with the tank line back pressure, add the tank line back pressure
to the value on the following lines.
DSLHG-04-45
150
MPa
1.5
PSI
1.0
100
0.5
50
0
0
0
0
25
5
50
10
15
Flow Rate
75
20
100 L /min
25
U.S.GPM
200
150
DSLHG-10-45
MPa
1.5
PSI
Min. Adj. Pressure
200
Min. Adj. Pressure
Min. Adj. Pressure
PSI
DSLHG-06-45
1.0
100
0.5
50
0
0
0
0
50
10
100
20
30
Flow Rate
150
40
200 L /min
50
U.S.GPM
200
150
MPa
1.5
1.0
100
0.5
50
0
0
0
0
100
20
300 L /min
200
40
60
80 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
No.7

DSLHG-04
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
Terminal Box Type

DSLHG-04-1--12/1290
2
DSLHG-04-3--12/1290
Pressure Port "P"

Fully Extended 101.6(4.00)
96(3.78) 34.1(1.34)
SOL a
69.9
(2.75)

(For External Drain Type only)
Cylinder Port "B"
7(.28) Dia. Through

11(.43) Dia. Spotface 2 Places
"BT"
DC/R : 210(8.27)
AC : 191.4(7.54)
90(3.54)
"AT"

53
(2.09)
283.3 (11.15)
SOL b
265 (10.43)
35(1.38)
1.6
(.06)
218 (8.58)
P
B
50
(1.97)
101(3.98)
2
(.08)

90(3.54)

4 Places
Cylinder Port "A"
73.1(2.88)

(For External Pilot Type only)
Tank Port "T"
"PA"
"PB"
Nut
22(.87) Hex.
260.3 (10.25)
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04---12
DSLHG-04---1290
"PA"

5(.20) Hex. Soc.
4
(.16)
41
(1.61)
"PB"
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04-2 " drawing left.
31
(1.22)
"BT"
"AT"
73
(2.87)
195 (7.68)
Manual
Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
242 (9.53)
SOL a
SOL b
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
DEC.
DSLHG-04-4A---12/1290
Flow Adjustment
DEC.
Screw 5(.20) Hex. Soc.
"PB"
"PA"
140 (5.51)
SOL a
SOL b
280.3 (11.04)
"BT"
"AT"
262 (10.31)
SOL a
SOL b
Counterbalance Pressure
Adjustment Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
INC.
215 (8.46)
DIMENSIONS IN
3(.12) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
DSLHG-04-4W---12/1290
"C" Thd.
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
"AT"
"BT"
A
"PA"
"PB"
Fully Extended
96(3.78)
Fully Extended
Fully Extended
277(10.91)
283.3(11.15)
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04-2 " drawing above.
DSLHG-04-5W---12/1290
SOL b
2
(.08)
101(3.98)
53
(2.09)
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04-4W"

drawing left.
DSLHG-04-5A---12/1290
SOL a
SOL b
SOL a
Flow Adjustment
DEC.
Screw 5(.20) Hex. Soc.
"PB"
"PA"
136(5.35)
328.3 (12.93)
"BT"
"AT"
310 (12.20)
Adjustment Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
INC.
263 (10.35)
"PA"
Fully Extended
96(3.78)
Fully Extended
283.3(11.15)
1
No.8
"AT"
"BT"
"PB"
Fully Extended
277(10.91)

drawing left.

DSLHG-04
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A

DSLHG-04-1--N-12/1290
2
Pressure Port "P"
Fully Extended
277(10.91)
96(3.78)
34.1
1.6
(.06)
90(3.54)
73.1(2.88)
69.9
(2.75)
P
B
35(1.38)
T
A

4 Places
Cylinder Port "A"

(1.34)
Tank Port "T"
50
(1.97)

7(.28) Dia. Through

11(.43) Dia. Spotface 2 Places
Cylinder Port "B"
The position of the Plug-in connector

can be changed as illustrated left by
loosening the lock nut. After com-pletion
of the change, be sure to tighten the lock
nut with the torque as specified left.
SOL a
"PA"
"PB"
Lock Nut
17(.67) Hex.
Flow Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
41
(1.61)
73(2.87)
"BT"
"AT"
31
(1.22)
195
(7.68)
Manual
Actuator
6(.24) Dia.

Tightening Torque:
10.3 to 11.3 Nm (91-100 IN.lbs.)
4
(.16)
SOL b
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
3(.12) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
DEC.
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04--A-N
DSLHG-04--D-N
DSLHG-04--R-N
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable: Outside Dia. . . . . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.002 sq. in.)
DC/R : 210(8.27)
AC : 191.4(7.54)
56.5(2.22)
97
(3.82)
C
Dimensions
C
D
39 (1.54) 53 (2.09)
39 (1.54) 64 (2.52)
53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25)
mm (Inches)
E
F
260 (10.24) 27.5 (1.08)
271 (10.67) 27.5 (1.08)
274 (10.79) 34 (1.34)
DSLHG-04-3--N-12/1290
101(3.98)
53
(2.09)
2
(.08)
SOL b
218
(8.58)
SOL a
"BT"
"AT"
"PA"
"PB"
D
E
DSLHG-04-3-A-N
283 (11.14)
53 (2.09)
294 (11.57)
DSLHG-04-3-D-N
64 (2.52)
297 (11.69)
57.2 (2.25)
DSLHG-04-3-R-N
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04-2 --N" drawing above.
Model Numbers
DIMENSIONS IN
No.9

DSLHG-04
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
DSLHG-04-4A---N-12/1290
DSLHG-04-4W---N-12/1290
SOL a
SOL b
Counterbalance Pres.
Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
INC.
"AT"
"BT"
215
(8.46)
A
"AT"
140
(5.51)

5(.20) Hex. Soc.
SOL a
SOL b
"PA"
"BT"
"PB"
"PA"
"PB"
DEC.
Fully Extended
96(3.78)
Fully Extended
277(10.91)
Fully Extended
283.3(11.15)
For other dimensions, see

"DSLHG-04-4W---N" drawing left.
D
E
280 (11.02)
53 (2.09)
291 (11.46)
64 (2.52)
294 (11.57)
57.2 (2.25)
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04-4W--A-N
DSLHG-04-4W--D-N
DSLHG-04-4W--R-N
1
For other dimensions, see DSLHG-04- 2 --N on the previous page.
DSLHG-04-5W---N-12/1290
DSLHG-04-5A---N-12/1290
101
(3.98)
53
(2.09)
2
(.08)
SOL b
SOL a
SOL b
SOL a
"BT"

5(.20) Hex. Soc.
136
(5.35)
"AT"
Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
INC.
263
(10.35)
"AT"
"PA"
"PB"
DEC.
Fully Extended
96(3.78)
Fully Extended
283.3(11.15)
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04-5W--A-N
DSLHG-04-5W--D-N
DSLHG-04-5W--R-N
Fully Extended
277(10.91)
D
E
328 (12.91)
53 (2.09)
339 (13.35)
64 (2.52)
342 (13.46)
57.2 (2.25)
1
No.10
"BT"
"PB"
"PA"

"DSLHG-04-5W---N" drawing left.
DIMENSIONS IN

DSLHG-06
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
Terminal Box Type
DSLHG-06-3--12/1290
DSLHG-06-1--12/1290
2
Pressure Port "P"
Fully Extended
130.2
(5.13)
97.8(3.85)
53.2
Tank Port "T"
(2.09)
"PA"
290 (11.42)
"BT"
"AT"
243 (9.57)
Cylinder Port "A"

53
(2.09)
SOL a
SOL b
Cylinder Port "B"
DC/R : 210(8.27)
AC : 191.4(7.54)
90(3.54)
101(3.98)
308.3 (12.14)
118(4.65)
46.1
(1.81)
77
(3.03)
13.5(.53) Dia.
Through
20(.79) Dia.
Spotface
6 Places
92.1(3.63)
P
A
Pilot Pres. Port "X"

(For External Pilot
Type only)
2
(.08)

"PB"
SOL a
Nut
22(.87) Hex.
SOL b
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-2 "

6(.24) Hex. Soc.
Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
DSLHG-06---12
G 1/2
DSLHG-06---1290 1/2 NPT
6
(.24)
50
(1.97)
"PB"
drawing left.
41
(1.61)
"BT"
A
"PA"
285.3 (11.23)
"AT"
90
(3.54)
220 (8.66)
Manual
Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
267 (10.51)
APB
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
DEC.
DSLHG-06-4W--12/1290
DSLHG-06-4A--12/1290
Fully Extended
309(12.17)
SOL a
Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
SOL b
"PA"
APB
308.3 (12.14)
290 (11.42)
243 (9.57)
165 (6.50)
"BT"
SOL b
SOL a
APB
Adjustment Screw
14(.55) Hex.
"AT"
INC.
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
DIMENSIONS IN
"AT"
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"
"PB"
DEC.
1
DSLHG-06-5W--12/1290
2
(.08)
Fully Extended
309(12.17)
SOL b
DEC.
165(6.50)
363.3 (14.30)
345 (13.58)
"BT"
"AT"
"PA"
53
(2.09)
DSLHG-06-5A--12/1290
Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
SOL a
SOL b
Adjustment Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.

6(.24) Hex. Soc.
101(3.98)
SOL a
298 (11.73)

drawing left.
"PB"
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06- 2 " drawing above.
"AT"
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"

drawing left.
No.11

DSLHG-06
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A

Pressure Port "P"

97.8(3.85)
53.2
Cylinder Port "B"

Cylinder Port "A"
Manual
Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
"BT"
"AT"
B
"PB"
50
(1.97)
"PA"
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
APB
41
(1.61)
Lock Nut
22(.87) Hex.
SOL b
6
(.24)
SOL a
Cable Departure
DC/R : 210(8.27)
AC : 191.4(7.54)
56.5(2.22)
97
(3.82)
C
Flow Adj. Screw

6(.24) Hex. Soc.
118(4.65)
77
(3.03)
92.1(3.63)
46.1
(1.81)
P
A

6 Places

(2.09)
Tank Port "T"
90(3.54) 220
(8.66)
DSLHG-06-1--N-12/1290
2
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
DEC.
Dimensions
C
D
39 (1.54) 53 (2.09)
39 (1.54) 64 (2.52)
53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25)
Model Numbers
DSLHG-06--A-N
DSLHG-06--D-N
DSLHG-06--R-N
mm (Inches)
E
F
285 (11.22) 27.5 (1.08)
296 (11.65) 27.5 (1.08)
299 (11.77) 34 (1.34)
Position of cable departure can be changed. For the details, refer to DSLHG-04 valve on page 9.
DSLHG-06-3--N-12/1290
101(3.98)
53
(2.09)
2
(.08)
"BT"
"AT"
A
SOL a
243(9.57)
SOL b
"PA"
"PB"
Model Numbers
DSLHG-06-3-A-N
DSLHG-06-3-D-N
DSLHG-06-3-R-N
D
E
308 (12.13)
53 (2.09)
319 (12.56)
64 (2.52)
322 (12.68)
57.2 (2.25)
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06- 2 --N" drawing above.
No.12
DIMENSIONS IN

DSLHG-06
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A

DSLHG-06-4W--N-12/1290
DSLHG-06-4A--N-12/1290
Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
Fully Extended
309(12.17)
SOL b
SOL a
SOL b
SOL a
APB
APB
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC. "AT"
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
Flow Adj. Screw
Hex.
Soc.
6(.24)
"AT"
"BT"
165
(6.50)
243
(9.57)
"BT"
"PB"
"PA"
"PB"
"PA"
DEC.
Model Numbers
DSLHG-06-4W-A-N
DSLHG-06-4W-D-N
DSLHG-06-4W-R-N
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-4W--N"

drawing left.
D
E
308 (12.13)
53 (2.09)
319 (12.56)
64 (2.52)
322 (12.68)
57.2 (2.25)
1
DSLHG-06-5W--N-12/1290
DSLHG-06-5A--N-12/1290
2
(.08)
101(3.98)
Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
53
(2.09)
Fully Extended
309(12.17)
SOL a
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
SOL b
"BT"
Flow Adj. Screw

6(.24) Hex. Soc.
DEC.
"PA"
"PB"
Model Numbers
DSLHG-06-5W-A-N
DSLHG-06-5W-D-N
DSLHG-06-5W-R-N
"AT"
"BT"
165
(6.50)
"AT"
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
SOL a
SOL b
298
(11.73)
D
E
363 (14.29)
53 (2.09)
374 (14.72)
64 (2.52)
377 (14.84)
57.2 (2.25)
1
"PA"
"PB"
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-5W--N"

drawing left.
DIMENSIONS IN
No.13

DSLHG-10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
Terminal Box Type

DSLHG-10-1--12/1290
2
P
A
P
B
SOL b
Cylinder Port "B"

Cylinder Port "A"
"BT"
"AT"
A

101(3.98)
53(2.09)
"PB"
"PA"
DC/R : 210(8.27)
AC : 191.4(7.54)
90
(3.54)
310 (12.20)

114.3
6 Places
(4.50)
2
(.08)
SOL a
357 (14.06)
79.4
(3.13)
158.8
(6.25)
198
(7.80)

375.3 (14.78)

DSLHG-10-3--12/1290
Pressure Port "P"
Fully Extended
440(17.32)
Fully Extended
190.5
106.7(4.20) 76.2 (7.50)
(3.00)
Tank Port "T"
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-10-2 "
drawing left.

SOL a
SOL b

6(.24) Hex. Soc.
6
(.24)
"PB"
"PA"
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Model Numbers
DSLHG-10---12
DSLHG-10---1290
45
(1.77)
72
(2.83) 132
352.3 (13.87)
"BT"
"AT"
(5.20)
287 (11.30)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
334 (13.15)
APB
"C" Thd.
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
DIMENSIONS IN
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
DEC.
DSLHG-10-4W--12/1290
DSLHG-10-4A--12/1290
Fully Extended
Fully Extended
309(12.17)
154.5(6.08)

SOL b
"PB"
"PA"
310 (12.20)
"BT"
357 (14.06)
APB
375.3 (14.78)
APB
232 (9.13)
Flow Adjustment
Screw
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
SOL a
SOL b
SOL a
Adjustment Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC. "AT"
"AT"
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"
DEC.
1
DSLHG-10-5W--12/1290
2
(.08)
Fully Extended
309(12.17)
Fully Extended
53(2.09)
430.3 (16.94)
232(9.13)
412 (16.22)
"BT"
SOL a
SOL b
"AT"
"PA"
DSLHG-10-5A--12/1290
SOL a
SOL b
Adjustment Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
Flow Adjustment
Screw
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
101(3.98)
154.5(6.08)
365 (14.37)

drawing left.
"AT"
"PA"
"BT"
"PB"
"PB"
DEC.
1
No.14

drawing left.

DSLHG-10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A

DSLHG-10-1--N-12/1290
2
Fully Extended
440(17.32)
Pressure Port "P"
Fully Extended
190.5
106.7(4.20) 76.2 (7.50)
Tank Port "T"
(3.00)

198(7.80)
158.8(6.25)
79.4
(3.13)
A
X

6 Places
114.3
(4.50)

Cylinder Port "B"

Cylinder Port "A"
Cable Departure
Lock Nut
22(.87) Hex.
D
DC/R : 210(8.27)
AC : 191.4(7.54)
97
56.5
(3.82)
(2.22)
C
SOL a
SOL b
APB
"PA"
"PB"

Flow Adj. Screw
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
DEC.
E
45
(1.77)
72
(2.83)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
6
(.24)
132(5.20)
"BT"
"AT"
287(11.30)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
Dimensions
C
D
39 (1.54) 53 (2.09)
39 (1.54) 64 (2.52)
53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25)
Model Numbers
DSLHG-10--A-N
DSLHG-10--D-N
DSLHG-10--R-N
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
mm (Inches)
E
F
352 (13.86) 27.5 (1.08)
363 (14.29) 27.5 (1.08)
366 (14.41) 34 (1.34)
Position of cable departure can be changed. For the details, refer to DSLHG-04 valve on page 9.
DSLHG-10-3--N-12/1290
101
(3.98)
53
(2.09)
2
(.08)
SOL b
"BT"
"AT"
A
"PA"
310
(12.20)
SOL a
"PB"
D
E
DSLHG-10-3-A-N
375 (14.76)
53 (2.09)
386 (15.20)
DSLHG-10-3-D-N
64 (2.52)
389 (15.31)
57.2 (2.25)
DSLHG-10-3-R-N
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-10- 2 --N" drawing above.
Model Numbers
DIMENSIONS IN
No.15

DSLHG-10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
DSLHG-10-4W--N-12/1290
DSLHG-10-4A--N-12/1290
Fully Extended
309(12.17)
Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)

SOL a
SOL b
SOL a
SOL b
APB
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
APB
"BT"
310
(12.20)
"BT"
232
(9.13)
Flow Adj. Screw

6(.24) Hex. Soc.
"AT"
INC. "AT"
B
"PA"
"PA"
"PB"
"PB"
DEC.
Model Numbers
DSLHG-10-4W-A-N
DSLHG-10-4W-D-N
DSLHG-10-4W-R-N
D
E
375 (14.76)
53 (2.09)
386 (15.20)
64 (2.52)
389 (15.31)
57.2 (2.25)

"DSLHG-10-4W--N" drawing left.
1
DSLHG-10-5W--N-12/1290
DSLHG-10-5A--N-12/1290
Fully Extended
309(12.17)
101
(3.98)
Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
53
(2.09)
2
(.08)
SOL b
SOL a
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
232
(9.13)
"PA"
"PB"
Model Numbers
DSLHG-10-5W-A-N
DSLHG-10-5W-D-N
DSLHG-10-5W-R-N
D
E
53 (2.09)
430 (16.93)
64 (2.52)
441 (17.36)
57.2 (2.25)
444 (17.48)
1
No.16
SOL a
"AT"
365
(14.37)
"BT"
"AT"
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
Flow Adj. Screw
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
DEC.
SOL b
"BT"
A
"PA"
"PB"

"DSLHG-10-5W--N" drawing left.
DIMENSIONS IN
Sub-plate for
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
04
DHGM- 04X -20/2080/2090
190
(7.48)
76.7
(3.02)
50
(1.97)
"E" Thd.
17(.67) Deep
4 Places
Refer to
"C" Thd.
4 Places
90
(3.54)
46
(1.81)
65
(2.56)
10.1
(.40)
19
(.75)
90
(3.54)
57.1
(2.25)
16
(.63)
1.6(.06)
14.2
(.56)
55.6
(2.19)
13.1
(.52)
69.8
(2.75)
P X
B
Y
125
(4.92)
20
(.79)
18.3(.72)
71.4
(2.81)
96
(3.78)
12
(.47)
34(1.34)
120
(4.72)
36
(1.42)
X
Y
76
(2.99)
101.6
(4.00)
33(1.30)
32.2(1.27)
21.5(.85)
166
(6.54)
29
(1.14)
12(.47)
A
4 Places
3.6(.14) Dia.
5(.20) Deep
2 Places
65.8
(2.59)
14.2
(.56)
88.1
(3.47)
130
(5.12)

Refer to
17.5(.69) Dia.
4 Places
"D" Thd.
2 Places
"F" Thd. 12(.47) Deep

2 Places
58
(2.28)
102
(4.02)
137.5
(5.41)
1. Used only on external pilot type valves. To be plugged on internal

pilot type valves.
2. Used only on external drain type valves. To be plugged on internal
drain type valves.
DIMENSIONS IN
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
"F" Thd.
DHGM-04-20
Rc 1/2
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/4
DHGM-04X-20
M10
M6
DHGM-04-2080 1/2 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
3/4
BSP.F
DHGM-04X-2080
DHGM-04-2090
1/2 NPT
1/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC 1/4-20 UNC
DHGM-04X-2090 3/4 NPT
No.17
Sub-plate for
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
06
DHGM- 06X -50/5090
204
(8.03)
12
(.47)
180
(7.09)
25
(.98)
130.2
(5.13)
112.7
(4.44)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
DHGM-06-50
DHGM-06X-50
DHGM-06-5090
DHGM-06X-5090
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
F
mm (in.)
Rc 1/4
M12
24 (.94)
1/4 NPT
1/2-13 UNC
26 (1.02)
11(.43) Dia.
4 Places
94.5
(3.72)
Used only on external drain type valves.

To be plugged on internal drain type valves.
77
(3.03)
"E" Thd. "F" Deep

6 Places
53.2
(2.09)
29.4(1.16)
17.5
(.69)
29.5
(1.16)
100.8
(3.97)
7(.28) Dia.
8(.31) Deep
2 Places
12.5
(.49)
35(1.38)
50
(1.97)
23(.91) Dia.
4 Places
126.2
(4.97)
156
(6.14)
DIMENSIONS IN
06
DHGM- 06X -5080
1/4 BSP.F Thd.

4 Places
A B
12.5
(.49)
156
(6.14)
11.9
(.47)
PY
Not used
(plug is not
required)
116
(4.57)
11(.43) Dia.
4 Places
DHGM-06-5080
DHGM-06X-5080
"C" Thd.
D
E
3/4 BSP.F 151.2 (5.95) 137.7 (5.42)
1 BSP.F
155.2 (6.11)
148 (5.83)
F
102 (4.02)
Dimensions
H
54.4 (2.14)
106 (4.17)
50 (1.97)
No.18
V
B
N
L
K
mm (Inches)
J
K
30.6 (1.20) 125.8 (4.95)
25
Not used
(plug is not
required)
"C" Thd.
4 Places
24.5(.96) Dia.
4 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
F
H
35
(1.38)
130.2
(5.13)
50
(1.97)
26.4
(1.04)
8.9
(.35)
134
(5.28)
110
(4.33)
92.1
(3.63)
25
(.98)

drain type valves.
drain type valves.
82
(3.23)
12
(.47)
12
(.47)
M12 Thd.
24(.94) Deep
6 Places
204
(8.03)
180
(7.09)
55
(2.17)
83.5
(3.29)

pilot type valves.
pilot type valves.
34(1.34)

4 Places
28
(1.10)
17.5(.69)
19.1(.75)
Y
73.1
(2.88)
46.1
(1.81)
TP
96.9
(3.81)
Not used
5.6(.22)
74.6
(2.94)
92.1
(3.63)
12
(.47)
116
(4.57)
Not used
(.98)
130 (5.12)

pilot type valves.
pilot type valves.
L
78.2 (3.08)
N
42.5 (1.67)
74 (2.91)
32 (1.26)
Sub-plate for
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
DHGM-10 -40/4080/4090
10X
DIMENSIONS IN
306.5
(12.07)
20(.79)
266.5
(10.49)
38(1.50)
190.5
(7.50)
7 (.28) Dia. 8 (.31) Deep

2 Places
168.3
(6.63)
147.6
(5.81)
"E" Thd. 34 (1.34) Deep

6 Places
114.3
(4.50)
Refer to
76.2(3.00)
213
(8.39)
41.3(1.63)
28.6
(1.13)
21.8
(.86)
Not used
(plug is not
required)
T
V
B
X
"D" Thd.
4 Places
43(1.69)
82.5
(3.25)
55
(2.17)
44(1.73)
234
(9.21)
11 (.43) Dia.
4 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DHGM-10-40
DHGM-10-4080
DHGM-10-4090
DHGM-10X-40
DHGM-10X-4080
DHGM-10X-4090
114.3
(4.50)
35
(1.38)
79.4
(3.13)
123.8
(4.87)
158.8
(6.25)
20.1
(.79)
199
(7.83)
"C" Thd.
4 Places
Y
T P
V
A
X
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
Rc 1-1/4
1-1/4 BSP.F
1-1/4 NPT
Rc 1-1/2
1-1/2 BSP.F
1-1/2 NPT
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT

26 (1.02) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
36 (1.42) Dia.
4 Places
"E" Thd.
M20
M20
152 (5.98)
3/4-10 UNC
M20
M20
156 (6.14)
3/4-10 UNC
60
(2.36)
K
Refer to
J
Dimensions
H
mm (Inches)
J
79 (3.11)
185.5 (7.30)
120.5 (4.74)
74 (2.91)
194.5 (7.66)
112.5 (4.43)
1. Used only on external pilot type valves. To be plugged on internal pilot type valves.
2. Used only on external drain type valves. To be plugged on internal drain type valves.
No.19

DSLHG-04/06/10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List

DSLHG-04/06/10-1--12/1290
2
26 27 14 25
Or
13
ef
f ic
T
rA
Or
ef
f ic
13
A
rP
14
SOL a
12
SOL b
24
Or
ef
f ic
13
Section Y-Y
or
BT
Or
ef
f ic
or
PB
13
Section Z-Z
21
23
22
10
23
20 18 15
16 11 17
19
DSLHG-04/06/10-3--12/1290
SOL b
SOL a
26
24
Note) Main valve is same as above drawings.
List of Seals for Main Valves

Item Name of Parts
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
15
16
17
18
19
20
DSLHG-04
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P9
SO-NA-P8
SO-NB-P8
SO-BB-P8
Part Numbers
DSLHG-06
SO-NB-G30
SO-NB-P30
SO-NB-P14
SO-NA-P10
SO-NB-P9
SO-BB-P10
Item 24 Pilot Selector Valve List

DSLHG-10
SO-NB-G40
SO-NB-P42
SO-NB-P14
SO-NA-P16
SO-NB-P11
SO-BB-P16
Qty.
4
4
2
4
4
4
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number listed on
page 24.
Item 13 Orifice
The timing of flow path opening/closing can be adjusted as required by
selecting the appropriate pilot orifice diameter. When the diameter of
the orifice is to be changed, another orifice should be ordered. Standard
built-in orifice diameters and selectable orifice diameters are listed in
the table below.
Multi-Purpose
Control Valve
Model Numbers
24
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04-1
DSLHG-04-2
DSLHG-04-3
DSLHG-06-1
DSLHG-06-2
DSLHG-06-3
DSLHG-10-1
DSLHG-10-2
DSLHG-10-3
CG-04-1-10
CG-04-2-10
CG-04-3-10
CG-06-1-10
CG-06-2-10
CG-06-3-10
CG-06-1-10
CG-06-2-10
CG-06-3-10
Note: For details of Pilot Selector Valve, see page 22.
Pilot Valve
Refer to page 24 for Pilot Valve Model Numbers.
Orifice Type
TP-OPT-1/16 x d
Orifice Diameter "d" mm
Model Numbers Standard
Max. Dia. at Pressure
Selectable
Built-in
over 20 MPa(2900 PSI)
1.0
DSLHG-04
0.5, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0
1.2
1.2, 1.4, 1.6, 1.8
1.2
DSLHG-06
2.0, 2.5
1.4
1.4
DSLHG-10
No.20
CAUTION
When making replacement of seals, pilot valve, pilot
selector valves or other parts, please do it carefully
after reading through the relevant instructions in the
Operator's Manual.

DSLHG-04/06/10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List

DSLHG-04/06/10-4W--12/1290
PB
BT
or
or
13
31
rif
ic
ef
ic
ef
rif
rif
25
13
SOL b
ic
ef
ic
ef
rif
O
13
SOL a
or
or
AT
PA
36 37 33 32
13
31
Section W-W
28
Z
Section Z-Z
30
30
29
16
12
19
11
21 3 10 15 18 17 14 22 20 27 23 6
DSLHG-04/06/10-4A--12/1290
5A
7 19 24 26 3
DSLHG-04/06/10-5W--12/1290
36
32 24 26
34
SOL a
SOL b
35
32
9 19 7 11 12
Note) Main valve is the same as above drawings.
List of Seals for Main Valves

Item Name of Parts
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
DSLHG-04
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P16
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P9
SO-NA-P8
SO-NB-P8
SO-BB-P8
Part Numbers
DSLHG-06
SO-NB-G30
SO-NB-P30
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P20
SO-NB-P14
SO-NA-P10
SO-NB-P9
SO-BB-P10
Pilot Selector Valve List

DSLHG-10
SO-NB-G40
SO-NB-P42
SO-NB-P30
SO-NBA122
SO-NB-P14
SO-NA-P16
SO-NB-P11
Qty.
4
4
2(1)
2(1)
2
2(3)
4
2(3)
Note 1: The figures in (

) indicate the quantity of seals used for 4A and
5A.
Note 2: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number listed
on page 24.
Pilot Valve
Refer to page 24 for Pilot Valve Model Numbers.
Multi-Purpose
Control Valve
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04-4ADSLHG-04-4WDSLHG-04-5ADSLHG-04-5WDSLHG-06-4A
DSLHG-06-4W
DSLHG-06-5A
DSLHG-06-5W
DSLHG-10-4A
DSLHG-10-4W
DSLHG-10-5A
DSLHG-10-5W

Model Numbers
Item 32
CG-04-4A- -10
CG-04-4W- -10
CG-04-5A- -10
CG-04-5W- -10
CG-06-4A-10
CG-06-4W-10
CG-06-5A-10
CG-06-5W-10
CG-06-4A-10
CG-06-4W-10
CG-06-5A-10
CG-06-5W-10
Item 34
CG-04-3-10
CG-06-3-10
CG-06-3-10
Note: Fill "B" or "H" representing the pressure adjustment range

in section marked with .
See page 23 for the details of the pilot selector valves.
CAUTION
When making replacement of seals, pilot valves, pilot
selector valves or other parts, please do it carefully
after reading through the relevant instructions in the
Operator's Manual.
See the previous page for Item 13 Orifice.
No.21

DSLHG-04/06/10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List (Pilot Selector Valves)
CAUTION
CG-04/06-1-10
X
X
12 1 15 5
Section X-X
6 14 8 13 10 17 9
CG-04/06-2-10
X
X
3 16 11
4 12 1
15 5
7 14 8
Section X-X
6 13 10 17 9
CG-04/06-3-10
X
X
4 11 16 3 14 8 13 10 18 12 1 15 5
6 14 8
Section X-X
List of Seals
CG-06
CG-04
Item
Name of Parts
14
15
16
17
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Part Numbers
SO-NB-P10
SO-NB-P8
SO-NB-P8
SO-NB-P8
Quantity
CG-04-1 CG-04-2 CG-04-3
3
5
5
7
8
7
2
2
1
1
Quantity
CG-06-1 CG-06-2 CG-06-3
3
SO-NB-P10
5
5
7
SO-NB-P9
8
7
SO-NB-P8
2
2
SO-NB-A014
1
1
Part Nmbers
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number listed in page 24.
No.22

DSLHG-04/06/10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List (Pilot Selector Valves)
CAUTION
CG-04/06-4W-10
Y
30 28 19 20 24
25
13 12 17 29 23
9
8
Section Y-Y
7
5
10 12 26 27 22 11 32
31
26 16 14 18 21 15
CG-04/06-4A-10
CG-04/06-5A-10
1
21 15 14 16 26 13 12
CG-04/06-5W-10
Y
30
28
19
20
24
25
18
17
29
23
9
8
Section Y-Y
7
5
32
31
List of Seals
CG-06
CG-04
Item
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Name of Parts
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
Part Numbers
SO-NB-P12
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P10
SO-NB-P8
SO-NA-P6
SO-NB-P8
SO-BB-P6
-4W
2
2
3
2
2
8
2
Quantity
-4A -5W
2
1
2
1
4
2
2
1
8
8
2
1
-5A
1
1
1
8
1
Part Nmbers
SO-NB-P16
SO-NB-P11
SO-NB-P10
SO-NB-P8
SO-NA-P9
SO-NB-P9
SO-BB-P9
-4W
2
2
3
2
2
8
2
Quantity
-4A -5W
2
1
2
1
4
2
2
1
8
8
2
1
-5A
1
1
1
8
1
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number listed in page 24.
No.23

DSLHG-04/06/10
Spare Parts List
Model Numbers
Pilot Valve Model Numbers
Complete Kit
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Seal Kit Numbers

For Pilot
Selector Valves
DSLHG-04-1- - -12
DSLHG-04-1- - -1290
DSG-01-3C9- - -60
DSG-01-3C9- - -6090
KS-DSLHG-04-1- -12
DSLHG-04-2- - -12
DSLHG-04-2- - -1290
DSG-01-3C9- - -60
DSG-01-3C9- - -6090
KS-DSLHG-04-2- -12
DSLHG-04-3- - -12
DSLHG-04-3- - -1290
DSG-01-2B2- - -60
DSG-01-2B2- - -6090
KS-DSLHG-04-3- -12
DSLHG-04-4A-- - -12
DSLHG-04-4A-- - -1290
DSG-01-3C9- - -60
DSG-01-3C9- - -6090
KS-DSLHG-04-4A- -12
DSG-01-3C9- - -60
DSG-01-3C9- - -6090
KS-DSLHG-04-4W- -12
KS-CG-04-4W-10
DSG-01-2B2- - -60
DSG-01-2B2- - -6090
KS-DSLHG-04-5A- -12
KS-CG-04-5A-10
DSLHG-04-5W-- - -12
DSLHG-04-5W-- - -1290
DSG-01-2B2- - -60
DSG-01-2B2- - -6090
KS-DSLHG-04-5W- -12
KS-CG-04-5W-10
DSLHG-06-1- - -12
DSLHG-06-1- - -1290
DSG-01-3C9- - -60
DSG-01-3C9- - -6090
KS-DSLHG-06-1- -12
KS-CG-06-1-10
DSLHG-06-2- - -12
DSLHG-06-2- - -1290
DSG-01-3C9- - -60
DSG-01-3C9- - -6090
KS-DSLHG-06-2- -12
KS-CG-06-2-10
DSLHG-06-3- - -12
DSLHG-06-3- - -1290
DSG-01-2B2- - -60
DSG-01-2B2- - -6090
KS-DSLHG-06-3- -12
KS-CG-06-3-10
DSLHG-06-4A- - -12
DSLHG-06-4A- - -1290
DSG-01-3C9- - -60
DSG-01-3C9- - -6090
KS-DSLHG-06-4A- -12
KS-CG-06-4A-10
DSLHG-06-4W- - -12
DSLHG-06-4W- - -1290
DSG-01-3C9- - -60
DSG-01-3C9- - -6090
KS-DSLHG-06-4W- -12
KS-CG-06-4W-10
DSLHG-06-5A- - -12
DSLHG-06-5A- - -1290
DSG-01-2B2- - -60
DSG-01-2B2- - -6090
KS-DSLHG-06-5A- -12
KS-CG-06-5A-10
DSLHG-06-5W- - -12
DSLHG-06-5W- - -1290
DSG-01-2B2- - -60
DSG-01-2B2- - -6090
KS-DSLHG-06-5W- -12
KS-CG-06-5W-10
DSLHG-10-1- - -12
DSLHG-10-1- - -1290
DSG-01-3C9- - -60
DSG-01-3C9- - -6090
KS-DSLHG-10-1- -12
KS-CG-06-1-10
DSLHG-10-2- - -12
DSLHG-10-2- - -1290
DSG-01-3C9- - -60
DSG-01-3C9- - -6090
KS-DSLHG-10-2- -12
KS-CG-06-2-10
DSLHG-10-3- - -12
DSLHG-10-3- - -1290
DSG-01-2B2- - -60
DSG-01-2B2- - -6090
KS-DSLHG-10-3- -12
KS-CG-06-3-10
DSLHG-10-4A- - -12
DSLHG-10-4A- - -1290
DSG-01-3C9- - -60
DSG-01-3C9- - -6090
KS-DSLHG-10-4A- -12
KS-CG-06-4A-10
DSLHG-10-4W- - -12
DSLHG-10-4W- - -1290
DSG-01-3C9- - -60
DSG-01-3C9- - -6090
KS-DSLHG-10-4W- -12
KS-CG-06-4W-10
DSLHG-10-5A- - -12
DSLHG-10-5A- - -1290
DSG-01-2B2- - -60
DSG-01-2B2- - -6090
KS-DSLHG-10-5A- -12
KS-CG-06-5A-10
DSLHG-10-5W- - -12
DSLHG-10-5W- - -1290
DSG-01-2B2- - -60
DSG-01-2B2- - -6090
KS-DSLHG-10-5W- -12
DSLHG-04-4W-- - -12
DSLHG-04-4W-- - -1290
DSLHG-04-5A-- - -12
DSLHG-04-5A-- - -1290
For Pilot Valves
KS-CG-04-1-10
KS-DSG-01- -60
(1 Set Req'd)
KS-CG-04-2-10
KS-DSG-01- -60
(2 Set Req'd)
KS-CG-04-4A-10
KS-DSG-01- -60
(1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -60
(2 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -60
(1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -60
(2 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -60
(1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -60
(2 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -60
(1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -60
(2 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -60
(1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -60
(2 Set Req'd)
KS-CG-06-5W-10
Note 1: Fill coil type (a symbol representing current/voltage) in section marked . Likewise, in section marked , fill a symbol representing the
type of electrical conduit connection (None: Terminal Box Type, N: Plug-in Connector Type).
2: A complete seal kit is composed of seal kit for pilot selector valve, seal kit for pilot valve and seal for main valve. See pages 20 and 21 for
information on the seals for main valve.
3: See a catalogue (No. Pub.EC-0402) for the detailed information on the pilot valves.
No.24

DSLHG-04/06/10
How to Change Pilot & Drain Connection
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
How to Change Pilot & Drain Connection

Pilot Connection and Drain Connection can be changed easily with a disconnection/connection of pilot plug. The
following drawings give illustrations of External Pilot-External Drain Type, When changing to Internal Pilot-Internal
Drain Type, the following procedure may be followed.
External Pilot Internal Pilot
(See Section E-E)
External Drain Internal Drain

(See Section D-D)
1) Remove pipe plug 1 .

3) Wind a sealing tape around the pipe plug 1 , then fit the plug into
the port.

3) Wind a sealing tape around the pipe plug 3 , then fit the plug into
the port.
4) In case of DSLHG-04, fit the plug into the port "Y" on the
sub-plate. In case of DSLHG-06/10, wind a sealing tape around
the plug 4 and then thread it into the port "Y".
DSLHG-04
Pipe Plug 3
SOL a
SOL b
Pipe Plug 4 for

Drain Connection Selection
Pipe Plug 2 for

Pilot Connection Selection
D
E
Pipe Plug 1
Section E-E Section D-D
E
D
DSLHG-06/10
Pipe Plug 2 for
Pilot Connection
Selection
Pipe Plug 1
Pipe Plug 4 for

Drain Connection Selection
Pipe Plug 3
SOL b
SOL a
A P B
D
E
Thread "Y"
Section E-E Section D-D
No.25
Pub. EC-0409
SOLENOID OPERATED
POPPET TYPE TWO-WAY VALVES
CDST-03W/03 (1/4, 3/8)
CDSC-03 (3/8)
CDSG-03 (3/8)
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Threaded Connections/Cartridge Type/Gasket Mounting

These valves are used for opening/closing the oil path by having the poppet
valve operated with an electric signal via solenoid. Because these are of
poppet type, the internal leakage is quite small and there is no worry about
hydraulic lock.
Specifications
Model Numbers
Max. Flow
L /min
(U.S.GPM)
Max.
Operating
Pressure
MPa
(PSI)
Internal
leakage
cm3/min
(cu.in./min)
Max.
Changeover
Frequency
min-1
(Cycles/Min)
CDSC-03-C--21
CDST-03W
03 -C--21
CDSG-03-C--21
50
(13.2)
14
(2030)
Less than
0.25 (.015)
AC: 300
DC: 240
R: 120
Approx.
Mass
kg(1bs.)
0.5 (1.1)
0.85 (1.9)
0.85 (1.9)
The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation
(changeover) of the valve.
Solenoid Ratings
Electric
Source
Coil Type
Frequency
(Hz)
50
A100
A120
AC
A200
A240
DC
(K Series)
ACDC
Rectified
D12
D24
D48
R100
R200
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50/60
Voltage (V)
Source Serviceable
Rating
Range
100
80 - 100
100
90 - 120
110
96 - 132
120
108 - 144
200
160 - 220
200
180 - 240
220
192 - 264
240
216 - 288
12
10.8 - 13.2
24
21.6 - 26.4
48
43.2 - 52.8
100
90 - 110
200
180 - 220

Inrush
Holding
Power
(A)
(A)
(W)
1.12
0.55
0.95
0.40
0.86
0.36
0.93
0.46
0.79
0.33
0.56
0.28
0.48
0.20
0.43
0.18
0.47
0.23
0.40
0.17
2.20
1.10
26
0.55
0.30
26
0.15
Because both AC and DC solenoids employ the plug-in type electrical wiring, the valve can be removed
without removing the wiring.
Being 50-60 Hz common service AC solenoids, do not require rewiring when the applied frequency is
changed.
Graphic Symbol
X
Instructions
Direction of flow when the
solenoid is energised
These valves do not allow flow from
Y to X when the solenoid is energised.
At the time of test run

At the time of test run, there is a
possibility that the oil may not flow
even after the solenoid is energised
because of the residual air in the
valve.
Mounting
There are no mounting restrictions
for any models.
K-Series DC Solenoid which has a reputation for excellent DC control is employed.
No.1
Solenoid Operated
Poppet Type Two-Way Valves
CDST/CDSC/CDSG-03(03W)
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Model Number Designation / Hydraulic Fluids

F-
CDS
Special Seals
Series
Number
Type of
Connection
F:
Special seals
for phosphate
ester type
fluids
(Omit if not
required)
CDS:
Solenoid
Operated
Poppet
Type
Two-Way
Valves
T:
Threaded
Connection
-03
-C
Valve Size
Valve
Type
C:
Cartridge
Type
G:
Gasket
Mounting
-21
Coil Type
Design
Number
Design
Standard
21
None: Japanese Std.

"JIS"
80: European Design
Std.
90: N. American Design
Std.
AC
A100, A120
A200, A240
03W (Piping Size 1/4)

03 (Piping Size 3/8)
-D12
C:
Normally
Closed
DC
D12, D24
D48
ACDC Rectified
R100, R200
03
21
21
None: Japanese Std.

"JIS" & European
Design Std.
90: N. American
Design Std.
Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Petroleum base oils
Use fluids equivalent to ISO VG 32 or VG46.
Synthetic fluids
Use phosphate ester or polyol ester fluid. When phosphate ester fluid is used, prefix "F-" to
the model number because the special seals (fluororubber) are required to be used.
Note1: Water-glycol fluids cannot be used for CDST-03/03W and CDSG-03 valves.
2: For use with hydraulic fluids other than those listed above, please consult your Yuken representatives in advance.

Viscosity ranging between 15 - 400 mm2/s (77 - 1800 SSU)
Oil temperatures between 15/+70C (5 - 158F)
to breakdowns and shorten the life of the valves. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS 1638-Grade
Mounting Bolts
Mounting bolt in the table below is attached only for Gasket mounting type valve (CDSG-03).
Socket Head Cap Screws (2pcs.)
No.2
Valve Model Numbers
Japanese Standard "JIS

CDSG-03
M6 60 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC 2-1/4Lg.
Solenoid Operated
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Attachment / Performance Characteristics

Pressure Drop
CDSC-03
CDST-03
CDSG-03
PSI
CDST-03W
PSI
MPa
1.6
200
1.2
150
100
50
0
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
200
MPa
1.6
0.8
Y
X
Y
0.4
1.2
100
50
Y
X
0
0
0
10
2
20
4
30
6
10
0.8
Y
Y
X
X
Y
0.4
0
50 L /min
40
150
12 13 U.S.GPM
10
2
20
4
Flow Rate
30
6
40
10
50 L /min
12 13 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Note: Measuring has been made for the CDSC-03 (Cartridge type) when it is equipped with the same body
as the threaded connections and the gasket mounting type.
Viscosity
mm2/s 15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464

Factor
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained from the
formula below.
P' = P (G'/0.850)
Changeover Time
Changeover time, T2 and T4, in particular, varies according to the hydraulic circuit and operating conditions. As an
example, the following figures show how the measurement is made.
Test Circuit
Result of measurement
T4
T1
Pressure Detector
T3
P
T2
SOL
ON
OFF
Time
Shifting time (ms)

Condition
SOL "ON"(CloseOpen) SOL "OFF"(OpenClose)
Pressure "P"
Flow Rate
MPa (PSI) L /min (U.S.GPM)
T3
T1
T2 (ex.)
T4 (ex.)
7 (1020)
50 (13.2)
86
44
10
20
AC
14 (2030)
50 (13.2)
43
54
11
12
7 (1020)
50 (13.2)
104
66
22
44
DC
14 (2030)
50 (13.2)
60
73
24
41
7
(1020)
50
(13.2)
100
146
27
114
ACDC
Rectified
14 (2030)
50 (13.2)
66
142
32
108
Solenoid
Types
Note: The above changeover time is based on the rated voltage.
No.3
Solenoid Operated
Cartridge Type: CDSC-03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
CDSC-03-C-A-21/2190
29(1.14)
Dia.
40
(1.57)
44
(1.73)
27
(1.06)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
O.D. of cable................8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area............Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.002 Sq. in.)
The position can be changed by
loosening the nut . Be sure to
retighten the nut after changing
the position.
27.5
(1.08)
Wrench Flats for Fixing Cartridge

Tightening Torque
: 30-49 Nm (266-434 in. 1bs.)
O-Ring
SO-NB-P12
88.2
(3.47)
39
24 17.7
(1.54)
(.94) (.70)
Free Flow Outlet
Port "X"
Free Flow Inlet Port "Y"
48
(1.89)
Space Needed to Remove Coil
Coil
31.5
(1.24)
O-Ring
SO-NB-P26
20
(.79)
69
(2.72)
86
(3.39)
54
(2.13)
19
(.75)
Three positions of cable departure

are available in 90 increments.
Nut
Tightening Torque
: 6.0-7.5Nm (53-66 in. 1bs.)
16(.63) Dia.
M30 1.5 Thd.

35(1.38)
Dia.
DIMENSIONS IN
Details of Mounting Holes
32.9(1.295)
Dia.
15 32.7(1.287)
A
R 0.2
(R .008)
45
18
(.71)
14
(.55) 3.5
(.14)
M30 1.5 Thd.
Max.
14 (.55)
Dia,
20
1
(.04)
24.6(.969)
24.4(.961)
How to Mount
28.4 (1.12)
Dia.
"Y"
"X"
16.027(.6310)
Dia.
16.000(.6299)
Note: The fitting portion of O-rings should have a good machined finish.
No.4
When mounting, the following steps must be followed:

1. Loosen the nut , then remove the coil.
2. Thread the cartridge, making sure that the collar 35 (1.38) Dia.
of the cartridge is well fitted to the component surface ( A
surface in the left drawing).
3. Attach the coil and secure it with a nut.
Solenoid Operated
Cartridge Type: CDSC-03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
CDSC-03-C-D-21/2190
Models with DC Solenoids
47.5
(1.87)
22
(.87)

Tightening Torque
: 30-49 Nm (266-434 in. 1bs.)
52
(2.05)
24.5
(.96)
18.7
(.74)
39
(1.54)
27.5
(1.08)
Nut
Tightening Torque
: 10.3-11.3 Nm (91-100 in. 1bs.)
75.2
(2.96)
100.5
(3.96)
64
(2.52)
15
(.59)
31.5
(1.24)
Coil
47(1.85)
Dia.
For other dimensions, refer to the "Models with AC Solenoids".
DIMENSIONS IN
CDSC-03-C-R-21/2190
Models with R Type Solenoids

Tightening Torque
: 30-49 Nm (266-434 in. 1bs.)
Nut
Tightening Torque
: 10.3-11.3 Nm (91-100 in. 1bs.)
18.7
(.74)
75.2
(2.96)
53
(2.09)
24.5
(.96)
52
(2.05)
103.5
(4.07)
57.2
(2.25)
15
(.59)
34
(1.34)
31.5
(1.24)
Coil
47(1.85)
Dia.
No.5
Solenoid Operated
CDST/CDSG-03(03W)
Threaded Connections / Gasket Mounting
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
CDST-03, 03W-C--21/2180/2190
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
91
(3.58)
54
25
(2.13)
(.98)
18
(.71)
37
(1.46)
7(.28) Dia. Through

2 Places
Free Flow Inlet Port "Y"

"A" Thd. (Opposite Side)
Models with R Type Solenoids

104
(4.09)
57.2
(2.25)
37.2
(1.46)
75.2
(2.96)
37.2
(1.46)
39
(1.54)
25
(.98)
53
(2.09)
25
(.98)
52
(2.05)
75.2
(2.96)
101
(3.98)
64
(2.52)
Note: The position of cable departure

can be changed. For the detail,
refer to CDSC-03 on the
previous page.
25
(.98)
49
(1.93)
50
(1.97)
Free Flow Outlet Port "X"

"A" Thd.
45
(1.77)
60
(2.36)
7.5
(.30)
Model Numbers
"A" Thd.
CDST-03W-C--21
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/8
CDST-03-C--21
CDST-03W-C--2180 1/4 BSP.F
CDST-03-C--2180
3/8 BSP.F
CDST-03W-C--2190 1/4 NPT
3/8 NPT
CDST-03-C--2190
52
(2.05)
49.5
(1.95)
19 18.5
(.75) (.73)
106.2
(4.18)
36.2
(1.43)
118.5
(4.67)
69
(2.72)
39
(1.54)
48
(1.89)

CDSG-03-C--21/2190
45
(1.77)
60
(2.36)
Free Flow
Inlet Port "Y"
Mounting surface should have

39
(1.54)
Max. 11(.43) Dia.
7(.28) Dia. Through

2 Places
Mounting Surface
106.2
(4.18)
36.2
(1.43)
49.5
(1.95)
19 18.5
(.75) (.73)
1
(.04)
Free Flow
Outlet Port "X"
25
(.98)
48
(1.89)
91
(3.58)
54
(2.13)

118.5
(4.67)
7.5
(.30)
DIMENSIONS IN
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
49
(1.93)
50
(1.97)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Note 1: For models with DC solenoids and models with R type solenoids, refer to CDST-03, 03W.
2: The position of cable departure can be changed. For the detail, refer to CDSC-03 on the previous page.
No.6
Solenoid Operated
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List

CDST-03-C--21/2180/2190
CDSC-03-C--21/2190
CDSG-03-C--21/2190
CAUTION
12

assemblies, please do it carefully after reading through
the relevant instructions in the Operator's Manual.
13 11
10 14
Solenoid assembly is composed of the parts marked with
Solenoid Ass'y, Coil Ass'y and Connector Ass'y No.

Valve Model No.
Solenoid Ass'y No.
CDS-03-C-A100
CDS-03-C-A120
CDS-03-C-A200
CDS-03-C-A240
CDS-03-C-D12
CDS-03-C-D24
CDS-03-C-D48
CDS-03-C-R100
CDS-03-C-R200
CSA1-100-20
CSA1-120-20
CSA1-200-20
CSA1-240-20
CSD1-12-20
CSD1-24-20
CSD1-48-20
CSR1-100-20
CSR1-200-20
Coil No.
C-CSA1-100-20
C-CSA1-120-20
C-CSA1-200-20
C-CSA1-240-20
C-SD1-12-50
C-SD1-24-50
C-SD1-48-50
C-SR1-100-50
C-SR1-200-50
Name of Parts
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Connector Ass'y No.
GDM-211-B-11
GDM-211-B-11
GDME-211-R-B-10
List of Seal Kits
List of Seals
Item
9
10
11
14
12
Part Numbers
SO-NB-P26
SO-NB-P20
SO-NB-P12
SO-NB-A014
Qty.
Remarks
1
1
1
2 only for CDSG
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number
from the table right.
Valve Model Numbers

CDSC-03-C--21
CDST-03-C--21
CDSG-03-C--21
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-CDSC-03-20
KS-CDSG-03-20
Change of supply voltage

The supply voltage can be changed by replacing the coil.
WARNING
No.7
Solenoid Operated
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Interchangeability
Interchangeability between Old and New Design
Because of solenoid assembly improvements, CDS-03 has been model-changed (design 20 to design 21).
Specifications and Characteristics
There are no changes in the specifications and characteristics of the valves themselves.
Solenoid Ratings
There are changes in the inrush current, holding current and power as shown below. No other changes.
Electric Source
Coil Type
Voltage (V)
Source
Serviceable
Rating
Range
100
80 - 110
100
90 - 120
110
96 - 132
120
108 - 144
200
160 - 220
200
180 - 240
220
192 - 264
240
216 - 288
12
10.8 - 13.2
24
21.6 - 26.4
48
43.2 - 52.8
100
90 - 110
200
180 - 220
Frequency
(Hz)
50
A100
60
50
60
50
A120
AC
A200
60
50
60
A240
DC
(K Series)
ACDC Rectified
D12
D24
D48
R100
R200
50/60

Inrush (A)
Holding (A)
Power (W)
New
Old
New
Old
New
Old
0.55
0.52
1.30
1.12
0.40
0.39
1.08
0.95
0.47
1.19
0.36
0.86
0.46
0.45
1.08
0.93
0.98
0.33
0.33
0.79
0.27
0.65
0.28
0.56
0.20
0.54
0.20
0.48
0.59
0.24
0.18
0.43
0.55
0.23
0.23
0.47
0.45
0.17
0.17
0.40
2.20
2.40
1.20
1.10
26
29
0.60
0.55
0.30
0.32
26
29
0.17
0.15
Interchangeability in Installation
AC Solenoids
Most items of mounting are interchangeable except the dimensions as shown below. In addition, the size of the spanner
(core end faces) for locking the CDSC cartridges has been changed to 15-19 mm across flats.
New: Design 21
86
(3.39)
20
54
(.79)
(2.13)
17.7(.70)
18.7(.74)

Hex. 19(.75)
69
(2.72)
52(2.05)
23.6
(.93)
75.2
(2.96)
88
(3.46)
52.2
(2.06)

Hex. 15(.59)
48(1.89)
Old: Design 20
Body
Body
DC/R Type Solenoids

Most items of mounting are interchangeable except the dimensions as shown below. The solenoid shape changed from
circular to hexagonal. No change in the size 15 mm of the spanner for locking cartridges.
Old: Design 20
DC: 63.2(2.49)
R : 57.2(2.25)
New: Design 21
DC: 99.4(3.91)
R : 103(4.06)
24
(.94)
48(1.89)
Dia.
DC: 64(2.52)
R : 57.2(2.25)
DC:100.5(3.96)
R :103.5(4.07)
24.5
(.96)
Body
Body
Note: The above drawings give illustrations for the cartridge type. The dimension A at the mounting section remains
unchanged. In case of the Thread Connection Type and Gasket Mounting Type, a body is mounted to the hatched section.
The dimensions of the body remain unchanged.
No.8
Pub. EC-0410
SHUT-OFF TYPE
DSPC/DSPG-01/03(1/8, 3/8)
Cartridge Type / Sub-plate Mounting
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS

The shut-off type solenoid operated directional valves are poppet type solenoid operated two-way directional valves
developed to meet the needs of this age such as energy and resources saving.
Port
"2"
Port
"1"
Graphic Symbol
2
High-response
High response is provided by the poppet design.
Smallest internal leakage
Internal leakage are very small, less than 5 drips per min., which is achieved by the
poppet design.
Two mounting types: cartridge and sub-plate

Mounting dimensions for both types conform to ISO standard.
Water-proof type (conforming to JIS D 0203 Water Spray Test 32) is also available.
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure
1
Max. Flow
L /min
(U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
Port "1"
"1" to "2"
Flow
DSPC-01-C--20
DSPG-01-C--20
DSPC-03-C--10
DSPG-03-C--10
3
3
3
3
"2" to "1"
Flow
Port
"2"
40
(10.6)
10 (1450)
16 (2320)
80
(21.1)
Approx.
Mass
kg(1bs.)
Max.
Changeover
Frequency
min-1
(Cycles/Min)
Internal
leakage
cm3/min
(cu.in./min)
300
Less than
0.25 (.015)
0.45 (1.0) 0.6 (1.3)
240
Less than
0.25 (.015)
0.9 (2.0)
1.0 (2.2)
3.8 (8.4)
3.9 (8.6)
AC
25 (3630)
DC
1.45 (3.2) 1.6 (3.5)
1. Maximum flow rates depend on operating conditions. For details,

see page 3.
2. Do not connect port "1" to a line subjected to surge pressures. In
addition, if you use port "1" for tank line, be sure to keep the end of
the line in the oil.
3. Protections against dust and water conform to the international electric
standard (IEC) PUBL 529 IP64.
No.1
Shut-off Type
DSPC/DSPG-01/03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Model Number Designation / Solenoid Ratings / Others

F-
DSP
Special Seals
Series
Number
Type of
Connection
Valve Size
C:
Cartridge Type
01
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
03
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
DSP:
Shut-Off Type
Solenoid
Operated
Directional
Valves
-01
-D24
-20
Coil Type
Design
Number
Design Standard
AC
A 100
A 200
20
DC
D12
D24
10
-C
Valve Type
C:
Normally
Closed
None: Japanese Std.

"JIS" & European
Design Std.
N. American
90:
Design Std.
Solenoid Ratings
Voltage (V)
Electric
Source
Coil Type
Frequency
(Hz)
50
A100
60
AC
50
A200
DC
(K Series)
60

1
Source
Rating
Serviceable
Range
100
80 - 110
100
110
200
200
Inrush (A)
90 - 120
160 - 220
180 - 240
Holding (A)
01
03
01
03
2.42
5.37
0.51
0.90
2.14
4.57
0.37
0.63
2.35
5.03
0.44
0.77
1.21
2.69
0.25
0.45
1.07
2.29
0.19
0.31
1.18
2.52
0.22
0.38
D12
12
10.8 - 13.2
2.45
3.16
D24
24
21.6 - 26.4
1.23
1.57
220
Power (W)
01
03
29
38
2. K-Series DC Solenoid which has a reputation for excellent DC control is employed.
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
DSPG-01
DSPG-03

Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size

Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size

Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
DSGM-01-30
Rc 1/8
DSGM-01-3080
1/8 BSP.F
DSGM-01-3090
1/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01X-30
Rc 1/4
DSGM-01X-3080
1/4 BSP.F
DSGM-01X-3090
1/4 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-30
Rc 3/8
DSGM-01Y-3090
3/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-03-40
Rc 3/8
DSGM-03-2180
3/8 BSP.F
DSGM-03-2190
3/8 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03X-40
Rc 1/2
DSGM-03X-2180
1/2 BSP.F
DSGM-03X-2190
1/2 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03Y-40
Rc 3/4
DSGM-03Y-2180
3/4 BSP.F
DSGM-03Y-2190
3/4 NPT
4.7 (10.4)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have
Mounting Bolts
Valve Model Numbers
DSPG-01
Descriptions
DSPG-03

No.2
Tightening Torque
M5 50 Lg.
5-7 Nm
(44 -62 in. 1bs.)
No. 10-24 UNC 2 Lg.

M6 80 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC 3-1/4 Lg.
12-15 Nm
(106 -133 in. 1bs.)
Shut-off Type
DSPC/DSPG-01/03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Hydraulic Fluids / Performance Characteristics

Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Petroleum base oils

Use phosphate ester or polyol ester fluid. When phosphate ester fluid is used, prefix
"F-" to the model number because the special seals (fluororubber) are required to be used.
Synthetic fluids

Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over contamination of the hydraulic fluids which may
otherwise lead to breakdowns and shorten the life of the valves. Please maintain the degree of contamination
within NAS 1638-Grade 12. Use 25 m or finer line filter.
Maximum Flow Rate

The zone under each shaded line denotes the flow rate ranges being free of trouble in changeover.
Typical Performance Characteristics at Viscosity 30 mm2/s (141 SSU) [ISO VG 46 oils, 50C(122 F)]
DSPC/DSPG-01
U.S.GPM L /min
40
100 %V
(50, 60 Hz)
80 %V
(50 Hz)
20
Direction of flow
"1""2"
100 %V
30
6
20
90 %V
Direction of flow
"1""2"
4
90 %V
(60 Hz)
10
10
Direction
of flow
"2""1"
10
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
30
40
Direction
of flow
"2""1"
10
U.S.GPM L /min
5
0
10
1000
15
20
2000
25 MPa
PSI
3000
Pressure
5
0
10
1000
15
20
2000
25 MPa
PSI
3000
Pressure
DSPC/DSPG-03
U.S.GPM L /min Models with AC Solenoids
U.S.GPM L /min Models with DC Solenoids

100
100
20
15
Direction of flow "2""1"
25
Direction
of flow
"2""1"
80
60
10
40
20
Direction of flow
"1""2"
5
0
1000
10
15
2000
Pressure
20
3000
25 MPa
PSI
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
25
20
15
80
Direction of flow
"1""2"
60
10
40
20
5
0
1000
10
15
2000
Pressure
20
3000
25 MPa
PSI
No.3
Shut-off Type
DSPC/DSPG-01/03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics at Viscosity 30 mm2/s (141 SSU) [ISO VG 46 oils, 50C(122F)]

[Test Conditions]
15 MPa (2180 PSI)
Pressure:
Flow Rate: (01) 30 L/min (7.9 U.S.GPM)
(03) 63 L/min (16.6 U.S.GPM)
Voltage:
100 % V (After coil temperature rise and saturates)
Direction of Flow: "2""1"
Solenoid
OFF
OFF
Poppet Shift
Shifting Time (ms)
Model Numbers
ON
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-A
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-D
Max.
T1
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-A
T2
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-D
T1
T2
22
30
69
14
22
20
60
80
Pressure Drop
DSPC/DSPG-01
PSI
350
300
DSPC/DSPG-03
MPa
2.5
PSI
DSPG
MPa
3.0
400
2.0
DSPG
200
300
1.5
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
350
1.0
DSPC
100
0.5
2.0
250
200
150
DSPC
1.0
100
50
10
0
0
20
4
40 L /min
30
6
10
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
mm2/s 15
Factor
SSU
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464

0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
P' = P(G'/0.850)
No.4
20
40
10
60
15
Flow Rate
Viscosity
80 L /min
20
U.S.GPM
Shut-off Type
DSPC-01
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
DSPC-01-C--20/2090
Mounting Surface: ISO 7789 20-01-0-93

Three positions of cable
departure are available in
90 increments.
47
(1.85)
27.5
(1.08)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
O.D. of cable
.....8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia. 4.5
Conductor Area
(.18)
.....Not Exceeding
2
1.5mm (.002 Sq. in.)
M20 1.5 Thd.
Port "1"
20
(.79)
53
(2.09)
85
(3.35)
The position can be changed

by loosening the nut 2.
Be sure to retighten the nut
after changing the position.
93.7
(3.69)
30.2
0.3
(.01) (1.19)
39
16
14.5
(1.54) (.63)
(.57)
10
(.39)
16.85(.6634)
16.82(.6622)
Dia.
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
Core Tightening End

15(.59) Across Flats
22
(.87)
Nut
1
2
Port "2"
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
1. Tightening torque for iron core assembly: 30 to 50 Nm (266-443 IN. lbs.)

2. Tightening torque for nuts: 10.3 to 11.3 Nm (91-100 IN. lbs.)
O-Ring
SO-NB-A015
4
(.16)
103
(4.06)
72.5
(2.85)
24
(.94)
64
(2.52)
100
(3.94)
47.5
(1.87)
48(1.89) Dia.
6.2(.244)
6.0(.236)
Dia.
45
1.6
Port "2"
0.1(.004)
A
Dia.
M20 1.5 Thd.
Port "1"
Min.
14.5(.571)
Max.
20.5(.807)
17.027(.6703)
17.000(.6693)
Dia.
R 0.1-0.3
(R .004-.012)
15
Min.
14.5(.571)
0.3(.012) 2.9(.114)
0.2(.008) 2.5(.098)
30
3.2
33(1.30)
Dia.
22.7(.893)
22.6(.890)
1 .6
DIMENSIONS IN
Min.
30.5(1.201)
22.7(.893)
22.3(.878)
21.4(.842)
21.0(.827)
18.6(.732)
Dia.
18.5(.728)
6.3
How to Mount
When mounting, the following steps must be followed.
1. Loosen the coil fastening the nut and remove the coil.
2. Making use of the core tightening end, screw the
cartridge in.
3. Attach the coil and fix it with the nut.
3. Port diameter of 6.2 (.244) Dia. recommended.

4. Use iron materials for the mounting section.
No.5
Shut-off Type
DSPC-03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
DSPC-03-C--10/1090
Mounting Surface: ISO 7789 27-01-0-93
69.5
(2.74)
27.5
(1.08)
5
(.20)
Core Tightening End
22(.87) Across Flats
Manual Actuator
6.3(.25) Dia.
Port "2"
Port "1"
27
(1.06)
61.8
(2.43)
100.8
(3.97)
The position can be changed

by loosening the nut 2.
Be sure to retighten the nut
after changing the position.
118.3
(4.66)
0.3
46
(.01)
(1.81)
39
16
(1.54) (.63)
22
(.87)
19.5
(.77)
22.85(.8996)
22.82(.8984)
Dia.
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
O.D. of cable
.....8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area
.....Not Exceeding
1.5mm2(.002 Sq. in.)
24.95(.98)
Dia.
4
(.16)
22
(.87)
Nut
O-Ring
SO-NB-A119
O-Ring
SO-NB-A018
M27 2 Thd.
1. Tightening torque for iron core assembly: 110-140 Nm (970-1240 IN. lbs.)
2. Tightening torque for nuts: 8.5-10.5 Nm (75-93 IN. lbs.)
34.5
(1.36)
73.8
(2.91)
120.3
(4.74)
141.3
(5.56)
95
(3.74)
69(2.72) Dia.
45
Port "1"
23.033(.9068)
23.000(.9055)
Dia.
3 .2
30
15
R 0.1-0.3
(R .004-.012)
36(1.42)
Dia.
29.5(1.161)
29.4(1.158)
1.6
DIMENSIONS IN
25.1(.988)
25.0(.984)
0.3(.012)
0.2(.008)
46.9(1.846)
46.5(1.831)
37.6(1.480)
37.2(1.465)
35.9(1.413)
35.5(1.398)
Min.
22(.866)
3.5(.138)
3.1(.122)
0
-2
6.3
1.6
How to Mount
When mounting, the following steps must be followed.
1. Loosen the coil fastening the nut and remove the coil.
2. Making use of the core tightening end, screw the
cartridge in.
3. Attach the coil and fix it with the nut.
0.05
(.002)
M27 2 Thd.
No.6
Min.
22(.866)
Max.
35(1.378)
Port "2"
3. A recommendable port dia. is 11 (.433) mm.

4. Use iron materials for the mounting section.
Shut-off Type
DSPG-01
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
DSPG-01-C--20/2090
Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A

65
(2.56)
40.5
(1.59)
11
(.43)
Port "2"
48
(1.89)
32.5
(1.28)
31
(1.22)
7.75
(.31)
0.75
(.03)
Port "1"

9.5(.37) C' bore
4 Places
128.2
(5.05)
74.2
(2.92)
27
39
(1.06) (1.54)
25
(.98)
49
(1.93)
43
(1.69)
90
(3.54)
53
(2.09)
27.5
(1.08)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
O.D. of cable
.....8-10 mm(.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area
.....Not Exceeding
1.5mm2(.002 Sq. in.)
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque: 10.3-11.3 Nm
(91-100 IN. 1bs.)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
22
(.87)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
1. The location and the position of the cable departure can be changed. For details, see the cartridge type.
2. These ports (2) are not used. In addition, the body has the O-ring grooves and O-rings are included in the body.
3. The mounting dimensions conform to ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A. Ports A and B are used as ports "2" and "1" respectively.
4. O-rings for ports: SO-NB-P9
DIMENSIONS IN
137.5
(5.41)
64
(2.52)
27.5
(1.08)
25
(.98)
101
(3.98)
27
(1.06)
83.5
(3.29)
39
(1.54)
22
(.87)
No.7
Shut-off Type
DSPG-03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
DSPG-03-C--10/1090
Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A

2
12
(.47)
Port "1"
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
Port "2"
92
(3.62)
19
54
(.75) (2.13)
7(.28) Dia. Through

4 Places
164
(6.46)
91
(3.58)
39
35
(1.54) (1.38)
69
(2.72)
70
(2.76)
109.3
(4.30)
61.8
(2.43)
27.5
(1.08)
35.5
(1.40)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
O.D. of cable
.....8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area
.....Not Exceeding
1.5mm2(.002 Sq. in.)
Manual Actuator
6.3(.25) Dia.
22
(.87)
Mounting Surface 3
(O-Rings Furnished)
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque: 8.5-10.5 Nm
(75-93 IN. 1bs.)
1. The location and the position of the cable departure can be changed. For details, see the cartridge type.
2. These ports (3) are not used. In addition, the body has the O-ring grooves and O-rings are included in the body.
3. The dimensions of mounting surface conform to ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A. Ports A and B are used as port 2 and port 1 respectively.
4. O-rings for each port: SO-NB-A014
DIMENSIONS IN

187
(7.36)
114
(4.49)
39
35
(1.54) (1.38)
121.3
(4.78)
35.5
(1.40)
73.8
(2.91)
27.5
(1.08)
22
(.87)
No.8
Sub-plate for Shut-off Type

DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
DSGM-01-30/3080/3090
DIMENSIONS IN
40.5(1.59)
30.2(1.19)
14.2
(.56)
"D" Thd. "E" Deep

4 Places
32
(1.26)
21.5(.85)
16
(.63)
15
(.59)
7.5
(.30)
8.5
(.33)
15.5
(.61)
0.75
(.03)
12.7(.50)
"C" Thd.
4 Places
71
(2.80)
85
(3.35)
7
(.28)
DSGM-01-30
12.5
(.49)
35.5
(1.40)
58.5
(2.30)
Thread Size
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
Rc 1/8
DSGM-01-3080
1/8 BSP.F
DSGM-01-3090
1/8 NPT
DSGM-01X-30
Rc 1/4
"E"
mm (in.)
M5
10 (.39)
No.10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
M5
10 (.39)
DSGM-01X-3080
1/4 BSP.F
DSGM-01X-3090
1/4 NPT
No.10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
Rc 3/8
M5
10 (.39)
3/8 NPT
No.10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
DSGM-01Y-30
DSGM-01Y-3090
T
11
(.43)
7(.28) Dia. Through

2 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
37
(1.46)
24
(.94)
63
(2.48)
25.8
(1.02)
31
(1.22)
31.75
(1.25)
48
(1.89)
P
5.2
(.20)
7(.28) Dia.
4 Places
No.9
Sub-plate for Shut-off Type

DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
DSGM-03-40/2180/2190
K
T
7
(.28)
6.4
(.25)
B
A
11 (.43) Dia.
4 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DSGM-03-40
DSGM-03-2180
DSGM-03-2190
DSGM-03X-40
DSGM-03X-2180
DSGM-03X-2190
DSGM-03Y-40
DSGM-03Y-2180
DSGM-03Y-2190
No.10
92
(3.62)
F
Thread Size
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
Rc 3/8
M6
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
1/4-20 UNC
Rc 1/2
M6
1/2 BSP.F
1/2 NPT
1/4-20 UNC
Rc 3/4
M6
3/4 BSP.F
3/4 NPT
1/4-20 UNC
Q
76
(2.99)
70
(2.76)
110
(4.33)
90
(3.54)
46
(1.81)
32.5
(1.28)
21.4
(.84)
10
(.39)
22
(.87)
16.7
(.66)
3.2
(.13)
"D" Thd. "E" Deep

4 Places

4 Places
20
(.79)
18
(.71)
DIMENSIONS IN
90
(3.54)
54
(2.13)
37.3
(1.47)
27
(1.06)
"C" Thd.
4 Places
E
13 (.51)
15 (.59)
13 (.51)
15 (.59)
13 (.51)
15 (.59)
J
K
L
N
P
110
9
(4.33) (.35)
21
48
16
40
62
32
10
(.39) (1.26) (2.44) (1.57) (.63) (1.89) (.83)
24
(.94)
9
110
(4.33) (.35)
21
48
16
40
62
32
10
(.39) (1.26) (2.44) (1.57) (.63) (1.89) (.83)
24
(.94)
14
120
(4.72) (.55)
42
16
47
10
45
80
50
15
(.59) (1.97) (3.15) (1.77) (.39) (1.85) (.63) (1.65)
Shut-off Type
DSPC/DSPG-01/03
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Spare Parts List

CAUTION
assemblies, do it carefully after reading through the
13
16 8 17 10 2
Solenoid assembly is composed of the

parts marked with .
18 12 11 7
9 15 3
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
8
9
10
15
16
17
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
DSP-01
Part Numbers
SO-NA-P8
SO-NB-A014
SO-NB-A015
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P18
5701-VK413831-9
Qty.
1
1
1
4
1
2
DSP-03
Part Numbers
SO-NA-P12
SO-NB-A017
SO-NB-A018
SO-NB-A014
SO-NB-A119
2691-VK418550-0
Qty.
1
1
1
5
1
2
Remarks
only for "DSPG"
Note: When ordering the seals, specify the seal kit number from the table below.
Solenoid Ass'y, Coil Ass'y and Connector Ass'y No.

Valve Model No.
Solenoid Ass'y No.
12 Coil No.
13 Connector No.
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-A100-20/2090
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-A200-20/2090
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-D12-20/2090
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-D24-20/2090
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-A100-10/1090
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-A200-10/1090
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-D12-10/1090
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-D24-10/1090
SA1-100-N-6055
SA1-200-N-6055
SD1-12-N-6055
SD1-24-N-6055
SA3-100-N-5130
SA3-200-N-5130
SD3-12-N-5130
SD3-24-N-5130
C-SA1-100-N-60
C-SA1-200-N-60
C-SD1-12-N-60
C-SD1-24-N-60
C-SA3-100-N-50
C-SA3-200-N-50
C-SD3-12-N-50
C-SD3-24-N-50
GDM-211-B-11
List of Seal Kits

Valve Model Numbers
DSPC-01-C--20
DSPC-03-C--10
DSPG-01-C--20
DSPG-03-C--10
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-DSPC-01-C-10
KS-DSPC-03-C-10
KS-DSPG-01-C-10
KS-DSPG-03-C-10
WARNING
No.11
Pub. EC-0411
IN-LINE CHECK VALVES

CIT-02 / 03 / 06 / 10 (1/4,3/8,3/4,1-1/4)
RIGHT ANGLE CHECK VALVES
CRT / CRG-03 / 06 / 10 (3/8,3/4,1-1/4)
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Up to 25 MPa (3630 PSI), 1300 L/min (343 U.S.GPM)

These valves allow free flow in one direction and prevent flow in the reverse direction. Cracking pressure specified is the
pressure required to open the valve and allow free flow.
In-Line Check Valves and Right Angle Check Valves are available.
In-Line Check Valves....Page 2
Right Angle Check Valves....Page 4
E
Graphic Symbol
Graphic Symbol
Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Petroleum base oils
Synthetic fluids
Use phosphate ester or polyol ester fluid. When phosphate ester fluid is used,
Note: For use with hydraulic fluids other than those listed above, please consult your Yuken representatives in
advance.
lead to breakdowns and shorten the life of the valves. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS
1638-Grade 12. Use 25 m or finer line filter.
No.1
In-Line Check Valves

CIT-02 / 03 / 06 / 10
Threaded Connections
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Specifications
Model Numbers
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
CIT-02--50/5080/5090
16 (4.23)
CIT-03--50/5080/5090

MPa (PSI)
Cracking Pres.
MPa (PSI)
25
(3630)
0.04 (6)
0.35 (50)
0.5 (70)
0.1 (.22)
30 (7.93)
CIT-06--50/5080/5090
85 (22.5)
CIT-10--50/5080/5090
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
0.3 (.66)
0.8 (1.8)
230 (60.8)
2.3 (5.1)
Rated flow is the approximate flow rate, when there is a free flow pressure drop of maximum 0.3 MPa (44 PSI), the fluid has a specific
gravity of 0.85 and a kinematic viscosity of 20 mm2/s (98 SSU), and the cracking pressure is 0.04 MPa (6 PSI).

CI
T
-03
Series
Number
Type of
Connection
CI:
In-Line
Check Valve
T:
Threaded
Connection
Valve
Size
-04
-50
Cracking Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Design
Number
Design
Standards
02
50
04: 0.04 (6)
35: 0.35 (50)
50: 0.5 (70)
03
06
None: Japanese Std. "JIS"

80: European Design Std.
90: N. American Design Std.
50
50
10
50
Note: For In-Line Check Valves, standard type (for petroleum base oils) can be used phosphate ester type fluid.
Pressure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 30 mm2/s (141 SSU) , Specific Gravity 0.850
CIT-03
PSI MPa
100 0.7
0.6
80
60
PSI MPa
100 0.7
80 0.6
CIT-02-50
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
CIT-02
CIT-02-35
0.4
40
20
0
0.2
5
1
10
2
15
3
4
Flow Rate
20
5
25
6
CIT-03-04
0
0
10
20
30
6
40 L/min
10
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
PSI MPa
100 0.7
80 0.6
CIT-06-50
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
CIT-03-35
0.2
U.S.GPM
0.4
CIT-06-35
40
0.2
CIT-06-04
0
0
0
No.2
0.4
CIT-10
PSI MPa
100 0.7
0.6
80
L/min
CIT-06
20
20
CIT-02-04
0
CIT-03-50
40
60
60
25
50
10
75
20
Flow Rate
125 L/min
100
30
U.S.GPM
60
CIT-10-50
0.4
40
20
0
CIT-10-35
0.2
CIT-10-04
0
0
0
50
100
20
150
200
250
40
60
Flow Rate
300
L/min
80 U.S.GPM
In-Line Check Valves

CIT-02 / 03 / 06 / 10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
CIT-02--50/5080/5090
CIT-03--50/5080/5090
CIT-06--50/5080/5090
CIT-10--50/5080/5090
DIMENSIONS IN
"D" Thd.
2 Places
B
Inlet Port
Outlet Port
FREE
Model Numbers
CIT-02--50
CIT-02--5080
CIT-02--5090
CIT-03--50
CIT-03--5080
CIT-03--5090
CIT-06--50
CIT-06--5080
CIT-06--5090
mm (Inches)
B
58 (2.28)
19 (.75)
Rc 1/4
65 (2.56)
22 (.87)
1/4 BSP.F
58 (2.28)
19 (.75)
1/4 NPT
27 (1.06)
3/8 BSP.F
Rc 3/8
76 (2.99)
83 (3.27)
3/8 NPT
76 (2.99)
Rc 3/4
95 (3.74)
102 (4.02)
41 (1.61)
CIT-10--5090
3/4 BSP.F
3/4 NPT
95 (3.74)
CIT-10--50
CIT-10--5080
"D" Thd.
Rc 1-1/4
133(5.24)
60 (2.36)
1-1/4 BSP.F
1-1/4 NPT
No.3
Right Angle Check Valves

CRT / CRG-03 / 06 / 10
DIRECTIONAL
Threaded Connections / Sub-plate Mounting CONTROLS
Specifications
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
CRT-03--50/5080/5090
40 (10.6)
CRT-06--50/5080/5090
Threaded Connection
25 (3630)
125 (33)
CRT-10--50/5080/5090
250 (66)
CRG-03--50/5090
40 (10.6)
CRG-06--50/5090
Sub-plate Mounting

MPa (PSI)
25 (3630)
125 (33)
CRG-10--50/5090
250 (66)
Cracking Pres.
MPa (PSI)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
0.04 (6)
0.9 (2.0)
0.35 (50)
1.7 (3.7)
0.5 (70)
5.6 (12.3)
0.04 (6)
1.7 (3.7)
0.35 (50)
2.9 (6.4)
0.5 (70)
5.5 (12.1)

FCR
T
Special
Seals
Series
Number
F:
Special seals
for phosphate
ester type
fluids
(Omit if not
required)
CR:
Right Angle
Check Valve
-03
-04
-50
Type of
Connection
Valve
Size
Cracking Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Design
Number
Design
Standards
T:
Threaded
Connection
03
04:0.04 (6)
50
06
35:0.35 (50)
50
10
50:0.5 (70)
50
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
03
04:0.04 (6)
50
06
35:0.35 (50)
50
10
50:0.5 (70)
50

& European Design Std.
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
CRG-03
CRG-06
CRG-10
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
CRGM-03-50
Rc 3/8
CRGM-03-5080
CRGM-03X-50
Rc 1/2
CRGM-03X-5080
CRGM-06-50
Rc 3/4
CRGM-06-5080
CRGM-06X-50
Rc 1
CRGM-06X-5080
Thread
Size
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
3/8 BSP.F
CRGM-03-5090
3/8 NPT
1.6 (3.5)
1/2 BSP.F
CRGM-03X-5090
1/2 NPT
1.6 (3.5)
3/4 BSP.F
CRGM-06-5090
3/4 NPT
2.4 (5.3)
1 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
1 BSP.F
CRGM-06X-5090
CRGM-10-50
Rc 1-1/4
CRGM-10-5080
1-1/4 BSP.F
CRGM-10-5090
1-1/4 NPT
4.8 (10.6)
CRGM-10X-50
Rc 1-1/2
CRGM-10X-5080
1-1/2 BSP.F
CRGM-10X-5090
1-1/2 NPT
5.7 (12.6)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface
should have a good machined finish.
Yuken can offer flanged connection

valves described below.
For details, contact us.
Model No.
CRF-10--50
CRF-16--50
CRF-24--50
No.4
Max. Operating
Rated Flow
Pressure
L /min (U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI)
300 (79.3)
600 (159)
1300 (343)
25 (3630)
Mounting Bolts
Valve
Model
Numbers

CRG-03
M10 45 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
CRG-06
M10 50 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg.
CRG-10
M10 55 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC 2-1/4 Lg.
Qty.

CRT / CRG-03 / 06 / 10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
DIMENSIONS IN
CRT-03--50/5080/5090
CRT-06--50/5080/5090
CRT-10--50/5080/5090
Model Numbers
"H" Thd.
2 Places
"H" Thd.
Rc 3/8
38
80.5 33
44
62
36
(1.50)
3/8 BSP.F
(3.17) (1.30) (1.73)
(2.44) (1.42)
Dia
3/8 NPT
CRT-03--5090
CRT-03--5080
CRT-06--50
Rc 3/4
54
74
45
104.5 49
54
(2.13)
3/4 BSP.F
(2.91) (1.77)
(4.11) (1.93) (2.13)
Dia.
CRT-06--5090
3/4 NPT
CRT-06--5080
CRT-03--50
A
CRT-10--50
Rc 1-1/4
80
107
130
65
80
65
(3.15)
1-1/4 BSP.F
(4.21) (2.56)
(5.12) (2.56) (3.15)
SQ.
CRT-10--5090
1-1/4 NPT
CRT-10--5080
Outlet Port
B
Inlet Port
CRG-03--50/5090
CRG-06--50/5090
Outlet Port
Inlet Port
6
(.24)
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
FREE
Model Numbers

4 Places
B
A
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
A
Mounting Surface
CRG-03
90
66.7 11.7
(3.54) (2.63) (.46)
72
42.9 17.5
(2.83) (1.69) (.69)
72.5
30
ISO 5781-AG-06-2-A
(2.85) (1.18)
CRG-06
102
79.4 11.3
(4.02) (3.13) (.44)
93
60.3 21.4
(3.66) (2.37) (.84)
84.5
35
ISO 5781-AH-08-2-A
(3.33) (1.38)
CRG-10--50/5090
Mounting surface: ISO 5781-AJ-10-2-A
Outlet Port
Inlet Port
20.3 (.80)
11.6
(.46)
96.8
(3.81)
120
(4.72)
6
(.24)
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
FREE
123
(4.84)
84.1
(3.31)
42.1
(1.66)
97
(3.82)

6 Places
40
(1.57)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
No.5
Sub-plate for
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
CRGM-03-50/5080/5090
CRGM-03X-50/5080/5090
66.7(2.63)
"B" Thd.
20(.79) Deep
4 Places
15
(.59)
7(.28) Dia.
10(.39) Deep
"A" Thd.
2 Places
CRGM-06-50/5080/5090
CRGM-06X-50/5080/5090
11.3
(.44)
90
(3.54)
39.7
(1.56)
124
(4.88)
22
(.87)
10
(.39)
Thread Size
E
"H" Thd.
27
(1.06)
36
(1.42)
110
(4.33)
82.3 (3.24) 22 (.87)

136
(5.35)
16
(.63)
80 (3.15) 24 (.94)
"J" Thd.
130
(5.12)
28(1.10) Dia.
2 Places
96.8
(3.81)
48.4
(1.91)
C
126
(4.96)
A
19
(.75)
16.7
(.66)
21
D (.83)
84.1
(3.31)
67.5
(2.66)
62.7
(2.47)
42.1
(1.66)
CRGM-10-50
Thread Size
F
"H" Thd.
Rc 1-1/4
150
(5.91)
12
(.47)
96
(3.78)
30
(1.18)
45
(1.77)
CRGM-10-5090
CRGM-10X-50
135
1-1/4 BSP.F
(5.31)
1-1/4 NPT
Rc 1-1/2
177
(6.97)
25.5
(1.00)
104
(4.09)
22
(.87)
3/8-16 UNC
"J" Thd.
20(.79) Deep
6 Places
A
M10
7(.28) Dia.
10(.39) Deep
11.6
(.46)
120
(4.72)
"H" Thd.
2 Places
3/8-16 UNC
1 BSP.F
1 NPT
140(5.51)
116(4.57)
12(.47)
M10
3/4 BSP.F
Rc 1
45
(1.77)
82.3 (3.24) 22 (.87)

4 Places
No.6
1/2 NPT
77
(3.03)
9.6(.38)
CRGM-10X-5090
CRGM-03X-5090
3/4 NPT
CRGM-10-50/5080/5090
CRGM-10X-50/5080/5090
CRGM-10X-5080
1/2 BSP.F
Rc 3/4
CRGM-06X-5090
CRGM-10-5080
CRGM-03X-5080
7(.28) Dia.
10(.39) Deep
CRGM-06X-50
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Rc 1/2
15
(.59)
CRGM-06-5090
CRGM-06X-5080
3/8 NPT
CRGM-03X-50
CRGM-06-50
CRGM-06-5080
CRGM-03-5090
11.1
(.44)
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
A
"A" Thd.
CRGM-03-5080
22(.87) Dia.
2 Places
"J" Thd.
20(.79) Deep
4 Places
102(4.02)
79.4(3.13)
"H" Thd.
2 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread Size
"B" Thd.
M10
3/8-16 UNC
M10
3/8-16 UNC
DIMENSIONS IN
60.3
(2.37)
49.2
(1.94)
44.5
(1.75)

4 Places
CRGM-03-50
10
(.39)
7.1
(.28)
42.9
(1.69)
35.7
(1.41)
31.8
(1.25)
19.5
(.77)
21
(.83)
61
(2.40)
82
(3.23)
102
(4.02)
33.3
(1.31)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
32(1.26)
13(.51) Dia.
2 Places
1.7(.07)
4 Places
90(3.54)
70(2.76)
C
104
(4.09)
A
10(.39)
50
(1.97)
167
1-1/2 BSP.F
(6.57)
1-1/2 NPT
"J" Thd.
M10
3/8-16 UNC
M10
3/8-16 UNC

CRT / CRG-03 / 06 / 10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Performance Characteristics / Spare Parts List

Pressure Drop

CRT-03
CRG-03
0.8
80
0.6
CRT-03-50
CRT-03-35
CRT-03-04
0.4
40
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
1.0
140
120
0.2
0
10
20
5
30
40
50
60
15
10
Flow Rate
CRG-03-50
0.6
0.4
40
0
L/min
U.S.GPM
CRG-03-35
CRG-03-04
0.2
0
0
10
CRT-06
20
30
40
50
60
15
5
10
Flow Rate
L/min
U.S.GPM
CRG-06
PSI MPa
200 1.4
1.2
CRT-06-50
150 1.0
0.8
100
0.6
CRT-06-35
50 0.4
0.2
CRT-06-04
0
0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 L/min
0
10
20
30
40
Flow Rate
50
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
80
PSI MPa
200 1.4
1.2
CRG-06-50
150
1.0
0.8
100
0.6
CRG-06-35
0.4
50
CRG-06-04
0.2
0
0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 L/min
0
U.S.GPM
CRT-10
10
20
30
Flow Rate
40
50 U.S.GPM
CRG-10
PSI MPa
200 1.4
1.2
CRT-10-50
150 1.0
0.8
100
CRT-10-35
0.6
0.4
CRT-10-04
50
0.2
0
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 L/min
0
20
40
60
80
Flow Rate
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
140 1.0
120 0.8
PSI MPa
175
1.2
150
1.0
100
0.8
0.6
50
0.4
0.2
0
CRG-10-35
CRG-10-04
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 L/min
100 U.S.GPM
Spare Parts List

CRT-03-50/5080/5090
CRT-06-50/5080/5090
CRT-10-50/5080/5090
CRG-10-50
20
80
100 U.S.GPM
CAUTION
List of Seals & Seal Kits
5
7
Item Name of Parts
4
8
O-Ring
Seal Kit
3
2
Part Numbers
CRT-03
CRT-06
CRT-10
SO-NB-P21
SO-NB-P24
SO-NB-P32
Qty.
1
KS-CRT-03-50 KS-CRT-06-50 KS-CRT-10-50
When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table
above.
CRG-03-50/5090
CRG-06-50/5090
CRG-10-50/5090
40
60
Flow Rate
5
7
9
List of Seals & Seal Kits

Item Name of Parts
6
4
3
1
2
8
10
O-Ring
O-Ring
Seal Kit
Part Numbers
Qty.
CRG-03
CRG-06
CRG-10
SO-NB-P21
SO-NB-P24
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P32
KS-CRG-03-50 KS-CRG-06-50 KS-CRG-10-50
When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table
above.
No.7
Pub. EC-0412
PILOT CONTROLLED CHECK VALVES

CPT / CPG-03 / 06 / 10 (3/8,3/4,1-1/4)
DECOMPRESSION TYPE
PILOT CONTROLLED CHECK VALVES
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
CPDT / CPDG-03 / 06 / 10 (3/8,3/4.1-1/4)

Threaded Connections / Sub-plate Mounting
Up to 25 MPa (3630 PSI), 600 L/min (159 U.S.GPM)
These check valves allow flow in one direction and prevent flow in the reverse direction, until operated by pilot pressure
to allow free reverse flow. The specified cracking pressure is required to open the valve to allow free flow direction.
Graphic Symbols
E
Internal Drain Type
External Drain Type
Specifications
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
CPT/CPDT-03---50
125 (33)
CPT/CPDT-10---50
0.04
0.2
0.35
0.5
(6)
(29)
(50)
(70)
3.0 (6.6)
(6)
(29)
(50)
(70)
3.3 (7.3)
25 (3630)
0.04
0.2
0.35
0.5
40 (10.6)
CPG/CPDG-06---50
125 (33)
CPG/CPDG-10---50
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
25 (3630)
250 (66)
CPG/CPDG-03---50
Sub-plate Mounting
Cracking Pres.
MPa (PSI)
40 (10.6)
CPT/CPDT-06---50
Threaded Connection

MPa (PSI)
250 (66)
5.5 (12.1)
9.6 (21.2)
5.4 (11.9)
8.5 (18.7)
Model Number Designatioin
F-
CP
03
-E
-04
-50
Special
Seals
Series
Number
Type of
Connection
Valve
Size
Drain
Connection
Cracking Pres.
MPa (PSI)
Design
Number
Design
Standards
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
CP:
Pilot Controlled
Check Valve
CPD:
Decompression
Type Pilot
Controlled
Check Valve
T:
Threaded
Connection
03
None:
Internal
Drain
50
04:0.04 (6)
50
20:0.2 (29)
50

G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
03
35:0.35 (50)
50
50:0.5 (70)
50
06
10
06
10
E:
External
Drain
Mounting Bolts
Yuken can offer flanged connection valves

described below.

Valve
Model
Numbers
CPG-03
CPG-06
CPG-10
For details, contact us.

N.American
Design Standard
Qty.
M10 45 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
M10 50 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg.
M10 55 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC 2-1/4 Lg.
50
None: Japanese Std. "JIS" &

Model Numbers
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
CPF-10---50
250 (66)
25 (3630)
600 (159)
25 (3630)
CPF-16---50
No.1

CPT / CPDT
CPG / CPDG -03 / 06 / 10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Hydraulic Fluids / Sub-plate / Instructions

Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Petroleum base oils
Synthetic fluids
Use phosphate ester or polyol ester fluid. When phosphate ester fluid is used,

lead to breakdowns and shorten the life of the valves. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS
1638-Grade 12. Use 25 m or finer line filter.
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
3/8 BSP.F
HGM-03-2090
3/8 NPT
1.6 (3.5)
1/2 BSP.F
HGM-03X-2090
1/2 NPT
1.6 (3.5)
3/4 BSP.F
HGM-06-2090
3/4 NPT
2.4 (5.3)
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
CPG-03
HGM-03-20
Rc 3/8
HGM-03-2080
HGM-03X-20
Rc1/2
HGM-03X-2080
CPG-06
HGM-06-20
Rc 3/4
HGM-06-2080
CPG-10
HGM-10-20
Rc 1-1/4
HGM-10-2080
1-1/4 BSP.F
HGM-10X-20
Rc 1-1/2
HGM-10X-2080
1-1/2 BSP.F
HGM-06X-20
Rc 1
HGM-06X-2080

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
1 BSP.F
1 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
HGM-10-2090
1-1/4 NPT
4.8 (10.6)
HGM-10X-2090
1-1/2 NPT
5.7 (12.6)
HGM-06X-2090
Sub-plates are available, specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should
Instructions
Operation of internal and external drain types
When the outlet side P1 is directly connected to the tank in reversed
free flow (Fig. a), the internal drain type is normally used. When
the back pressure is applied to the outlet side P1 (Fig. b), be sure
to use the external drain type.
Minimum pilot pressure characteristics
That depends on the pressure of the inlet side P2 in the reversed
free flow.
This value can be determined from the characteristics chart.
Cautions on replacement of 20 design low cracking pressure
type valves with 50 design valves.
In 20 design valve with cracking pressure of 0.035 MPa (5 PSI)
(Code "5"), for closing the valve completely and certainly, it was
necessary to introduce the pressurized oil into the drain port to
push down the piston compulsory.
While in 50 design valve with cracking pressure of 0.04 MPa (6
PSI) (Code "6"), it has such structure that the valve can be closed
completely and certainly without introducing the pressurized oil
into the drain port. On the contrary, what is worse is that if the
pressurized oil is introduced into the drain port, the oil acts towards
the direction of opening the valve, which is very dangerous and
has to be absolutely avoided. Therefore, please do not supply any
pressurized oil into the drain port in case of using 50 design valve.
No.2
P2
DR
P2
P1
P1
(Fig.a)
(Fig.b)
WARNING
The machinery, if misused due to failure to observe
the "Cautions" on the left, may perform
unforeseeable movements, resulting in a disastrous
accident.

CPT / CPDT-03 / 06 / 10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
CPT/CPDT-03---50/5080/5090
CPT/CPDT-06---50/5080/5090
CPT/CPDT-10---50/5080/5090
H
FREE
Free Flow Inlet or Reversed

Controlled Flow Outlet Port
"N" Thd.
E
Free Flow Outlet or
Reversed Controlled
Flow Inlet Port "N" Thd.
B
A
Model Numbers
CPT/CPDT-03---50
CPT/CPDT-03---5080
CPT/CPDT-03---5090
CPT/CPDT-06---50
CPT/CPDT-06---5080
CPT/CPDT-06---5090
CPT/CPDT-10---50
Drain Port
"P" Thd.
Dimensions
A
Pilot Port
"P" Thd.
Thread Size
mm (Inches)
F
"N" Thd.
38
60
29
67.5 26.5
80
40
39
150.5 84.5
(1.50)
(2.36) (1.14) (2.66) (1.04)
(3.15) (1.57) (1.54) (5.93) (3.33)
Dia.
Rc 1/4
3/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
62
72
35
75.5
31
96
48
47
171.5 92.5
(2.44)
(2.83) (1.38) (2.97) (1.22)
(3.78) (1.89) (1.85) (6.75) (3.64)
SQ.
Rc 3/4
Rc 1/4
3/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
3/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
Rc 1-1/4
80
82
40
96
43
140
70
64
203.5 113
(3.15)
1-1/4 BSP.F
(3.23) (1.57) (3.78) (1.69)
(5.51) (2.76) (2.52) (8.01) (4.45)
SQ.
CPT/CPDT-10---5090
1-1/4 NPT
CPT/CPDT-10---5080
"P" Thd.
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/4
1/4 BSP.F
1/4NPT
No.3

CPG / CPDG-03 / 06 / 10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
CPG/CPDG-03---50/5090
CPG/CPDG-06---50/5090
Free Flow Outlet or Reversed

Controlled Flow Inlet Port
6
(.24)
FREE
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Pilot Port
Drain Port

4 Places
Free Flow Inlet or

Reversed Controlled
Flow Outlet Port
Dimensions
Model Numbers
mm (Inches)
Mounting Surface
CPG/CPDG-03---50/5090
90
(3.54)
66.7
(2.63)
11.7
(.46)
150.5
(5.93)
42.9
(1.69)
66
(2.60)
62
(2.44)
30
(1.18)
ISO 5781-AG-06-2-A
CPG/CPDG-06---50/5090
102
(4.02)
79.4
(3.13)
11.3
(.44)
171.5
(6.75)
60.3
(2.37)
67.5
(2.66)
74
(2.91)
35
(1.38)
ISO 5781-AH-08-2-A
CPG/CPDG-10---50/5090
Mounting surface: ISO 5781-AJ-10-2-A
DIMENSIONS IN
11.1
(.44)
Free Flow Outlet or Reversed

Controlled Flow Inlet Port
89
(3.50)
119
(4.69)
96.8
(3.81)
6
(.24)
40
(1.57)
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
FREE
203.5
(8.01)
84.1
(3.31)
42.1
(1.66)
Drain Port
70
(2.76)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)

6 Places
No.4
Pilot Port
Free Flow Inlet or

Reversed Controlled
Flow Outlet Port
Sub-plate for
HGM-03-20/2080/2090
HGM-03X-20/2080/2090

14(.55) Dia Spotface
4 Places
1.7
(.07)

7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep
For Locating Pin
7.1
(.28)
21
(.83)
10
(.39)
10
(.39)
102
(4.02)
82
(3.23)
61
(2.40)
"B"Thd.
(From Rear)
2 Places
90
(3.54)
70
(2.76)
DIMENSIONS IN
7.9
(.31)
33.3
(1.31)
58.7
(2.31)
66.7
(2.63)
32
(1.26)
16
(.63)
21.4
(.84)
31.8
(1.25)
23.5 35.7
(.93) (1.41)
19.5 42.8
(.77) (1.69)
90
(3.54)
"A"Thd.
(From Rear)
2 Places
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
4(.16) Dia. Through

2 Places
"C" Thd. 20(.79) Deep
4 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
"A" Thd.
HGM-03-20
Rc 3/8
HGM-03X-20
Rc 1/2
HGM-03-2080
3/8 BSP.F
HGM-03X-2080
1/2 BSP.F
HGM-03-2090
3/8 NPT
HGM-03X-2090
1/2 NPT
"B" Thd.
"C" Thd.
Rc 1/4
M10
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 NPT
3/8-16 UNC
No.5
Sub-plate for
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
HGM-06-20/2080/2090
DIMENSIONS IN
"A" Thd.
(From Rear)
2 Places
102
(4.02)
11.3
(.44)
6.4
(.25)
39.7
(1.56)
73
(2.87)
79.4
(3.13)
110
(4.33)
15
(.59)
7
(.28)
22
(.87)
39.7
(1.56)
44.5
(1.75)
49.2
(1.94)
60.3
(2.37)
20.6
(.81)
27
(1.06)
11.1
(.44)
7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep

For Locating Pin
10
(.39)
124
(4.88)
104
(4.09)
77
(3.03)
36
(1.42)
"B" Thd.
(From Rear)
2 Places
"C" Thd. 20(.79) Deep

4 Places
4 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
HGM-06-20
HGM-06-2080
"A" Thd.
"B" Thd.
Rc 3/4
Rc 1/4
3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
HGM-06-2090
3/4 NPT
"C" Thd.
M10
1/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC
HGM-06X-20/2080/2090
22
(.87)
130
(5.12)
39.7
(1.56)
44.5
(1.75)
49.2
(1.94)
60.3
(2.37)
20.6
(.81)
39.7
(1.56)
73
(2.87)
79.4
(3.13)
15
(.59)
7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep

For Locating Pin
16
(.63)
6.4
(.25)
45
(1.77)
11.1
(.44)
102
(4.02)
75
(2.95)
136
(5.35)
104
(4.09)
"A" Thd.
(From Rear)
2 Places
"B" Thd.
(From Rear) 11.3
(.44)
2 Places
5(.20) Dia. Through

2 Places
"C" Thd. 20(.79) Deep
4 Places
4 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread Size
"A" Thd.
"B" Thd.
Rc 1
Rc 1/4
HGM-06X-2080
1 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
HGM-06X-2090
1 NPT
HGM-06X-20
mm (Inches)
"C" Thd.
M10
No.6
1/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC
82.3 22
(3.24) (.87)
80
24
(3.15) (.94)
Sub-plate for
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
HGM-10-20/2080/2090
DIMENSIONS IN
"A" Thd. (From Rear)
2 Places
28(1.10) Dia. 2 Places
135
(5.31)
19
(.75)
"C" Thd. 20(.79) Deep

6 Places
4 Places
7.5
(.30)
21
(.83)
24.6
(.97)
42.1
(1.66)
59.5
(2.34)
62.7
(2.47)
67.5
(2.66)
84.1
(3.31)
16.7
(.66)
30
(1.18)
11.6
(.46)
9.6
(.38)
4
(.16)
48.4
(1.91)
92.9
(3.66)
96.8
(3.81)
120
(4.72)
45
(1.77)
7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep

For Locating Pin
12
(.47)
150
(5.91)
126
(4.96)
96
(3.78)
"B" Thd.
(From Rear)
2 Places
12
(.47)
140
(5.51)
116
(4.57)
13.6
(.54)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
HGM-10-20
HGM-10-2080
"A" Thd.
"B" Thd.
Rc 1-1/4
Rc 1/4
1-1/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
HGM-10-2090
1-1/4 NPT
"C" Thd.
M10
1/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC
HGM-10X-20/2080/2090
4
(.16)
48.4
(1.91)
92.9
(3.66)
96.8
(3.81)
120
(4.72)
"C" Thd. 20(.79) Deep

6 Places
4 Places
167
(6.57)
5
(.20)
25.5
(1.00)
19
(.75)
7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep

For Locating Pin
11.6
(.46)
9.6
(.38)
50
(1.97)
28(1.10) Dia. 2 Places
16.7
(.66)
24.6
(.97)
42.1
(1.66)
59.5
(2.34)
62.7
(2.47)
67.5
(2.66)
84.1
(3.31)
177
(6.97)
126
(4.96)
104
(4.09)
22
(.87)
"B" Thd.
(From Rear)
2 Places
"A" Thd. (From Rear)

2 Places
21
(.83)
12
(.47)
140
(5.51)
116
(4.57)
13.6
(.54)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
"A" Thd.
"B" Thd.
HGM-10X-20
Rc 1-1/2
Rc 1/4
HGM-10X-2080 1-1/2 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F

HGM-10X-2090
1-1/2 NPT
"C" Thd.
M10
1/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC
No.7

CPT / CPDT
CPG / CPDG-03 / 06 / 10
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
Pressure Drop
CPT-03, CPDT-03
PSI
PSI MPa
175
1.2
150
CPT-03--50
CPT-03--35
0.8
CPT-03--20
100
50
CPT-03--04
0.4
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
CPG-03, CPDG-03
Reversed
Controlled Flow
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
10
60
15
140
MPa
1.0
120
0.8
CPG-03--50
CPG-03--35
100
CPG-03--20
80
60
0.4
CPG-03--04
40
20
0
L/min
Reversed
Controlled Flow
0
0
10
20
U.S.GPM
CPT-06--20
150
100
CPT-06--04
0.8
50
0.4
0
0
25
50
10
75
100
20
MPa
1.4
125
30
150
40
Reversed
Controlled Flow
175 200 L/min
50
CPG-06--35
150
50
0.4
CPG-06--04
25
U.S.GPM
50
10
75
PSI
PSI
MPa
300
2.0
250
CPT-10--35
1.2
CPT-10--20
150
0.9
100
CPT-10--50
CPT-10--04
0.6
50
0.3
0
0
0
50
100
20
150
40
200
250
60
Flow Rate
No.8
300
80
Reversed
Controlled Flow
350 400 L/min
100
U.S.GPM
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
200
100
20
125
30
Reversed
Controlled Flow
150 175 200 L/min
40
50 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
CPG-10, CPDG-10
1.5
CPG-06--20
0.8
CPT-10, CPDT-10
MPa
1.8
U.S.GPM
100
Flow Rate
250
15
CPG-06--50
1.2
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
CPT-06--50
200
CPT-06--35
1.2
10
L/min
CPG-06, CPDG-06
PSI
MPa
1.6
60
50
Flow Rate
CPT-06, CPDT-06
PSI
40
Flow Rate
225
200
30
1.6
CPG-10--35
200
CPG-10--20
1.2
150
100
50
0
CPG-10--04
CPG-10--50
0.8
0.4
Reversed
Controlled Flow
0
0
0
50
100
20
150 200
40
250
60
Flow Rate
300 350
80
400 L/min
100 U.S.GPM

Directional Control Valves Guide

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Directional Control Valves Guide

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

E

Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated

Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Controlled

31.5 (4570) DSG-01

31.5 (4570) DSHG

31.5 (4570) DSLG-01

Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-way Valves

Rotary type (DRTG)

Cam Operated (DCTG)

Pilot Controlled Check Valves

Threaded connection (DMT)

31.5 (4570) Sub-plate mounting (DMG)

31.5 (4570) DHG

Manually Operated Directional Valves

500 1000 2000 5000

Pilot Operated Directional Valves

Multi Purpose Control Valves

Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Flanged connection (CPF)

Up to 25 MPa (3630 PSI), 10 L/min (2.6 U.S.GPM)

Current & Power at Rated Voltage

Model Number Designation

None......... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard

Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

European Design Standard

N. American Design Standard

Soc. Hd. Cap Screw (4 Pcs.)

Japanese Standard "JIS"

2.5 - 3.5 Nm (22.1 - 31.0 in.1bs.)

No. 8-32 UNC 1.38 Lg.

Use fluids equivalent to ISO VG 32 or VG46.

Water containing fluids

Use water-glycol fluids or W/O emulsion type fluids.

Recommended Viscosity and Oil Temperatures

Operating Force for Manual Override Push Pin

Tank Line Back Pressure

Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

List of Standard Models

[ Port "B" Blocked ]

[ Port "A" Blocked ]

50 Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

50 Hz, At rated voltage

The maximum flow rate is constant

2.For the maximum flow rate in P T of the valves with a

60 Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

mark, please see page 5.

Models with DC Solenoids : DSG-005--D-30/3090

[ Port "B" Blocked ]

[ Port "A" Blocked ]

2.For the maximum flow rate in P T of the valves with a

mark, please see page 5.

Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

List of Standard Models

[ Port "B" Blocked ]

[ Port "A" Blocked ]

50 Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

50 Hz, At rated voltage

The maximum flow rate is constant

2.For the maximum flow rate in P T of the valves with a

60 Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

mark, please see page 5.

Models with DC Solenoids : DSG-005--D-30/3090